Institutes
Refine
Year of publication
Document Type
- Doctoral Thesis (247) (remove)
Has Fulltext
- yes (247) (remove)
Is part of the Bibliography
- no (247)
Keywords
- Metabolic Engineering (4)
- Saccharomyces cerevisiae (3)
- zebrafish (3)
- Biomarker (2)
- Mikroplastik (2)
- Schülerlabor (2)
- Transcriptomics (2)
- Xenorhabdus (2)
- ADAM15 (1)
- ALE (1)
Institute
- Biowissenschaften (247) (remove)
This dissertation aimed to shed light on changes of the epigenetic landscape in heart and skeletal muscle tissue of the turquoise Killifish N. furzeri, a novel, short-lived animal model for aging research. The following results could be obtained:
1. A global trend towards closed chromatin conformation could be observed; histone markers for H3K27me3, H3K9me3 and H4K20me3 accumulated in skeletal muscle tissue from old N. furzeri. Markers for open chromatin conformation such as H3K4me3, H3K9ac and H4K16ac decreased in old skeletal muscle tissue. In old hearts from N. furzeri an accumulation of H3K27me3 could be detected while H3K9ac was found to increase with age as well. mRNA expression levels of methylating enzymes were higher in skeletal muscle tissue from old N. furzeri when compared to expression levels in skeletal muscle tissue from young N. furzeri.
2. The shift of epigenetic pattern was accompanied by a change of gene expression. Via mRNA sequencing in collaboration with the MPI, Bad Nauheim it could be shown that genes associated with cell cycle and DNA repair were lower expressed in skeletal muscle tissue from old N. furzeri than in tissue from young N. furzeri. Genes, associated with inflammatory signaling and glycolysis, displayed increased mRNA levels in skeletal muscle tissue from old N. furzeri. These results could be confirmed by Western blot and qRT-PCR analyses.
3. Markers for DNA damage and senescence increased in skeletal muscle tissue from old N. furzeri.
4. Cells derived from young and old N. furzeri skeletal muscle could be isolated and cultured for many passages. These cells were a mix of different cell types with properties and features of the native tissue. They could be used for treatment with drugs and/small compounds modulating the epigenetic landscape via specific interference with methylating enzymes.
5. DNA methylation and hydroxy-methylation were found to go in different directions in skeletal muscle and heart tissue from N. furzeri: while increasing in skeletal muscle tissue, a both DNA modifications declined in heart tissue with age.
6. In the heart of N. furzeri microRNA expression changes with age were assed with sequencing in collaboration with the FLI, Jena. It could be demonstrated that miRNA expression is age-dependent. Particular focus was on miR-29 and its target genes: miR-29 was highly upregulated in heart and skeletal muscle tissue, while target genes such as collagens and dnmts were reduced with age in the heart of N. furzeri.
7. Cardiac function remained stable with age and no accumulation of collagens could be found when comparing hearts of young and old N. furzeri despite the increase of markers for oxidative stress.
8. Cell culture experiments with human cardiac fibroblasts revealed that miR-29 is upregulated with increasing age of the donor. In addition to that, it could be shown that miR-29 is positively regulated by oxidative stress.
9. A zebrafish mutant with modified expression of miR-29 that was created in collaboration with the SNS, Pisa, presented a severe hypoxic phenotype and an altered mRNA expression profile compared to wild type control zebrafish. Cardiac dysfunction and hypertrophy were observed as well as an increase in DNA methylation and collagens.
Taken together, it could be shown that the aging process in skeletal muscle and heart tissue from N. furzeri leads to a series of changes on epigenetic levels. It remains to be elucidated whether these changes are result or cause for further changes of mRNA expression, protein levels and pathophysiology, yet the N. furzeri represents a promising research model for further aging studies.
European pea crabs - taxonomy, morphology, and host-ecology (Crustacea: Brachyura: Pinnotheridae)
(2010)
Pinnotherids are small crabs symbiotic to a variety of invertebrates. The European species infest bivalves and sea squirts. Their way of life is parasitic and poses a threat to commercially exploited bivalves. While juveniles of both sexes still look very similar - being agile swimmers and partially free living - a metamorphosis takes place in the female after mating and results in a conspicuous sexual dimorphism. Thereafter, the female settles in its host definitely and is morphologically strongly adapted to the parasitic life phase. A very high reproductive output was demonstrated among several pea crab species infesting bivalves. Despite from that, hardly any information is present in the literature on the pinnotherids’ reproductive biology and the underlying morphology.
Due to their cryptic way of life, the sexual dimorphism, and the different morphotypes of the female, the taxonomy of the Pinnotheridae is a serious challenge. Two widely accepted species are recognized on European coasts: Pinnotheres pisum and Nepinnotheres pinnotheres. Pinnotheres pectunculi was so far only known from the bivalve Glycymeris glycymeris in its type locality Roscoff (France), while Pinnotheres ascidicola and Pinnotheres marioni were described as living exclusively in ascidians without careful comparison with the previously described species. In order to produce standardized comparative descriptions, pea crabs were collected and studied from different hosts and localities in the Northeast Atlantic and in the Mediterranean. Nepinnotheres pinnotheres and Pinnotheres pisum were redescribed with consideration to characters of female and male. According to our morphological analysis, Pinnotheres ascidicola and Pinnotheres marioni are junior synonyms of Nepinnotheres pinnotheres, whereas the status of Pinnotheres pectunculi as a valid species was ascertained. Important characters are the mouthparts, the male gonopods, and especially chelipeds that showed consistent characteristics among different crab stages of both sexes.
Based on our sampling, we estimated the host-range of the European species. Nepinnotheres pinnotheres lives in ascidians and in the pen shell Pinna nobilis. Pinnotheres pisum infests numerous bivalve species - Pinna nobilis included. For Pinnotheres pectunculi novel host records are presented, all from the bivalve family Veneridae. Furthermore, feeding of the Pinnotheres-species was observed. They use a setae comb ventrally on the claw to brush mucus (and the accumulated food particles) from the bivalve gills. Feeding strategies and host-ecology will be thoroughly discussed in consideration to other Pinnotheridae.
We investigated the reproductive systems of European pinnotherids by histological methods, scanning and transmission electron microscopy, and confocal laser scanning microscopy.
The Eubrachyura have internal fertilization: paired vaginas enlarge into storage structures, the spermathecae, which are connected to the ovaries by oviducts. Sperm is stored until the oocytes are mature and transported into the spermathecae, where fertilization takes place. In the investigated pinnotherids, the vagina is of the ‘concave pattern’. Musculature is attached alongside flexible parts of the vagina-wall to control the dimension of its lumen. The genital opening is closed by a muscular mobile operculum.
The spermatheca can be divided into two distinct regions by function and morphology. The ventral part includes the connection with vagina and oviduct and is regarded as the zone where fertilization takes place. It is lined with cuticle except where the oviduct enters the spermatheca by the ‘holocrine transfer tissue’. At ovulation, the oocytes have to pass through this multi-layered glandular epithelium, which has a holocrine mode secretion. The dorsal part of the spermatheca is lined by a highly secretory apocrine glandular epithelium, which was to date only found in fiddler crabs of the genus Uca.
The male internal reproductive system consists of paired testes and corresponding vasa deferentia. The sperm morphology of pinnotherids conforms to other thoracotremes, with slight differences between Nepinnotheres pinnotheres and Pinnotheres pisum. Spermatozoa become enveloped into spermatophores in the secretory proximal vas deferens. The medial vas deferens is strongly enlarged and stores spermatophores embedded in seminal plasma. The distal vas deferens holds tubular appendices, which extend into the ventral cephalothorax and slightly into the pleon. These appendices produce and store vast quantities of seminal plasma. The copulatory system of the Brachyura is formed by paired penes and two pairs of gonopods, which function in sperm transfer. In pinnotherids, the long first gonopods transfers the sperm mass to the female. It holds the ejaculatory canal inside, which opens proximally and distally. The second gonopod is solid, short and conical. During copulation, the penis and the second gonopod are inserted into the base of the tubular first gonopod. The second gonopod functions in the transport of the sperm mass inside the ejaculatory canal towards its distal opening. The specific shape of the second gonopod is strongly adapted for a sealing of the tubular first gonopod with longitudinal cuticle foldings that interlock inside the first gonopod. The presented results are discussed concerning their function in reproduction and in respect of the systematic account.
The role of secretion in sperm transfer, storage and fertilization among the Brachyura is still under debate. It is notable that structure and function of secretion are more complex in pinnotherids and probably more efficient than in other brachyuran crabs, which will be discussed, in view of the parasitic way of life and the high fecundity of pinnotherids.
Introduction:
The evolutionary patterns of symbiotic organisms are inferred using cophylogenetic methods. Congruent phylogenies indicate cospeciation or host-switches to closely-related hosts, whereas incongruent topologies indicate independent speciation. Recent studies suggest that coordinated speciation is a rare event, and may not occur even in the highly specialized associations. The cospeciation hypothesis was mainly tested for free-living mutualistic associations, such as plant-pollinator interactions, and host-parasitic systems but was rarely tested on obligate, mutualistic associations involving intimate physiological interactions. Symbionts with lower partner selectivity may not experience coordinated speciation due to frequent switching of partners. On the other hand, symbionts with high partner selectivity may influence each other’s evolution owing to the highly interdependent lifestyles. Symbiont association patterns are also influenced by habitat and it has been proposed that symbiotic interactions are stronger in warm regions as compared to cooler regions (also referred as latitudinal gradient of biotic specialization). This hypothesis however, has recently been challenged and it has been suggested that a gradient of biotic specialization may not exist at all. Reliable species concepts are a prerequisite for understanding the association and evolutionary patterns of symbiotic organisms. The species concepts of many groups traditionally relied on the morphological species concept, which may not be adequate for distinguishing species due to the: i) homoplasious nature of morphological characters, an due to the inability to distinguish cryptic species. Thus phylogenetic species concept along with coalescent-based species delimitation approaches, which utilize molecular data for inferring species boundaries have been used widely for resolving taxonomic relationships. Lichens are obligatory symbiotic associations consisting of a fungal partner (mycobiont) and one or more photosynthetic partners, algae, and/or cyanobacteria (photobionts). I used the lichen forming fungal genus Protoparmelia as my study system, which consists of ~25-30 previously described species inhabiting different habitats, from the arctic to the tropics. This makes Protoparmelia an ideal system to explore the association and evolutionary patterns across different macrohabitats.
Objectives:
The objectives of this thesis were to 1. Elucidate the phylogenetic position of Protoparmelia within Lecanorales, and infer the monophyly of Protoparmelia; 2. Understand species diversity within Protoparmelia s.str. using coalescent-based species delimitation approaches; and 3. To identify the Trebouxia species associated with Protoparmelia using phylogenetic and species delimitation approaches and to infer the association and cophylogenetic patterns Protoparmelia and Trebouxia in different macrohabitats.
Results and discussion:
Chapter 1: Taxonomic position of Protoparmelia
In the first part of this study I explored the taxonomic position of Protoparmelia within the order Lecanorales. Overall this study included 54 taxa from four families, sequenced at five loci (178 sequences). I found Protoparmelia to be polyphyletic and sister to Parmeliaceae.
Chapter 2: Multilocus phylogeny and species delimitation of Protoparmelia spp.
In this part of the study, I identified and delimited the Protoparmelia species forming a monophyletic clade sister to Parmeliaceae i.e., Protoparmelia sensu stricto group, based on the multilocus phylogeny and coalescent-based species delimitation approaches. I included 18 previously described and three unidentified Protoparmelia species, which represents ~70% of the total described species, and 73 other taxa, sequenced at six loci. I found that the sensu stricto group comprised of 25 supported clades instead of 12 previously described Protoparmelia species. I tested the speciation probabilities of these 25 clades using species delimitation softwares BP&P and spedeSTEM. I found nine previously unrecognized lineages in Protoparmelia and I propose the presence of at least 23 species for Protoparmelia s.str., in contrast to the 12 described species included in the study.
Chapter 3: Association and cophylogenetic patterns of Protoparmelia and its symbiotic partner Trebouxia
...
Die CXCR4/CXCL12-Achse ist von entscheidender Bedeutung für die Entstehung und Aufrechterhaltung einer gesunden, reifen Hämatopoese. Erstmals beschrieben wurde der später als CXCR4 bezeichnete Rezeptor 1996 allerdings als Co-Rezeptor für den Eintritt humaner HI-Viren in Lymphozyten. Ein großes Interesse bestand daraufhin darin, sowohl natürliche Inhibitoren des G-Protein gekoppelten Rezeptors zu identifizieren, als auch synthetische herzustellen, um einen Eintritt des Virus in den menschlichen Organismus zu verhindern bzw. seine Ausbreitung zu unterbinden. Ein natürlich vorkommender CXCR4-Ligand, der 2015 von Zirafi und Kollegen erstmals beschrieben wurde, fand sich im Hämofiltrat von Dialysepatienten. Der im weiteren Verlauf als EPI-X4 bezeichnete CXCR4-Antagonist wurde als Spaltprodukt von Albumin identifiziert, welches über viele Spezies hochkonserviert ist. Diese Eigenschaft interpretieren wir als Hinweis auf eine relevante physiologische Funktion des Peptids. Da die Halbwertszeit von natürlich vorkommendem EPI-X4 beim Menschen vermutlich sehr kurz ist, sind in vivo- und darauffolgende in vitro-Analysen schwierig durchzuführen. In-vitro-Spike-Analysen von synthetischem EPI-X4 in humanem Plasma ergaben eine Halbwertszeit von nur 17 Minuten. Die geringen auftretenden Konzentrationen erschweren die Problematik zusätzlich. In dieser Arbeit sollen deshalb im Mausmodell in vivo-Analysen durchgeführt werden, um die Effekte von potentiell entstehendem EPI-X4 in verschiedenen experimentellen Ansätzen aufzudecken. Ein probates, hier verwendetes Mittel, ist die Analyse einer Knock-out (KO)-Maus. Die für die Bindung an CXCR4 entscheidende Aminosäure von EPI-X4, das am N-Terminus gelegene Leucin, wurde durch Alanin ersetzt, welches die Entstehung von EPI-X4 unterbindet und zusätzlich dessen Bindung an CXCR4 verhindert. Mit Hilfe zweier Mausmodelle können nun Analysen im EPI-X4-defizienten Modell durchgeführt werden, die im Umkehrschluss Informationen über die organismische Wirkung von EPI-X4 beinhalten. Zunächst wurde in beiden Modellen die physiologisch normale reife und unreife Hämatopoese charakterisiert. Hierbei zeigte sich kein signifikanter systematischer Einfluss von EPI-X4 auf reife Leukozyten (WBC), lediglich eine leichte Lymphozytose in der HR-Ala-Variante. Im weiteren Verlauf der homöostatischen Analyse der Hämatopoese der Ala-EPI-X4-Mäuse zeigten sich keine signifikanten Unterschiede zu wildtypischen Mäusen. Sowohl reife als auch unreife Zellen zeigten, außer in der T- und B-Zelllinie, keine zahlenmäßigen oder funktionalen Auffälligkeiten, weder im Blut, noch in der Milz oder im Knochenmark. Analysen der Zellzyklusaktivität unterschiedlicher Unreifestufen wiesen ebenfalls keine Auffälligkeiten auf. Diese Daten einer normalen, von einer C57Bl/6-Maus zu erwartenden Ergebnisse dienten als Grundlage zur Bewertung und Analyse von durchgeführten hämatopoetischen Stressmodellen. Hierfür wurden
zunächst hämatopoetische Stamm- und Vorläuferzellen (HSPC) mobilisiert. In den angewandten Mobilisierungsmodellen fanden sich lediglich unter G-CSF-Behandlung im Knochenmark eine größere Anzahl Granulozyten, was auf einen Einfluss von EPI-X4 auf HSPC schließen lässt. Um potentielle Auswirkungen von EPI-X4 im Knochenmark weiter zu untersuchen, wurde ein weiteres Stressmodell gewählt, welches ebenfalls mutmaßlich die Bedingungen zur EPI-X4-Generierung schafft: Subletale Bestrahlung der Mäuse sorgt für Schäden an allen Zellarten im Knochenmark, es wird ein steriles entzündliches Milieu kreiert. Unter diesen Umständen wurde die Regeneration von Blutzellen analysiert. Es zeigten sich keine nennenswerten Unterschiede sowohl in der akuten Phase des Schadens als auch in regelmäßigen Blutentnahmen während der Regenerierung.
Die Beschreibung von natürlich vorkommendem EPI-X4 in Vaginal- und Rektalschleimhaut zeigt seine Entstehung an Schleimhautbarrieren auf. Ala-EPI-X4-Muse werden deshalb auf deren Durchlässigkeit untersucht: LPS-Konzentrationen als Marker für eindringende pathogene Bakterien wurden im Plasma untersucht. Hierbei zeigten sich keine Unterschiede zwischen den Gruppen, eine Störung scheint hier nicht vorzuliegen. Zusätzlich wurde die Zusammensetzung des Mikrobioms im Darm untersucht, da beschrieben wurde, dass sich Mikrobiom und die Integrität der Darmschleimhaut gegenseitig beeinflussen. Im Falle der EPI-X4-defizienten Mäuse liegt zwar keine offensichtliche pathologische Veränderung vor, dennoch konnte in männlichen HR-Ala-Mäusen die Abwesenheit des Proteobakteriums Parasutterella nachgewiesen werden. Um eine mögliche Defizienz der Barrierefunktion weiter zu testen, wurden zwei Stressmodelle gewählt: Zunächst wurde den Mäusen eine akute, sterile Peritonitis zugefügt, woraufhin die Anzahl und Zusammensetzung der ins Peritoneum einströmenden Leukozyten analysiert wird. Die Reaktion auf diesen Entzündungsprozess war nicht verändert. Ähnliche Ergebnisse zeigten sich auch in einem akuten Colitis-Stressmodell.
Insgesamt konnte in dieser Arbeit mithilfe zweier KO-Mausmodelle die Rolle von EPI-X4 in der Hämatopoese und der Immunologie von Mäusen beginnend charakterisiert werden. Die homöostatische Hämatopoese scheint kaum von EPI-X4 abhängig zu sein, lediglich die Zahl der B- und T-Zellen, insbesondere der regulatorischen T-Zellen, scheint beeinflusst. Damit einhergehend konnten Veränderungen in Zytokinlevels bei inflammatorischen Ereignissen gezeigt werden. Experimente zur beeinflussten, eventuell gestörten Barrierefunktion von Ala-EPI-X4-Mäusen zeigten vielversprechende Ansätze und sollten in Zukunft weiter analysiert werden.
The objectives of this thesis were to understand how distinct classes of cell types interact to shape oscillatory activity in cortical circuits of the turtle. We chose the turtle cortex as a model system for cortical computations for two reasons. One is that the phylogenetic position of turtles makes their cortex functionally and anatomically particularly interesting. The second is that reptilian brains present several unique experimental advantages. Turtles have a three-layered cortex that forms the dorsalmost part of their pallium and receives direct input from visual thalamus. Thus turtle cortex, while sharing several features with mammalian cortices, constitutes a simpler system for studying cortical computations and dynamics. Freshwater turtles are semiaquatic species, that dive for hours and hibernate for months without breathing. Their brains are adapted to these behaviors so that they can operate under severe anoxia. This property allows for ex vivo wholebrain and whole-cortex (”cortical slab”) preparations in vitro, enabling the use of many sophisticated techniques for monitoring activity in parallel.
I thus set out to utilize the advantages of our model system, by using optogenetic methods to reliably evoke oscillations in an ex vivo whole-cortex preparation while observing activity in parallel with planar multi-electrode arrays (MEA), linear silicon depth-electrodes and patch-clamp recording techniques. This required several technical aspects to be solved. Prior work in turtle cortex (Prechtl, 1994; Prechtl et al., 1997; Senseman and Robbins, 2002) indicated that visual stimuli evoke complex activity patterns (e. g. wave patterns) in dorsal cortex. The goal was to examine these dynamics in detail and to provide mechanistic explanations for them whenever possible. The recent advent of optogenetics, the development of microelectrode arrays, and the possibility to combine these techniques with classical electrophysiological approaches on a resistant, accessible and stable preparation led me to explore a number of technical avenues.
First I had to establish gene delivery methods in reptiles. I settled on recombinant viruses, and show results from several serotypes of adeno-associated virus (AAV), i lentivirus and rabies virus. I report successful gene expression of genes of interest with several subtypes of AAV, including the commonly used AAV2/1 and AAV2/5 serotypes. Second I had to find promoters enabling global and cell-type specific gene expression in reptiles. Ubiquitous high-yield promoters such as CAG/CB7 or CMV drive high levels of expression in turtles; cell-type specific promoters such as hSyn (expression limited to neurons) and CaMKIIa (expression limited exclusively o mostly to excitatory neurons) appear similarly biased in turtles. Other cell-type specific promoters reported in the literature (fNPY, fPV, fSST) failed to express in turtles.
A second major aspect of my work focused on electrophysiological recordings using microelectrode arrays and the interpretation of extracellular signals recorded from cortex in ex vivo preparations. We observed that spike signals produced by pyramidal and inhibitory neurons were very often followed by a slower potential. We identified these slower potentials as reflections of synaptic currents, and thus of the axonal projections of the neurons, at least within the deep layers of cortex. This also resulted in a means to classify neurons as excitatory or inhibitory with much higher reliability than classical methods (e. g. spike width). The final aspect of my work concerns the use of optogenetics to dissect the mechanisms of cortical oscillations and wave propagation. I show that oscillations can be induced by light in turtle cortex after transfection with AAV2/1 carrying the gene for channelrhodopsin 2 (ChR2). By using the CaMKIIa promoter, ChR2 induced currents are limited to LII/III excitatory cells; we can therefore control excitatory drive to cortical networks. If this drive is strong enough, layer III inhibitory interneurons are recruited and fire in a concerted fashion, silencing the excitatory population. The visually evoked 20 Hz oscillations observed in chronically recorded animals (Schneider, 2015) or in anaesthetized animals (Fournier et al., in press) thus appear to result from a feedback loop between E and I cells within layers II & III. Details of these interactions are being investigated but - layer I interneurons, by contrast, do not seem to be involved. By pulsing light I could control the frequency of the oscillations within a range of several Hz around the natural oscillation frequency. Above this range, cortex could only follow the stimulus at a fraction (1/2, 1/3,...) of the light pulse frequency. Using a digital micromirror device, I limited activation of the cortical networks spatially, enabling the study of wave propagation in this system.
Reptilian cortex offers a relatively simple model system for a reductionist and comparative strategy on understanding cortical computations and dynamics. Turtle dorsal cortex could thus give fundamental insights to the primordial organization tional, computational and functional principles of cortical networks. These insights are relevant to our understanding of mammalian brains and may prove valuable to decipher fundamental questions of modern neuroscience.
Exploring strategies to improve the reverse beta-oxidation pathway in Saccharomyces cerevisiae
(2024)
Microbes are the most diverse living organisms on Earth, with various metabolic adaptations that allow them to live in different conditions and produce compounds with different chemical complexity. Microbial biotechnology exploits the metabolic diversity of microorganisms to manufacture products for different industries. Today, the chemical industry is a significant energy consumer and carbon dioxide emitter, with processes that harm natural ecosystems, like the extraction of medium-chain fatty acids (MCFAs). MCFAs are used as precursors for biofuels, volatile esters, surfactants, or polymers in materials with enhanced properties.
However, their current extraction process uses large, non-sustainable monocultures of coconut and palm trees. Therefore, the microbial production of MCFAs can help reduce the current environmental impact of obtaining these products and their derivatives.
In nature, fatty acids are mostly produced via fatty acid biosynthesis (FAB). However, the reverse β-oxidation (rBOX) is a more energy-efficient pathway compared to FAB. The rBOX pathway consists of four reactions, which result in the elongation of an acyl-CoA molecule by two carbon units from acetyl-CoA in each cycle. In this work we used Saccharomyces cerevisiae, an organism with a high tolerance towards toxic compounds, as the expression host of the rBOX pathway to produce MCFAs and medium-chain fatty alcohols (MCFOHs).
In the first part of this work, we expanded the length of the products from expressing the rBOX in the cytosol and increased the MCFAs titres. First, we deleted the major glycerol-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (GPD2). This resulted in a platform strain with significantly reduced glycerol fermentation and increased rBOX pathway activity, probably due to an increased availability of NADH. Then, we tested different combinations of rBOX enzymes to increase the length and titres of MCFA. Expressing the thiolase CnbktB and β-hydroxyacyl-CoA dehydrogenase CnpaaH1 from Cupriavidus necator, Cacrt from Clostridium acetobutylicum and the trans-enoyl-CoA reductase Tdter (Treponema denticola) resulted in hexanoic acid as the main product.
Expressing Cncrt2 (C. necator) or YlECH (Y. lipolytica) as enoyl-CoA hydratases resulted in octanoic acid as the main product. Then, we integrated the octanoic (Cncrt2 or YlECH) and the hexanoic acid (Cacrt)-producing variants in the genome of the platform strain and we achieved titers of ≈75 mg/L (hexanoic acid) and ≈ 60 mg/L (octanoic acid) when growing these strains in a complex, highly buffered medium. These are the highest titers of octanoic and hexanoic acid obtained in S. cerevisiae with the rBOX. Additionally, we deleted TES1 and FAA2 to prevent competition for butyryl-CoA and degradation of the produced fatty acids, respectively.
However, these deletions did not improve MCFA titers. In addition, we tested two dual acyl-CoA reductase/alcohol dehydrogenases (ACR/ADH), CaadhE2 from C. acetobutylicum and the putative ACR/ADH EceutE from Escherichia coli, in an octanoyl-CoA-producing strain to produce MCFOH. As a result, we produced 1-hexanol and 1-octanol for the first time in S. cerevisiae with these two enzymes. Nonetheless, the titres were low (<10 mg/L and <2 mg/L, respectively), and four-carbon 1-butanol was the main product in both cases (>80 mg/L). This showed the preference of these two enzymes for butyryl-CoA.
In the second part of this work, we expressed the rBOX in the mitochondria of S. cerevisiae to benefit from the high levels of acetyl-CoA and the reducing environment in that organelle. First, in an adh-deficient strain, we mutated MTH1, a transcription factor regulating the expression of hexose transporters, and deleted GPD2. This resulted in a strain with a reduced Crabtree effect and, therefore, an increased carbon flux to the mitochondria. We partially validated the increased flux to the mitochondria by expressing the ethanol-acetyltransferase EAT1 from Kluyveromyces marxianus in this organelle. This resulted in a higher isoamyl acetate production in the MTH1-mutant strain. Isoamyl acetate is synthesised by Eat1 from acetyl-CoA and isoamyl alcohol, a product of the metabolism of amino acids in the mitochondria. Then, we targeted different butyryl-CoA-producing rBOX variants to the mitochondria, and we used the production of 1-butanol and butyric acid as a proof-of-concept. The strong expression of all the enzymes was toxic for the cell, and the highest butyric acid titres (≈ 50 mg/L) in the mitochondria from the rBOX were obtained from the weak expression of the pathway. The highest 1-butanol titers (≈ 5 mg/L) were obtained with the downregulation of the mitochondrial NADH-oxidase NDI1. However, this downregulation led to a non-desirable petite phenotype.
In summary, we produced hexanoic and octanoic acid for the first time in S. cerevisiae using the rBOX and achieved the highest reported titers of hexanoic and octanoic acid so far using this pathway in S. cerevisiae. In addition, we successfully compartmentalised the rBOX in the mitochondria. However, competing reactions, some of them essential for the viability of the cell, limit the use of this organelle for the rBOX.
Exploring the in vivo subthreshold membrane activity of phasic firing in midbrain dopamine neurons
(2021)
Dopamine is a key neurotransmitter that serves several essential functions in daily behaviors such as locomotion, motivation, stimulus coding, and learning. Disrupted dopamine circuits can result in altered functions of these behaviors which can lead to motor and psychiatric symptoms and diseases. In the central nervous system, dopamine is primarily released by dopamine neurons located in the substantia nigra pars compacta (SNc) and ventral tegmental area (VTA) within the midbrain, where they signal behaviorally-relevant information to downstream structures by altering their firing patterns. Their “pacemaker” firing maintains baseline dopamine levels at projection sites, whereas phasic “burst” firing transiently elevates dopamine concentrations. Firing activity of dopamine neurons projecting to different brain regions controls the activation of distinct dopamine pathways and circuits. Therefore, characterization of how distinct firing patterns are generated in dopamine neuron populations will be necessary to further advance our understanding of dopamine circuits that encode environmental information and facilitate a behavior.
However, there is currently a large gap in the knowledge of biophysical mechanisms of phasic firing in dopamine neurons, as spontaneous burst firing is only observed in the intact brain, where access to intrinsic neuronal activity remains a challenge. So far, a series of highly-influential studies published in the 1980s by Grace and Bunney is the only available source of information on the intrinsic activity of midbrain dopamine neurons in vivo, in which sharp electrodes were used to penetrate dopamine neurons to record their intracellular activity. A novel approach is thus needed to fill in the gap. In vivo whole-cell patch-clamp method is a tool that enables access to a neuron’s intrinsic activity and subthreshold membrane potential dynamics in the intact brain. It has been used to record from neurons in superficial brain regions such as the cortex and hippocampus, and more recently in deeper regions such as the amygdala and brainstem, but has not yet been performed on midbrain dopamine neurons. Thus, the deep brain in vivo patch-clamp recording method was established in the lab in an attempt to investigate the subthreshold membrane potential dynamics of tonic and phasic firing in dopamine neurons in vivo.
The use of this method allowed the first in-depth examination of burst firing and its subthreshold membrane potential activity of in vivo midbrain dopamine neurons, which illuminated that firing activity and subthreshold membrane activity of dopamine neurons are very closely related. Furthermore, systematic characterization of subthreshold membrane patterns revealed that tonic and phasic firing patterns of in vivo dopamine neurons can be classified based on three distinct subthreshold membrane signatures: 1) tonic firing, characterized by stable, non-fluctuating subthreshold membrane potentials; 2) rebound bursting, characterized by prominent hyperpolarizations that initiate bursting; and 3) plateau bursting, characterized by transient, depolarized plateaus on which bursting terminates. The results thus demonstrated that different types of phasic firing are driven by distinct patterns of subthreshold membrane activity, which may potentially signal distinct types of information. Taken together, the deep brain in vivo patch-clamp technique can be used for the investigation of firing mechanisms of dopamine neurons in the intact brain and will help address open questions in the dopamine field, particularly regarding the biophysical mechanisms of burst firing in dopamine neurons that control behavior.
Humans and other primates are highly visual animals. Our daily visual activities such as recognizing familiar faces, interacting with objects, or reading, are supported by an extensive system of interacting brain areas. The interactions between the many individual nerve cells both within and between brain areas need to be coordinated. One possible solution to achieve flexible coordination between cells in the network is rhythmic activity, or oscillations. The focus of the thesis will be activity in the largest visual area, V1, in non-human primates. In V1, high-frequency activity, so-called gamma-band activity (“gamma”, ca. 30-90 Hz) can be frequently observed and has been suggested to play a role in coordinating activity in the visual system. In Chapter 1, the coordination problem, the primate visual system and gamma-band oscillations are introduced in detail. The following chapters explore the dependence of gamma on contextual influences. Does V1 use contextual information to optimize co-ordination? In the first part, the short-term consequences of repeated encounters with visual stimuli on V1 responses are explored (Chapters 2 and 3). Inspired by results from colored, naturalistic images in the first part, the second part tests the dependence of gamma on spatial and chromatic stimulus aspects (Chapters 4 and 5).
Stimulus repetition is a simple yet powerful way to tap into our brains’ ability to learn and adapt to our environment. Repeated presentation of a visual stimulus tends to decrease responses to this stimulus. Is this accompanied by changes in the coordination of brain activity? In Chapter 2, the stimulus-specificity of repetition effects on gamma was tested using naturalistic stimuli. V1 is most typically studied using black-and-white, artificial stimuli that are very familiar to the animals. Here, colored natural images were repeatedly presented that were initially novel to the animals, to provide a wider and more naturalistic range of stimulation. Both multi-unit spiking activity (MUA) and gamma showed stimulus-specific repetition effects. MUA responses de-creased most strongly for initial repetitions and less for later repetitions. In contrast, gamma could increase or decrease for initial repetitions, but tended to increase for later repetitions. This points to the operation of multiple plasticity mechanisms. One process may rapidly decrease MUA and gamma and be related to initial novelty or adaptation. The other increases gamma, is active for more repetitions, and could constitute a form of refinement of coordination over time. Moreover, based on the spacing of stimulus repetitions, stimulus memory in V1 persisted for tens of seconds.
In the following Chapter 3, the stimulus location specificity and persistence of the repetition effects for longer timescales were tested. To this end, the observation that the increase in gamma with repetition was strongest for the first tens of repetitions was used to test for location specificity and memory. Using simple artificial stimuli that were repeated many times at two alternating locations, both location specificity and memory on the order of minutes was observed. Due to the structure of the primate visual system, location specificity suggests that the repetition effects involve early to mid-level visual areas such as V1. Memory for previous stimulus presentations on the order of minutes has not been previously reported for V1 gamma. Taken together, these experiments demonstrate short-term plasticity of gamma that is stimulus- and location specific and persists on the timescale of minutes.
In Chapter 2, the average gamma-band response to the large, naturalistic stimuli was highly stimulus dependent. Relative increases in gamma-band activity scaled between tens and thousands of percent change depending on the stimulus. Particularly the color of the stimuli appeared to play a strong role, although the stimulus set was too limited and uncontrolled to draw strong conclusions. In Chapters 4 and 5, underlying mechanisms for the stimulus specificity of gamma were explored using more well-controlled, artificial stimuli that varied in color and spatial structure.
Much of vision relies on the analysis of spatial structure. Each nerve cell in V1 only responds to visual stimuli in a particular, small part of the visual field, its so-called “receptive field” (RF). Compared to isolated RF stimulation, nearby cells that are stimulated by a similar structure from different parts of visual space can show response decreases, commonly known as “surround suppression”, and may show coordinated activity in the gamma band. In Chapter 3, responses to large, uniformly colored disks are contrasted with responses to black or white (achromatic) disks. A first experiment showed that gamma-band responses were stronger for colored than achromatic stimuli, whereas MUA responses could decrease below baseline for colored stimuli. To test whether these phenomena were related to surround suppression, stimulus size was manipulated in a second experiment. When stimuli were of sufficient size to induce surround suppression, clear gamma-band responses emerged. Surround suppression and gamma were stronger for chromatic stimuli. However, the change of stimulus size could have changed not only surround suppression but also stimulus saliency. Therefore, in a third experiment, the overall size of the stimulus was kept constant, and the spatial structure of the stimulus was manipulated. In comparison to uniform, predictable stimulus structure, mismatches between the center of the stimulus and the surrounding visual space led to strong increases in MUA responses and strong de-creases in gamma-band activity. These effects were restricted to the recording sites with RFs at the mismatch location. These experiments underpin the strong role of both spatial structure and color for gamma in V1.
In Chapter 4, responses to different color hues are studied in more detail. Gamma response strength depended on hue, being strongest for red compared to blue and green stimuli when measured with a gray background. To better understand the underlying mechanisms of the differential responses, the spatio-temporal context in the form of the background color was manipulated. Background color had a strong influence on gamma strength. Using differently colored backgrounds, different parts of the color signaling pathways could be adapted. Response differences to different color hues could be explained well with a model that incorporates differences in adaptation between pathways involving long- compared to medium-wavelength cone signals.
Taken together, these experiments indicate a strong role of both spatial context (stimulus size and structure) and temporal context and drive (repetition, adaptation) for the generation of gamma-band activity in V1. Functional implications of these dependencies are considered in the final Chapter 6, and a role for gamma-band syn-chronization in a coding regime for visual inputs that generate strong drive and high predictability is suggested.
Fatty acids in oomycetes
(2021)
Es gibt für die Orientierung von Vögel ein allgemeingültiges Konzept, das Karte-Kompass-Prinzip (Kramer 1953, 1957): Der Karten-Schritt besteht darin, den eigenen Standort zu ermitteln und mit dem Ziel in Beziehung zu setzten. Damit wird die geografische Richtung bestimmt, die im Kompass-Schritt in eine konkrete Richtung umgesetzt wird. Für Beides nutzen Vögel auch das Magnetfeld der Erde; in der Karte als einen Faktor den Verlauf der Intensität, im Magnetkompass die Achse der Feldlinien. Der Magnetrezeptor, der die Karte mit Informationen versorgt, ist im Schnabel lokalisiert, der des Kompasses im Auge. Ich habe mich in meiner Arbeit darauf konzentriert, die zwei potenziellen Magnetrezeptoren der Vögel feinstrukturell und immunhistologisch weiter zu charakterisieren.
Für den Magnetkompass wird auf Grund des Radikalpaar-Modells angenommen, dass Cryptochrome die Rezeptormoleküle sein könnten (Ritz et al. 2000). Bei Vögeln sind vier Cryptochrome bekannt, allerdings muss das Rezeptormolekül des Magnetkompasses auch in seiner Lokalisation bestimmte Kriterien erfüllen. Die für meine Arbeit bedeutsamen Kriterien sind: (1) die gleiche Ausrichtung der Proteine in einer Rezeptorzelle und (2), dass die einzelnen Rezeptorzellen alle Raumrichtungen abdecken. Ich habe in meiner Arbeit Cryptochrom 1a (Cry1a) und Cryptochrom 1b (Cry1b) auf ihr Vorkommen in der Retina von Rotkehlchen (Erithacus rubecula) und Hühnern (Gallus gallus) untersucht. Cry1b befindet sich bei Rotkehlchen während der Zugzeit in den Ganglienzellen, in denen es teilweise an Membranen gebunden vorliegt, die jedoch keine bevorzugte Richtung haben. Somit erscheint mir Cry1b als Rezeptormolekül für den Magnetkompass als eher ungeeignet. Cry1b könnte, wie viele Cryptochrome, an der Steuerung von circadianen Rhythmen beteiligt sein. Cry1a hingegen ist bei beiden untersuchten Vogelarten in den UV/V-Zapfen an die Diskmembranen gebunden, was eine Ausrichtung ermöglicht. Die UV/V-Zapfen sind über die gesamte Retina gleichmäßig verteilt, und durch die sphärische Form des Auges decken die einzelnen Rezeptoren jede Raumrichtung ab. Somit erfüllt Cry1a die Bedingungen des Radikalpaar-Modells, und ich schließe daraus, dass es sich hierbei um das Rezeptormolekül des Magnetkompasses handeln könnte. Cry1a ändert nach Lichtabsorption wie viele Cryptochrome seine Konformation. Der von mir verwendete Antikörper bindet nur die lichtaktivierte Form des Proteins. In Versuchen, in denen Hühner verschiedenen monochromatischen Lichtern ausgesetzt wurden, zeigt sich, dass sich Cry1a in UV bis Gelb in lichtaktiviertem Zustand befindet. Dies stimmt sowohl mit der spektralen Empfindlichkeit des Magnetkompasses der Vögel als auch mit der des Flavins, des lichtsensitiven Teils des Cryptochroms, überein. Versuche mit grünem Licht lassen vorsichtige Rückschlüsse auf das für den Magnetkompass relevante Radikalpaar zu: so ist das Flavin erst im zweiten Oxidationsschritt grünlicht-sensitiv, und Cry1a ist nur nachweisbar, also lichtaktiviert, wenn der erste Schritt bereits im Hellen abgelaufen ist. Versuche in denen die Tiere vorab im Dunkeln waren, führen nicht zur erneuten Lichtaktivierung unter grünem Licht. Dies macht nur eines der beiden im Flavinzyklus entstehenden Radikalpaare wahrscheinlich, nämlich das in der Reoxidation entstehende, da das Radikalpaar im ersten Schritt der Oxidation unter Grün nicht entsteht.
In Bezug auf den Magnetrezeptor im Schnabel konnte bereits bei Tauben eine detaillierte Struktur beschrieben werden, die als Magnetrezeptor geeignet ist, nämlich Magnetit- bzw. Maghemit-Teilchen in Dendriten der Nerven (Fleissner et al. 2003). Auch Hühner haben eisenhaltige Strukturen im Oberschnabel, die in ihrer Eisenoxid-Zusammensetzung denen der Tauben entsprechen (Falkenberg et al. 2010). Ich konnte in meiner Arbeit zeigen, dass die eisenhaltigen Strukturen im Oberschnabel der adulten Hühner an oder in Nervenfasern liegen. Elektronenoptisch bestehen diese eisenhaltigen Strukturen im Nervengewebe bei Hühnern, wie bei Tauben beschrieben, aus einem 3-5 µm großen Vesikel, der von eisenhaltigen ‘Schuppen’ besetzt ist, aus circa 1 µm langen Plättchen und Kugeln mit einem Durchmesser von etwa 1 µm. Sie sind in Feldern angeordnet, in denen diese Zellstrukturen gleich ausgerichtet sind. In der Anzahl und Lokalisation der Felder der eisenhaltigen Dendriten gibt es Unterschiede zwischen Hühnern und Tauben, allerdings ist unklar, inwie¬weit dies zu Unterschieden in der Verarbeitung im Gehirn führt. Die Entwicklung der eisenhaltigen Dendriten der Hühner beginnt erst nach dem Schlupf, am Tag des Schlupfes haben Küken noch keine eisenhaltigen Strukturen, abgesehen von roten Blutkörperchen. In den ersten 5 Tagen werden eisenhaltige Makrophagen im frontalen Bereich des Schnabels gebildet, die anschließend wieder reduziert werden. Bei 12 Tage alten Hühnern werden diese auch im lateralen Bereich des Oberschnabels angelegt und ebenfalls dort bis Tag 21 wieder reduziert. 21 Tage alte Hühner haben nur noch wenige eisenhaltige Makrophagen, allerdings ein erstes Feld von eisenhaltigen Dendriten. Die Röntgenabsorption zeigt einen Unterschied in der Eisenoxid-Zusammensetzung zwischen eisenhaltigen Makrophagen und eisenhaltigen Dendriten. Es könnte sein, dass die eisenhaltigen Makrophagen an der Synthese der eisenhaltigen Dendriten beteiligt sind, da sie Eisen aufnehmen, aber auch wieder abgeben können und in demselben Zeitraum reduziert werden, wie die eisenhaltigen Dendriten aufgebaut werden.
Sowohl Tauben als auch Rotkehlchen haben sich phylogenetisch bereits vor 95 Millionen Jahren von den Hühnern abgespalten. Es gibt sowohl in der Lokalisation von Cry1a als auch in der Struktur der einzelnen eisenhaltigen Dendriten keine Unterschiede, so dass es sich bei den beiden Magnetrezeptoren der Vögel vermutlich um sehr alte Mechanismen handelt, die sich in der Evolution kaum verändert haben. Vermutlich sind sie vogelspezifisch, da es in dieser Hinsicht keine erkennbare Gemeinsamkeit mit anderen Wirbeltieren gibt.
Regulatory required, classical toxicity studies for environmental hazard assessment are costly, time consuming, and often lack mechanistic insights about the toxic mode of action induced through a compound. In addition, classical toxicological non-human animal tests raise serious ethical concerns and are not well suited for high throughput screening approaches. Molecular biomarker-based screenings could be a suitable alternative for identifying particular hazardous effects (e.g. endocrine disruption, developmental neurotoxicity) in non-target organisms at the molecular level. This, however, requires a better mechanistic understanding of different toxic modes of action (MoA) to describe characteristic molecular key events and respective markers.
Ecotoxicgenomics, which uses modern day omic technologies and systems biology approaches to study toxicological responses at the molecular level, are a promising new way for elucidating
the processes through which chemicals cause adverse effects in environmental organisms. In this context, this PhD study was designated to investigate and describe MoA-characteristic
ecotoxicogenomic signatures in three ecotoxicologically important aquatic model organisms of different trophic levels (Danio rerio, Daphnia magna and Lemna minor).
Applying non-target transcriptomic and proteomic methodologies post chemical exposure, the aim was to identify robust functional profiles and reliable biomarker candidates with potential
predictive properties to allow for a differentiation among different MoA in these organisms. For the sublethal exposure studies in the zebrafish embryo model (96 hpf), the acute fish embryo toxicity test guideline (OECD 236) was used as conceptual framework. As different test compounds with known MoA, the thyroid hormone 3,3′,5-triiodothyronine (T3) and the thyrostatic 6-propyl-2-thiouracil (6-PTU), as well as six nerve- and muscle-targeting insecticides (abamectin, carbaryl, chlorpyrifos, fipronil, imidacloprid and methoxychlor) were evaluated. Furthermore, a novel sublethal immune challenge assay in early zebrafish embryos (48 hpf) was evaluated for its potential to assess immuno-suppressive effects at the gene expression level. Therefore, toxicogenomic profiles after an immune response inducing stimulus with and without prior clobetasol propionate (CP) treatment were compared. For the aquatic invertebrate D. magna, the study was performed with previously determined low effect concentrations (EC5 & EC20) of fipronil and imidacloprid according to the acute immobilization test in water flea (OECD 202). The aim was to compare toxicogenomic signatures of the GABA-gated chloride channel blocker (fipronil) and the nAChR agonist (imidacloprid). With similar low effect concentrations, a shortened 3 day version of the growth inhibition test with L. minor (OECD 221) was conducted to find molecular profiles differentiating between photosynthesis and HMG-CoA reductase inhibitory effects. Here, the biological interpretation of the molecular stress response profiles in L. minor due to the lack of functional annotation of the reference genome was particularly challenging. Therefore, an annotation workflow was developed based on protein sequence homology predicted from the genomic reference sequences.
With this PhD work, it was shown how transcriptomic, proteomic and computational systems biology approaches can be coupled with aquatic toxicological tests, to gain important mechanistic insights into adverse effects at the molecular level. In general, for the different investigated adverse effects for the different organisms, biomarker candidates were identified, which describe a potential functional link between impaired gene expressions and previously reported apical effects. For the assessed chemicals in the zebrafish embryo model, biomarker candidates for thyroid disruption as well as developmental toxicity targeting the heart and central nervous system were described. The biomarkers derived from nerve- and muscletargeting insecticides were associated with three major affected processes: (1) cardiac muscle cell development and functioning, (2) oxygen transport and hypoxic stress and (3) neuronal development and plasticity. To our knowledge, this is the first study linking neurotoxic insecticide exposure and affected expression of important regulatory genes for heart muscle (tcap, actc2) and forebrain (npas4a) development in a vertebrate model. The proposed immunosuppression assay found CP to affect innate immune induction by attenuating the response of genes involved in antigen processing, TLR signalling, NF-КB signalling, and complement activation ...
Alzheimer’s disease (AD) is a common, age associated neurodegenerative disease that manifests as progressive dementia and is characterized by accumulation of the amyloid beta (Aβ) peptide which is a processing product of a transmembrane protein termed Alzheimer Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP). The Aβ peptide is generated by a sequential proteolytic processing of APP by two distinct proteases that are termed β- and γ-secretase. The β-secretase, also called BACE-1 or memapsin 2, belongs to the family of aspartyl proteases. BACE-1 evidently cleaves APP in an acidic endosomal compartment after endocytosis of APP, thereby facilitating Aβ peptide generation.
Sorting of transmembrane proteins is generally controlled by sorting signals in the cytoplasmic domains of the cargo proteins. The short cytoplasmic tail of BACE-1 with 23 amino acids contains a sorting signal of the acidic cluster, di-leucine (ACDL) type. The two Leu residues in this determinant are important for the clathrin mediated endocytosis of BACE-1, whereas the acidic residues together with the Leu are required for the endosomal sorting and recycling of BACE-1 back to the plasma membrane. The ACDL motif binds to the members of the GGA (Golgi-localized γ ear-containg ARF- binding proteins) family (GGA1-GGA3) that are involved in the sorting of BACE-1.
One of the major aims of this study was to address the role of flotillins in the intracellular sorting of BACE-1. This study shows that flotillin-1 directly binds to the di-leucine motif in the cytoplasmic tail of BACE-1, whereas flotillin-2 only shows an association mediated by flotillin-1. Flotillin-1 competes with GGA2 for the binding to BACE-1 tail, and thus influences the endosomal sorting of BACE-1. Importantly, depletion of flotillins results in an altered localization of the wildtype BACE-1, whereas the plasma membrane resident Leu to Ala (LLAA) mutant is not affected. Flotillin knockdown results in an accumulation of BACE-1, implicating reduced degradation and enhanced stability of this protease. Thus, flotillins appear to be important for the cellular targeting of BACE-1 and also influence the amyloidogenic processing of APP, as demonstrated by an increase in the amyloidogenic C-99 processing fragments.
When flotillin depleted cells were subjected to apoptotic stresses including Aβ25-35 synthetic peptide (inducer of the extrinsic apoptosis pathway) or several chemotherapeutic agents (staurosporine, brefeldin A, doxorubicin, carboplatin and paclitaxel: intrinsic apoptosis pathway) and cytotoxicity was determined, various apoptotic markers were activated in flotillin depleted cells. Caspase-3 and GGA3 are well accepted apoptosis markers and an enhanced caspase-3 cleavage was detected upon STS induced apoptosis in SH-SY5Y, HeLa, and HaCaT cell lines and increased GGA3 cleavage was observed in MCF7 cell line.
One of the major reasons for the apoptotic sensitivity in the absence of flotillins was a PI3K/Akt signaling defect. Neuroblastoma cells depleted of flotillins showed diminished levels of total Akt, phospho-Akt and phospho-ERK upon STS induced apoptosis. Since PI3K/Akt was the primary survival pathway affected upon STS induced apoptosis, ectopic expression of Akt in neuroblastoma cell line reduced caspase-3 cleavage and retarded apoptosis.
The direct downstream target of Akt is FOXO3a, whose localization was investigated in flotillin depleted cells. A major proportion of FOXO3a was localized in the nucleus of flotillin knockdown cells, implicating that FOXOs are active in these cells and subsequently trigger the transcription of death genes. Strikingly, an essential anti-apoptotic molecule and a major cancer target, Mcl-1, was inherently downregulated in flotillin knockdown cells. Mcl-1 is a chief member of the Bcl-2 family as it plays a pivotal role in cell survival and it is a critical protein in cancer therapeutics as suppression of Mcl-1 protein can curtail the survival and growth of tumorous cells.
Neuroblastoma cells were rescued from undergoing permanent damage due to STS induced apoptosis by overexpression of anti-apoptotic Bcl-2. Phorbol esters are well known PKC activators, and pre-treatment of neuroblastoma cells with phorbol esters along with staurosporine reduced caspase-3 cleavage.
These results demonstrate that absence of flotillins can sensitize cellular systems to apoptosis induction. The two main characteristics of cancer cells include resistance to apoptosis and unresponsiveness to chemotherapeutic agents. It is a well established fact that impaired apoptosis is central to tumour development. This study implicates that the downregulation of flotillin function can trigger cellular susceptibility and enhances apoptosis in response to conventional chemotherapeutic agents. Therefore, flotillins can serve as vital regulators in providing a more rational approach in molecular-targeted therapies for receding cancer growth and survival.
Cellular communication is a concept that can be explained as the transfer of signals or material (such as cytokines, ions, small molecules) between cells from the same or different type, across either short or long distances. Once this signal or material is received, it will, as a rule, promote a functional effect. Several routes, involved in this transfer, are well described and are of global importance for organ/tissue communication in an organism.
The brain interacts dynamically with the immune system, and the main route known to mediate this communication, is via the release of cytokines (by peripheral blood cells), which can then activate certain brain cell types, such as microglia, directly, or activate the vagus nerve transferring signals to neuronal populations in the brain. The communication between these two systems plays a key role in the pathophysiology of neurodegenerative diseases, and the mechanisms involved in this interaction are of central importance for understanding disease initiation and progression and search for therapeutic models.
The Momma lab previously addressed the mechanisms of interaction between the peripheral immune system and the brain by investigating cellular fusion of haematopoietic cells with neurons after inflammation. They addressed the question of whether this phenomenon also occurs under non-invasive conditions. To approach this problem, a genetic tracing model that relies on the Cre-Lox recombination system was used. Transgenic mice expressing Cre recombinase specifically in the haematopoietic lineage were crossed into a Cre-reporter background, thus all haematopoietic cells irreversibly express the reporter marker-gene EYFP. Using this model, EYFP was detected in non-haematopoietic tissues, suggesting the existence of a communication mechanism never described before. As cells containing two nuclei were never detected, fusion as a mechanism was excluded, suggesting that Cre reaches non-haematopoietic cells via a different signalling pathway. The Momma lab investigated whether the transfer of material through extracellular vesicles (EVs) could be behind this periphery-to-brain communication. Using the genetic mouse model, they were able to trace the transfer of Cre RNA via EVs between cells in vivo, generating the first in vivo evidence of functional RNA transfer by EVs between blood and brain.
The last decade has witnessed a rapid expansion of the field of EVs. Initially considered as waste disposal material, recent evidence has challenged this view. EVs are currently considered as a widespread intercellular communication system that can transport and transfer all types of biomolecules, from nucleic acids to lipids and proteins. However, several important questions are still under investigation. One of them is whether EVs are involved in brain pathophysiology, as inflammation plays an important role in onset and progression of neurodegenerative diseases and is well described in Parkinson Disease (PD). Based on preliminary data in a mouse, peripherally injected with a low dose of Lipopolysaccharide (LPS, an endotoxin found in the outer-membrane of Gram-negative bacteria, which causes an immune response), neurons and other cell population in the brain take up EVs from the periphery. Particularly, dopaminergic neurons from Substantia Nigra and Ventral Tegmental Area have been shown to receive functional RNA, transported through EVs, which can lead up to 20% of recombination. Furthermore, different neuronal populations from Hippocampus, Cortex and Cerebellum exhibit recombination, indicating a widespread signalling from blood to the brain. Therefore, the goal of my PhD thesis was to investigate the mechanisms of this transfer and the triggers that lead to EV uptake by neural cells in vivo both in pathological and physiological conditions.
In this project, the extent and function of EV-mediated signalling from blood to brain is explored in the context of peripheral inflammation and neurodegenerative diseases. Firstly, EVs isolated from WT mice were further characterized using size-exclusion chromatography (SEC), Western Blot (WB) and electron microscopy in order to extend the knowledge from previous work done in the Momma lab. Secondly, to expand on the biological relevance of the fact that inflammation is correlated with an increase in EV uptake, different approaches using the genetic murine tracing model were used. Recombination events from haematopoietic cells to the brain have been followed after peripheral injection of LPS. Peripheral inflammation caused by LPS injection led to widespread recombination events in the brain, specifically in microglia and neurons, including dopaminergic (DA) neurons. In contrast, astrocytes, oligodendrocytes and endothelial cells were never or very rarely recombined. Additionally, peripheral LPS injection in a murine model, where Cre is expressed only in erythrocytes, led to recombination events only in microglia, suggesting that the type of EV-secreting cell plays a role in the targeting of EVs to a specific cell population.
The genus Giraffa likely evolved around seven million years ago in Indo-Asia and spread over the Arabian-African land bridge into Eastern Africa. The oldest fossil of the African lineage was found in Kenya and dated to 7-5.4 Mya. Beside modern giraffe, four additional African species have likely existed (G. gracilis, G. pygmaea, G. stillei, and G. jumae). Based on their morphological similarities, G. gracilis is often considered to be the closest relative of the modern giraffe. Nevertheless, the phylogeny within the genus Giraffa is largely unresolved.
Modern giraffe (Giraffa sp.) have been neglected by the scientific community for a long time and still very little is known about their biology. Traditionally, present-day giraffe have been considered a single species (G. camelopardalis) which is divided into six to eleven subspecies, with nine subspecies being the most accepted classification. This classification was based on morphological differences and geographic ranges. However, recent genetic analyses found hidden diversity within Giraffa and proposed four genetically distinct giraffe species (G. camelopardalis, G. reticulata, G. tippelskirchi, G. giraffa) with presumably little gene flow among them.
Gene flow on a population level is the exchange of genetic information among populations facilitated by the migration of individuals between populations. Additionally, it is an important criterion to delineate species, because many species concepts, especially the Biological Species Concept, rely on the concept of reproductive isolation. Yet, new genetic methods are identifying an increasing number of species that show signs of introgressive hybridization or gene flow among them. Therefore, strict reproductive isolation cannot always be applied to delineate species, especially in young, probably still diverging, species such as giraffe.
Therefore, giraffe are ideal study organisms to investigate the level of gene flow in recently diverged species with adjacent or potentially overlapping ranges. Furthermore, their recent classification as “Vulnerable” by the IUCN and their unreliable distribution maps require the genetic evaluation of their population structure, distribution and conservation status.
In Publication 1 (Winter et al. (2018a), Ecological Genetics and Genomics, 7–8, 1–5), I studied the distribution and matrilineal population structure of Angolan giraffe (G. giraffa angolensis) using sequences from the cytochrome b gene (1,140 bp) and the mitochondrial control region for individuals from across their known range and beyond, and additionally including individuals from all known giraffe species and subspecies. The reconstruction of a phylogenetic tree and a mitochondrial haplotype network allowed to identify the most easterly known natural population of Angolan giraffe, a population that was previously assigned to their sister-subspecies South African giraffe (G. giraffa giraffa), indicating the limit of classification by morphology and geography. Furthermore, the analyses show that Namibia’s iconic desert-dwelling giraffe population is genetically distinct, even from the nearest population at Etosha National Park, suggesting very limited, if any, natural exchange of matrilines. Yet, no geographic barriers are known for this region that would prevent genetic exchange. Therefore, the two populations are likely on different evolutionary trajectories. Limited individuals with an Etosha haplotype further suggest that translocation of Etosha giraffe into the desert population had only a minor impact on the local population. Two separate haplogroups within Etosha National Park suggest an “out of Etosha” radiation of Angolan giraffe to the East followed by a later back-migration.
In Publication 2 (Winter et al. (2018b), Ecology and Evolution, 8(20), 10156–10165), I investigated the genetic population structure of giraffe across their range (n = 137) with focus on the amount of gene flow among the proposed giraffe species with a 3-fold increased set of nuclear introns (n = 21). Limited gene flow of less than one effective migrant per generation, even between the closely related northern (G. camelopardalis) and reticulated giraffe (G. reticulata) further supports the existence of four giraffe species by a different methodology, gene flow. This is significant because most species concepts build on reproductive isolation. Furthermore, this result is corroborated by four distinct major clades in a phylogenetic tree analysis, and distinct clusters in Principal Component Analysis and STRUCTURE analysis. All these analyses suggest a low level of genetic exchange among the four giraffe species and, therefore, a high degree of reproductive isolation in accordance with the Biological Species Concept (BSC). In Addition, only a single individual in 137 was identified as being potential of natural hybrid origin, which promotes the four-species concept further. ...
Fungal organisms, including the most common human pathogens Candida spp., are commensal organisms that are widely present as part of the human flora. Fungal infections are, most frequently, local infections that do not compromise the life of patients. However, mycotic diseases can be life-threatening if they become systemic infections. Systemic fungal infections have risen over the last three decades in parallel to the increased immune-compromised population as a consequence of diseases (e.g. HIV/AIDS) or therapeutic interventions that affect the immune system (e.g. chemotherapy for cancer treatment and immunosuppressors used for patients with organ transplants). This has resulted in the demand of new antifungal drugs that can eradicate the new infections caused by these opportunistic fungal pathogens. However, most of the current compounds have poor pharmaceutical properties such as narrow spectrum of activity, susceptibility to be extruded by efflux pumps or lack of specificity, which make them not suitable for human clinical applications. The treatment of fungal and parasitic infections has been traditionally difficult because the infective organisms are eukaryotic cells that share most of the pathways and enzymes with human cells. To avoid side effects and to develop a targeted therapy, the research has traditionally been centered on the very few enzymes and pathways existing in the infectious organism but absent in humans. Until now, antifungal therapeutic options are limited and are almost dominated by azole class of sterol biosynthesis inhibitors affecting the synthesis of ergosterol, a major constituent of the fungal cell membrane. Because human cells do not have a cell wall, the development of effective and safe antifungal agents has also been directed to enzymes required for the synthesis of the cell wall. Alternatively, it is theoretically possible to target enzymes that are present in fungal organisms and in humans, when: 1) sufficient selectivity can be achieved, and 2) inhibition of the fungal enzyme is lethal to the fungus but does not produce major side effects to humans. In this line, it would be ideal to evaluate the development of selective inhibitors of enzymes which are already known to be drug targets, like protein kinases.
In order to form an organ, cells need to take up specialized functions and tasks. Cellular specialization is guided by an interplay of chemical signals and physical forces, where one influences the other. One aspect in cellular identity is its shape, which e.g. defines how susceptible the cell may be to intercellular signaling or in which section of the cell cycle it is and therefore can tell us about its current state. Shape changes are introduced by motor proteins that are controlled and activated in a locally confined manner. For my thesis, I was interested to understand better how cellular shape and geometry impacts downstream cell and organ development. What happens if a cell cant transition to a specific shape? How does it affect tissue structure? How does it affect further development?
One regulator of motor proteins like non-muscle myosin is Shroom3, which recently has been been shown to be expressed and involved in the development of the zebrafish lateral line organ (1 ). Development of the lateral line occurs through a migrating cluster of initially about 150 cells, the posterior lateral line primordium (pLLP), which migrates from the anterior (head) to the posterior (tail) while depositing cell clusters in a regular pattern. Literature on development of the lateral line suggests that in order for a cell cluster to be deposited from the pLLP, rosette formation is a key requirement. Therefore our expectation from the shroom3 mutant was that the number of clusters deposited was significantly reduced. To our surprise, when we first inspected the end of migration lateral line phenotype we found many individuals with a significant increase in cell clusters deposited.
This made us re-think the role of Shroom3 during rosette assembly and the processes its involved in.
To study the effects of Shroom3 on lateral line development, a mutant line was generated and crossed with various transgenic lines which express fluorescently labeled proteins that locate to organelles such as the plasmamembrane or the nucleus. Following, the mutant with its fluorescent labels was microscopically imaged under different conditions to quantify and analyze various cell-morphometric features. Even though the zebrafish is a popular model organism and its perfectly suited for developmental biology and advanced microscopy, there were no methods that would allow for a standardized and more automated pipeline of data acquisition and processing.
Therefore, in order to accurately quantify the morphogenic processes Shroom3 is involved in, I developed a new toolset that significantly improved and facilitated my research. The toolset consists of (1) a new sample mounting method that is based on a 3D agarose gel that increases the number of embryos that can be mounted and imaged at once and speeds up the imaging process significantly (2) for subseqent image analysis I developed four programs that automate the process and therefore make the results much more reproducible and the analysis much more efficient. The first program is used for end of migration analyses, to deduce the pattern, count and size of Lateral Line cell clusters. The second is used not for end of migration, but for migration analyses (on timelapse recordings). Besides this it also prepares the images for more advanced downstream migration analyses and allows to analyse fluorescence signal on a second channel. The third program is used to analyse the pLLP only at high spatial resolution and to deduce the cell count, 3D cell morphometrics (like the volume) and cell orientation. The fourth program finally is used downstream of the second and third program and is capable of detecting and comparing them with the look of wildtype rosettes.
Here I show that in absence of Shroom3 rosette formation in the migrating pLLP is destabilized leading to facilitated cell cluster deposition and I show how this might be related to traction forces due to a possible interdependence of pLLP acceleration and speed of migration. Furthermore I show that apical constriction and rosette formation is not blocked in Shroom3 deficient embryos, but that larger rosettes are fragmented into many smaller ones. Finally, I give an outlook on how the absense of Shroom3 and hence the absense of morphological changes may deregulate gene transcription by elevating the levels Atoh1a, a transcription factor necessary for hair cell development.
My results and methodology demonstrate the importance of morphology in guiding developmental processes and how rather small morphological changes on the cellular level can impact further development significantly. My work also shows how powerful modern genetics, imaging and image analysis are and how diverse they are in terms of range of questions they are capable of answering. The methods and tools I developed prepare the ground for at least three quarters of the analyses I carried out and together with the documentation and data I provide, they are highly reproducible. In that regard I am especially happy that one of my developments, an improved sample preparation method, is already used by many different labs all over the world helping them to make their results more reproducible.
Genetic and genomic tools have provided researchers with the opportunity to address fundamental questions regarding the reintroduction of species into their historical range with greater precision than ever before. Reintroduction has been employed as a conservation method to return locally extinct species to their native range for decades. However, it remains unknown how genetic factors may impact population establishment and persistence at the population and metapopulation level in the short- and long-term. Genetic methods are capable of producing datasets from many individuals, even when only low quality DNA can be collected. These methods offer an avenue to investigate unanswered questions in reintroduction biology, which is vital to provide evidence based management strategies for future projects. The Eurasian lynx (Lynx lynx) and European wildcat (Felis silvestris) are elusive carnivores native to Eurasia and have been the subject of multiple reintroduction attempts into their native range. During the 19th and 20th century, the Eurasian lynx was extirpated from West and Central Europe due to increasing habitat fragmentation and persecution. Similarly, the European wildcat was the subject of human persecution, residing in a few refugia in West and Central Europe. After legal protection in the 1950s, subsequent reintroduction projects of both species began in the 1970s and 1980s and continue to the present. Despite this large focus on species conservation, little attention has been given to the consequences these reintroductions have on the genetic composition of the reintroduced populations and if the populations have a chance of persisting in the long term. These species have not yet benefited from the large range of genetic and genomic techniques currently available to non-model organisms, leaving many fundamental aspects of their reintroduction poorly understood. In my dissertation, I investigate demography, population structure, genetic diversity and inbreeding at the population and metapopulation level in both species. In the introduction, which lays the foundation for the subsequent chapters of this PHD, I provide background on reintroduction, its role in conservation and the genetic consequences on populations, especially populations of apex and mesocarnivores. In Publication I, I investigated the reemergence of the European wildcat in a low mountain region in Germany using fine-scale spatial analysis. I found that the reintroduced population has persisted and merged with an expanding natural population. The reintroduced population showed no genetic differentiation from the natural population suggesting there is a good chance this population has retained sufficient genetic diversity despite reintroduction. In Publication II, I tracked population development and genetic diversity over 15 years in a reintroduced lynx population to determine the genetic ramifications on a temporal scale. I found slow genetic erosion after a period of outbreeding, which fits in line with other reintroduced taxa sharing similar demographic histories. I also found the number of genetic founders to be a fraction of the total released individuals, indicating that reintroduced populations of elusive carnivores may have fewer founder individuals than previously thought. In Publication III, I sampled all surviving lynx reintroductions in West and Central Europe as well as 11 natural populations to compare levels of genetic diversity and inbreeding across the species distribution. I found that all reintroduced populations have lower genetic variability and higher inbreeding than natural populations, which urgently requires further translocations to mitigate possible negative consequences. These translocations could stem from other reintroduced populations or from surrounding natural populations. The results contribute to a growing body of evidence indicating that inbreeding is likely to be more prevalent in wild populations than previously understood. Finally, in the discussion I explore how genetic methods can be applied to post-reintroduction monitoring of felid species to illuminate questions relating to genetic composition after release. The methods employed in these studies and in future work will be highly dependent on the research questions posed. Additionally, I investigate the drivers of the observed genetic patterns including founder size, source population, environmental factors, and population growth. I found that genetic diversity loss patterns across these two felid species are not clearly defined, however, management actions can be taken to mitigate the negative effects of reintroductions. These management actions include further translocation, introducing a sufficient number of released individuals and situating reintroductions adjacent to natural populations. All of these actions can minimize genetic drift and inbreeding, two factors which negatively impact small populations. This thesis further supports mounting evidence that genetic considerations should be assessed before releasing individuals, which allows for incorporation of scientific evidence into the planning process thereby increasing the overall success of reintroduction projects. Ultimately, the resources developed during this dissertation provide a solid baseline and foundation for future work regarding the consequences of reintroductions. This is especially important as an increasing number of species are at risk of extinction and reintroductions of both the European wildcat and Eurasian lynx, as well as many others, are planned in the coming years.
The existence of all living organisms depends on their multidimensional adjustment to the conditions of the environment in which they live. Organisms must constantly deal with not only abiotic stress factors (such as water availability or extreme temperatures), but also with various biotic interactions (the competition between different organisms, both intraspecific and interspecies). When there is a consensus between an organism and the environment it means that this organism is well adjusted and increases its probability of survival.
Symbiotic organisms possess the ability to establish an intimate interaction with another species (symbiont) that provides benefits for survival. Organisms that are involved in obligate symbiosis may adapt to a new environment by switching to another symbiotic partner that is locally better adapted; or by reshuffling symbiont communities present in the holobiont. This ability potentially gives them the opportunity to flexibly react to changing environmental conditions.
In this thesis I studied the genetic diversity and geographic distribution of symbiont lineages in a lichen symbiosis to better understand environmental adaptation in symbiotic systems. Lichens are symbiotic associations of photobionts (one or several green-algal species or cyanobacteria), filamentous mycobionts (lichen-forming fungi) and co-inhabiting symbiotic microorganisms (lichen-associated bacteria, endolichenic fungi, and basidiomycete yeast). The coccoid green algae of the genus Trebouxia are the most common and the most studied lichen photobionts. However, the lack of formal Trebouxia taxonomy impedes our understanding of this photobiont diversity.
Different species of mycobionts may share the same photobionts and a single species of mycobiont may associate with multiple, genetically different photobionts. Interactions among symbionts are not random and are constrained by evolutionary and environmental processes. The ability to associate with specific symbiotic partner is considered as a lichen strategy to facilitate adaptation to the constantly changing environments.
The objectives of this thesis were to 1. Elucidate the intraspecific diversity of fungal and algal symbionts in the lichen Umbilicaria pustulata, given a range-wide (Europe-wide) sampling; 2. Evaluate species delimitation in trebouxioid photobionts based on molecular data, and 3. Quantify the climatic niches of photobiont lineages within U. pustulata, to establish whether the association with particular photobionts may modify the range and ecological niche of this lichen.
The main findings of this thesis are:
1. The genetic diversity within trebouxoid photobiont of U. pustulata is higher than within the mycobiont. The most variable photobiont loci are nrITS rDNA, psbJ-L, and COX2. RbcL is the least variable photobiont locus. The most variable mycobiont loci are MCM7 and TSR1. This study shows a lack of genetic variability in the mycobiont loci EF1, nrITS rDNA, RPB1, and RPB2.
2. U. pustulata shows a low level of selectivity and is associated with numerous (most likely six) putative algal species. All photobiont haplotypes found in U. pustulata are shared between other lichen-forming fungi species, showing different patterns of species-to-species and species-to-community interactions.
3. The geographic distribution of U. pustulata symbionts associations is strongly connected to changes in the climatic niches. The mycobiont-photobiont interactions change along latitudinal temperature gradients (cold-adapted hotspot) and in Mediterranean climate zones (warm-adapted hotspot). U. pustulata broadens its distribution range by switching between photobionts that posses specific environmental preferences.
Overall, this thesis contributes to the understanding of the symbiont diversity, fungal-algal association patterns and local adaptation linked to symbiont-mediated niche expansion in lichens. While identifying intraspecific diversity of both lichen symbionts is a key predisposition to understand symbiont interactions, population dynamics or co-evolution, my comparative study of the sequence-based molecular markers is relevant to reveal cryptic diversity in other lichen-forming fungi and their photobionts.
The determination of species boundaries in lichen symbionts is essential for the study of selectivity and specificity, co-distribution, and co-evolution. Whereas the phylogenetic relationships of Trebouxiophyceae are poorly understood, the application of a novel multifaceted approach based on phylogenetic relationships, coalescence methods and morphological traits presented in this thesis is a promising tool to address species boundaries within this heterogeneous genus.
This thesis provides evidence for symbiont-mediated niche expansion in lichens and highlights the preferential photobiont association from a niche-modeling perspective. My results shed light on symbiont polymorphism and partner switching as potential mechanisms of environmental adaptation in the lichen symbiosis. The spatial genetic pattern found in U. pustulata symbionts supports the concept of ecological fitting and is consistent with patterns found in other lichen studies. Results presented here relate also to findings in different symbiotic systems, like reef-building corals, where different latitudinal patterns and symbiont switching has been reported as an adaptive response to severe bleaching events. Furthermore, this study is timely in light of global warming, because the identification of interaction hotspots among symbionts helps to understand how lichens or other symbiotic organisms adjust to the ongoing climate change. This knowledge will, in turn, facilitate the proper conservation of the most vulnerable lichen populations. My doctoral thesis provides a conceptual framework for analyzing symbiont diversity, interaction patterns, and symbiont-mediated niche expansion that could be applied to other types of lichen species as well as other organisms involved in facultative or obligate symbiosis.
Genetic engineering of Saccharomyces cerevisiae for improved cytosolic isobutanol biosynthesis
(2021)
The finite nature of fossil resources and the environmental problems caused by their excessive usage requires alternative approaches. The transformation from a fossil based economy to one based on renewable biomass is called a “bioeconomy”. To substitute fossil resources, various microorganisms have already been modified for the biosynthesis of valuable chemicals from biomass. However, the development of such efficient microorganisms at an industrial scale, remains a major challenge. The most prominent and robust microorganism for industrial production is the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae, which is known to produce ethanol that is used as renewable biofuel. However, S. cerevisiae is also naturally able to produce isobutanol in small amounts. Isobutanol is favoured as a biofuel compared to ethanol due to its higher octane number and lower hygroscopicity, which makes it more suitable for application in conventional combustion engines. In S. cerevisiae, the biosynthesis of isobutanol is permitted by the combination of mitochondrial valine synthesis (catalysed by Ilv2, Ilv5 and Ilv3) and its cytosolic degradation (catalysed by Aro10 and Adh2). The different compartmentalisation of the two pathways limit isobutanol biosynthesis. Thus, Brat et al. (2012) were able to increase the isobutanol yield up to 15 mg/gGlc by cytosolic re localisation of the enzymes Ilv2Δ54, Ilv5Δ48 and Ilv3Δ19 (cyt-ILV), with simultaneous deletion of ilv2. This corresponds to approximately 3.7% of the theoretical yield of 410 mg/gGlc, implying existing limitations in isobutanol biosynthesis, which have been investigated in this work.
For yet unknown reasons, isobutanol was only produced by S. cerevisiae in a valine free medium, according to Brat et al. (2012). This work shows that this can be attributed to the catalytic activity of Ilv2Δ54, which acted as growth inhibitor to S. cerevisiae. By this logic, a negative selection on the ILV2∆54 gene was exerted, which made the ilv2 deletion and simultaneous valine exclusion necessary to maintain the functional expression of toxic ILV2∆54. Furthermore, it was shown that valine exclusion is not mandatory due to the feedback regulation of Ilv2, permitted by Ilv6. Rather, increased isobutanol yield was observed when cytosolic Ilv6∆61 was expressed in the valine free medium, which is explained by the enhanced regulation of Ilv2Δ54 by Ilv6∆61 when BCAA are absent. Isobutanol biosynthesis is neither redox nor NAD(P)H co factor balanced. It was seen that co factor imbalance could be mitigated by the expression of an NADH oxidase (NOX), but not by expression of the NADH dependent ilvC6E6, since the latter showed low in vivo activity. Furthermore, it was seen that NAD(H) imbalance did already limit isobutanol biosynthesis, but the NADP(H) imbalance did not. Another limitation of cytosolic isobutanol biosynthesis is the secretion of the intermediate 2‑dihydroxyisovalerate, which then no longer is taken up by S. cerevisiae, causing a reduced isobutanol yield. This is attributed to insufficient Ilv3∆19 activity, due to poor iron sulphur cluster apo protein maturation. Therefore, it was aimed to replace Ilv3∆19 by heterologous dihydroxyacid dehydratases. Even though some of the enzymes were functionally expressed, none showed better in vivo activity than Ilv3∆19. Therefore, the Ilv3∆19 apo protein maturation was improved. This was achieved by the genomic deletion of fra2 or pim1 as well as by the cytosolic expression of Grx5∆29.
In addition to the isobutanol pathway, S. cerevisiae was optimised for isobutanol biosynthesis by rational and evolutionary engineering. For this purpose, the genes which are necessary for isobutanol production were integrated into the ilv2 locus, and the resulting strain was evolved in a medium containing the toxic amino acid analogue norvaline. Evolved single colonies were isolated, which presented improved growth and increased isobutanol yields (0.59 mg/gGlc) in a valine free medium, as compared to the initial strain. This is explained by a gene dosage effect which occurred during the evolutionary engineering experiment. In collaboration with Dr. Wess, the genes ilv2, bdh1/2, leu4/9, ecm31, ilv1, adh1, gpd1/2 and ald6 were cumulatively deleted in CEN.PK113 7D to block competing metabolic pathways. The resulting strain JWY23 achieved isobutanol yields up to 67.3 mg/gGlc, when expressing the cyt ILV enzymes from a multi copy vector. The most promising approaches of this work, namely the deletion of fra2 and the expression of Grx5∆29, Ilv6∆61, and NOX, were confirmed in this JWY23 strain. The highest isobutanol yield from this work was observed at 72 mg/gGlc for Ilv6∆61 and cyt ILV enzymes expressing JWY23, which corresponds to 17.6% of the theoretical isobutanol yield.
Isobutyric acid (IBA) is a by product of isobutanol biosynthesis, but it is also considered a valuable platform chemical. Therefore, the approaches that improved isobutanol biosynthesis were applied to the biosynthesis of IBA in S. cerevisiae. The highest IBA yield of 9.8 mg/gGlc was observed in a valine free medium by expression of cyt ILV enzymes, NOX and Ald6 in JWY04 (CEN.PK113 7D Δilv2; Δbdh1; Δbdh2; Δleu4; Δleu9; Δecm31; Δilv1). This corresponded to an 8.9 fold increase compared with the control and is, to our best knowledge, the highest IBA yield reported to date for S. cerevisiae.
Stechmücken (Dipteren: Culicidae) sind weltweit mit über 3500 Arten und mit Ausnahme der arktischen Regionen ubiquitär vertreten. Die medizinische Relevanz dieser Tiergruppe, begründet durch die hämatophage Lebensweise der Weibchen, erschloss sich bereits Ende des 19. Jh. und hat bis heute Bestand. Jedes Jahr sterben rund 600.000 Menschen an den Folgen der Malaria und fast 100 Mio. Menschen infizieren sich mit dem Denguefieber. Zwar beziehen sich diese Zahlen fast ausschließlich auf die Entwicklungsländer, aber im Zuge des Klimawandels und des immer stärkeren Welthandels kommt es auch in Europa und den USA immer wieder zu Ausbrüchen vorher nicht relevanter Krankheiten. So hat sich das West-Nil- Virus seit 1999 in Nordamerika rasant verbreitet. Im Jahr 2013 gab es dort rund 2500 Fälle, von denen 119 zum Tod führten. In Europa traten hingegen Krankheiten wie das Chikungunyafieber (Italien 2007) oder das Denguefieber (Frankreich 2010/2013) auf. Die Gründe für diese Ausbrüche sind vor allem in der Einschleppung neuer Vektorspezies und Krankheitserreger sowie in den veränderten Wirtspräferenzen einheimischer Stechmückenarten zu suchen. Das Wissen um das Vektorpotential der in Deutschland heimischen Stechmücken konnte vor allem durch die seit 2009 initiierten Monitoring-Programme stetig erweitert werden. Auch die Veränderung der heimischen Fauna durch invasive Arten wie Ochlerotatus japonicus japonicus oder Aedes albopictus wird intensiv erforscht. Dennoch ist hinsichtlich der Biologie, Ökologie sowie Genetik vieler Arten noch immer wenig bekannt.
Die vorliegende Dissertation, welche auf Basis von vier (ISI-) Einzelpublikationen kumulativ angefertigt wurde, beschäftigte sich mit der Analyse der genetischen Variabilität sowie der Zoogeographie der untersuchten Arten und der Etablierung einer schnellen und kostengünstigen Methode zur Artdiagnostik. Besonderes Augenmerk wurde bei den Analysen auf die beiden heimischen Arten Culex pipiens und Culex torrentium sowie die invasive Art Ochlerotatus japonicus japonicus gelegt. Ziel war es, die noch bestehenden Wissenslücken zu füllen, um zukünftige Monitoring-Programme besser koordinieren sowie Analysen zur Vektorkompetenz und Genetik dieser Arten gezielter durchführen zu können.
Es konnte gezeigt werden, dass Cx. pipiens und Cx. torrentium deutliche Unterschiede in ihren Populationsstrukturen aufwiesen welche auf verschiedene evolutive Prozesse hindeuten. Die geringere genetische Variabilität in Cx. pipiens lässt auf positive Selektion durch z.B. Insektizidresistenz im Zuge durchgeführter Bekämpfungsmaßnahmen oder die Infektion mit Wolbachien schließen. Die analysierte Populationsstruktur von Cx. torrentium spricht hingegen für eine geringe Ausbreitung, wodurch der genetische Austausch reduziert wurde und so die untersuchten Populationen genetisch stärker voneinander abwichen. Des Weiteren ließen die Analysen des Cytochrom c Oxidase Untereinheit 1-Fragmentes (cox1) Rückschlüsse auf die Zoogeographie dieser Arten in Deutschland zu - wobei beide Arten über das Untersuchungsgebiet verteilt waren, Cx. torrentium jedoch in den neuen Bundesländern weniger häufig nachgewiesen wurde als in den alten und eine geringere gefangene Individuenzahl aufwies. Basierend auf der ökologischen Nischenmodellierung konnten potentiell neue Verbreitungsgebiete für die Art Ochlerotatus japonicus japonicus identifiziert werden. Als klimatisch besonders günstig zeigten sich dabei Südhessen, das Saarland sowie nördliche Teile Nordrhein-Westfalens. Mit Hilfe der etablierten Methode der direct-PCR wird in Zukunft eine schnellere und kostengünstigere Identifizierung von Stechmücken erfolgen können, welche aufgrund bestimmungsrelevanter Merkmale nicht mehr morphologisch zu identifizieren sind.
Um das Wissen über die Stechmücken in Deutschland fortlaufend zu intensivieren, ist sowohl das Weiterführen der Monitoring-Programme als auch die molekularbiologische Aufarbeitung der Proben nötig. Durch die Anwendung neuer Techniken und weiterer molekularer Marker wird es möglich sein, weitere Krankheitserreger sowie genetische Besonderheiten der heimischen Stechmückenfauna nachzuweisen. Aber auch die Überwachung invasiver Stechmückenarten durch die Modellierung potentieller Verbreitungsgebiete und die Anwendung molekularbiologischer Analysemethoden zum Detektieren der Arten und möglicher Krankheitserreger wird ein wichtiger Bestandteil der weiteren Forschung sein.
Get3 in Arabidopsis
(2021)
Der guided entry of tail-anchored proteins (GET) Biogenese-Weg vermittelt den Transport und die Insertion von tail-anchor (TA) Proteinen in die Doppellipidschicht des Endoplasmatischen Retikulums (ER). TA Proteine sind dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass sie eine Transmembran Domäne (TMD) in den letzten 50 Aminosäuren ihrer Sequenz beherbergen. Diese TMD enthält die notwendigen Informationen, mit denen die Proteine an ihren jeweiligen subzellulären Zielort transportiert werden können. TA Proteine erfüllen eine Vielzahl von essentiellen biologischen Prozessen, sie fungieren zum Beispiel als Rezeptoren, sind maßgeblich an der Fusion von Vesikeln beteiligt sowie an der Initiation von Apoptose. Durch ihren modularen Aufbau können TA Proteine nicht mit dem Signalerkennungspartikel interagieren und müssen deshalb posttranslational zum ER geleitet werden. Im Modellorganismus Bäckerhefe (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) ist der GET Biogenese-Weg am besten beschrieben und läuft wie folgt ab: Nach der Termination der Translation bindet das Protein SgtA das TA Protein und händigt es über den Adapter-Komplex, bestehend aus Get4 und Get5, an die zytosolische ATPase Get3 aus. Get3 ist der zentrale Zielsteuerungsfaktor des GET Biogenese-Weges. Sobald sich ein Komplex aus Zeilsteuerungsfaktor und TA Protein gebildet hat, wird dieses zur Membran des ERs überführt. Dort wird das TA Protein an den Rezeptorkomplex bestehend aus Get1 und Get2 übergeben, welcher anschließend die Insertion des TA Proteins in die Doppellipidschicht des ERs initiiert.
Get3 hat im zellulären Kontext noch eine weitere Funktion. Unter oxidativem Stress oder Energie depletierenden Bedingungen wird Get3 zu spezifischen Foci rekrutiert, an denen sich noch weitere durch Stress -induzierbare Proteine, wie z.B. die der Familie der Hitze Stress Proteine (HSPs) versammeln. Analysen haben gezeigt, dass Get3 unter den oben genannten Bedingungen, Konformationsänderungen durchläuft und dann als ATP unabhängige Holdase fungiert. Diese kann die exponierten, hydrophoben Anteile von Proteinen binden, um dadurch die Proteostasis aufrechtzuhalten.
Durch die Bedeutsamkeit der TA Proteinen ist die zentrale ATPase Get3 in allen Domänen des Lebens hochgradig konserviert. Phylogenetische Analysen ergaben, dass sich Get3 im Allgemeinen in eine „A“ Gruppe sowie eine „BC“ Gruppe aufspaltet. Im Modellorganismus Arabidopsis thaliana (Ackerschmalwand) wurden drei Orthologe zu Get3 identifiziert. Eins davon gehört zu der „A“ Gruppe und befindet sich im Zytoplasma. Die anderen zwei Orthologe befinden sich in den Organellen endo-symbiotischen Ursprungs und gehören der „BC“ Gruppe an. Untersuchungen an verschiedenen Deletionsmutanten in A. thaliana haben gezeigt, dass die Mutationen einzelner GET Komponenten zu einer signifikanten Verkürzung der Haarwurzeln führen, obwohl der restliche Habitus der Pflanze unverändert bleibt. Diesbezüglich wurde SYP123 als einziges TA Proteine identifiziert, dessen Abundanz durch die Deletion von GET Komponenten beeinflusst werden kann. Von den anderen beiden Orthologen organellären Ursprungs ist, abgesehen von ihrer Lokalisation nichts weiter bekannt
Vier Orthologe Gruppen in Pflanzen
Da bislang nicht mehr als zehn Pflanzenarten für phylogenetische Analysen herangezogen wurden, wurden in dieser Arbeit die taxonomischen Beziehungen von Get3 zu einander in 50 Spezies der Viridiplantae auf Basis der Orthologie sowie Homologie untersucht. Dies führte zur Identifizierung einer zytolischen (AtGet3a), einer plastidären (AtGet3b), einer mitochondriellen (AtGet3c) sowie einer Monokotyledone spezifischen Gruppe (SBGet3). Die Lokalisation der ersten drei Gruppen wurde in selektierten Pflanzen, sowohl homolog als auch heterolog, der unterschiedlichen Spezies mittels saGFP untersucht, und es konnte gezeigt werden, dass mehrere Get3 Orthologe mit unterschiedlichen subzellulären Lokalisationen eine unter Pflanze häufig auftretende Eigenschaft ist. Das Weitern konnte gezeigt werden, dass manche Komponenten des Präzielsteuerungskomplexes (SgtA und Get4) sowie des Rezeptorkomplexes (Get1) in fast allen der 50 untersuchten Pflanzenarten vorhanden sind. Dies weist auf eine Konservierung des gesamten GET Biogenese-Weges in Pflanzen hin.
Get3a in Arabidopsis thaliana
Da die molekulare Zusammensetzung des Präzielsteuerungskomplexes für AtGet3a in A. thaliana nicht bekannt ist, habe ich Co-Immunpräzipitationen mit Zellextrakten aus weißer Zellkultur und einen von mir selbst aufgereinigten Antikörper gegen AtGet3a durchgeführt. Nach anschließender Gelelektrophorese und einer Anfärbung mit Coomassie Brilliant Blue ließ sich ein reproduzierbares Muster aus Proteinbanden erkennen, welche ausgeschnitten und mittels LC-MS/MS analysiert wurden. Dadurch wurde ein putativer Kandidat für Get5 identifiziert sowie eine Assoziation mit Chaperonen und proteasomalen Untereinheiten.
Um die Zielsteuerungseffizienz und Topologie von ER-Membranproteinen zu analysieren habe ich (i) die rekombinante Synthese eines Modell-TA Proteins mit glykosylierbarem opsin bovine glycosylation Tag (OPG) etabliert sowie (ii) eine Methode etabliert um in isolierten Protoplasten die Richtigkeit der Insertion zu überprüfen. Mit Hilfe dieser Methoden können nun verschiedene Mutanten auf ihre Insertions-Wirksamkeit untersucht werden. Desweitern können durch Mutationsanalysen die notwendigen physikochemischen Eigenschaften für die Erkennung des Substrates ermittelt werden.
Eine weit verbreitete Methode im GET Feld ist die tail-anchor translocation (TAT). Bei dieser Methode werden isolierte mikrosomale Fraktionen des rauen ERs mit rekombinanten Komplexen bestehend aus Zielsteuerungsfaktor und TA Protein inkubiert. Durch einen rekombinanten OPG, der im Lumen des ERs post-translational modifiziert werden kann, ist die Beobachtung einer zeitabhängigen Kinetik der Glykosylierung möglich. Dieses System wurde bislang nur für Komponenten aus Säugern oder Hefen benutzt, aber noch nie mit einem System auf pflanzlicher Basis. Um dies zu verwirklichen, habe ich die rekombinante Proteinexpression soweit optimiert, dass der Großteil des synthetisierten Proteins sich im löslichen Anteil des Lysats statt in den Inclusion Bodies befand. Mittels dieser Optimierung konnte ich die Ko-Expression von Zielsteuerungsfaktor mit TA Protein als löslichen Komplex etablieren. Ergänzend zu den löslichen Komplexen habe ich eine geeignete Methode etabliert um mittels Saccharosegradienten mikrosomale Fraktionen aufzutrennen in denen AtGet3a angereichert ist. Leider müssen noch die Parameter der Reaktion optimiert werden, aber die Akquirierung alle nötigen Bestandteile ist etabliert.
Ziel dieser Arbeit war es erstmals durch eine Kombination aus chemischer Mutagenese und gezielter genetischer Modifikation (hier: „metabolic engineering“) einen Phaffia-Stamm herzustellen, welcher über die Mutagenese hinaus über eine weiter verstärkte Astaxanthin-Synthese verfügt.
Die von „DSM Nutritional Products“ bereitgestellten chemischen Mutanten wurden analysiert und über einen Selektionsprozess auf Pigmentstabilität und Wachstum hin optimiert, da die Stämme aus cryogenisierter Dauerkultur starke Pigmentinstabilitäten und ein verzögertes Wachstum aufwiesen.
Über eine exploratorische Phase wurde die Carotinoidsynthese analysiert und festgestellt, dass in den Mutanten keine Einzelreaktionen betroffen sind, welche für die Heraufregulierung der Carotinoidsynthese in den Mutanten verantwortlich sind. Hierbei wurden Limitierungen identifiziert und diese durch Transformation von Expressionsplasmiden mit geeigneten Genen aufgehoben, um damit eine noch effizientere Metabolisierung von Astaxanthin-Vorstufen hin zu Astaxanthin zu erreichen. Eine Überexpression der Phytoensynthase/Lycopinzyklase crtYB resultierte in einem gesteigerten Carotinoidgehalt bei gleichbleibendem Astaxanthin- Anteil. Durch eine zweite Transformation mit einer Expressionskassette für die Astaxanthin-Synthase asy konnte der Carotinoidgehalt weiter gesteigert und zusätzlich eine Limitierung der Metabolisierung von Astaxanthin-Vorstufen behoben werden, sodass die Transformante nahezu alle Intermediate der Astaxanthinsynthese zu Astaxanthin metabolisieren konnte (Gassel et al. 2013). Es konnte gezeigt werden, dass auch in den Mutanten, aus Experimenten mit dem Wildtyp bekannte, Limitierungen identifiziert und ausgeglichen werden konnten.
Colorectal cancer (CRC) has the third highest incidence and the fourth highest mortality rate worldwide and represents a substantial health care burden and affects the life of millions of people. CRC is a genetic disease caused by the stepwise accumulation of genetic alterations. The initiating event in colorectal carcinogenesis is the aberrant activation of the WNT pathway, but other pathways are also commonly deregulated, including the PI3K/AKT pathway. A number of previous studies using genetically engineered mouse models aimed at dissecting the exact role of PI3K/AKT pathway in CRC, but have yielded in rather conflicting results. Despite the inconsistent results, these studies already put forward the idea that PI3K/AKT signaling in combination with other genetic events might substantially contribute to tumor progression. Since the PI3K/AKT pathway is frequently activated in CRC, it represents an ideal candidate for therapeutic intervention. Although extensive efforts had led to the development of numerous inhibitors targeting the PI3K/AKT pathway, the diversity of genetic alterations can challenge the identification of the most effective therapeutic targets. Therefore, the discovery of shared tumor-promoting mechanisms downstream of these genetic alterations might unravel new biomarkers and druggable targets. The aim of this study was to elucidate the precise role of PI3K/AKT pathway during the course of colorectal carcinogenesis and to decipher novel protumorigenic molecular mechanisms downstream of PI3K/AKT activation that can be used for therapeutic intervention.
To obtain a better insight into the role of the PI3K/AKT pathway during colorectal carcinogenesis, mice expressing an oncogenic variant of AKT1 (AktE17K) specifically in the intestinal epithelial cells (IEC) were used. At the age of 6 months untreated AktE17K mice showed clearly perturbed intestinal homeostasis, but no tumor formation. To induce colonic tumorigenesis, AktE17K mice were subjected to treatment with the colonic carcinogen azoxymethane (AOM). In response to AOM, AktE17K mice developed invasive but non-metastatic tumors, which showed strong nuclear accumulation of TP53. To investigate the role of PI3K/AKT signaling specifically in CRC progression, AktE17K mice were crossed to TP53-deficient mice (Tp53ΔIEC). Unlike AktE17K mice, untreated Tp53ΔIEC; AktE17K, developed highly invasive small
intestinal tumors by the age of 6 months. To investigate the role of AKT hyperactivation in colonic tumor progression, Tp53ΔIEC; AktE17K mice were subjected to AOM treatment. AKT hyperactivation significantly enhanced tumor progression and induced metastatic dissemination.
To get a better insight how AKT signaling can promote tumor progression, whole tumor tissues from AOM-treated Tp53ΔIEC and Tp53ΔIEC; AktE17K mice were subjected to next generation mRNA sequencing and phospho-proteomic analysis by mass spectrometry. Both analyses indicated that AKT hyperactivation expands the inflammatory tumor microenvironment and upregulates pathways associated with invasion and metastasis. Importantly, Gene Set Enrichment Analysis revealed that AOM-induced colon tumors of Tp53ΔIEC; AktE17K animals, are highly similar in their gene expression profile to the CMS4 subtype of human CRC, which is associated with worse overall- and relapse-free survival. Gene expression analysis also suggested elevated NOTCH signaling in the Tp53ΔIEC; AktE17K tumors. Interestingly, while the expression of Notch3 mRNA was increased in the tumors of Tp53ΔIEC; AktE17K mice, the expression of the other NOTCH receptors was unaffected by AKT hyperactivation. In vitro experiments using TP53-deficient mouse tumor organoids with hyperactive AKT signaling confirmed the direct, tumor cell-intrinsic link between AKT activation and increased Notch3 expression. Moreover, inhibition of EZH2 mimicked the effect of AKT hyperactivation on Notch3 expression, suggesting that AKT regulates Notch3 via an epigenetic mechanism.
Knock-down of Notch3 in TP53-deficient mouse tumor organoids with hyperactive AKT signaling resulted in differential regulation of several pathways with potential role in invasion and metastasis and in cell death and survival. Subsequent in vivo experiments confirmed the role of NOTCH3 signaling in CRC progression. Treatment of AOM-induced Tp53ΔIEC; AktE17K mice with a NOTCH3 antagonistic antibody or the γ-secretase inhibitor DAPT significantly reduced invasion and metastasis. Importantly, NOTCH3 expression was also found to be associated with human CRC progression, suggesting that NOTCH3 represent a valid target for the treatment of CRC. This work, using genetically engineered mouse models and advanced in vitro techniques, has demonstrated a strong tumor promoting role for PI3K/AKT signaling in CRC progression and has identified NOTCH3 signaling as a potential therapeutic target downstream of the PI3K/AKT pathway.
Colorectal cancer (CRC) has the third highest incidence and the fourth highest mortality rate worldwide and represents a substantial health care burden and affects the life of millions of people. CRC is a genetic disease caused by the stepwise accumulation of genetic alterations. The initiating event in colorectal carcinogenesis is the aberrant activation of the WNT pathway, but other pathways are also commonly deregulated, including the PI3K/AKT pathway. A number of previous studies using genetically engineered mouse models aimed at dissecting the exact role of PI3K/AKT pathway in CRC, but have yielded in rather conflicting results. Despite the inconsistent results, these studies already put forward the idea that PI3K/AKT signaling in combination with other genetic events might substantially contribute to tumor progression.
Since the PI3K/AKT pathway is frequently activated in CRC, it represents an ideal candidate for therapeutic intervention. Although extensive efforts had led to the development of numerous inhibitors targeting the PI3K/AKT pathway, the diversity of genetic alterations can challenge the identification of the most effective therapeutic targets. Therefore, the discovery of shared tumor-promoting mechanisms downstream of these genetic alterations might unravel new biomarkers and druggable targets. The aim of this study was to elucidate the precise role of PI3K/AKT pathway during the course of colorectal carcinogenesis and to decipher novel pro-tumorigenic molecular mechanisms downstream of PI3K/AKT activation that can be used for therapeutic intervention.
To obtain a better insight into the role of the PI3K/AKT pathway during colorectal carcinogenesis, mice expressing an oncogenic variant of AKT1 (AktE17K) specifically in the intestinal epithelial cells (IEC) were used. At the age of 6 months untreated AktE17K mice showed clearly perturbed intestinal homeostasis, but no tumor formation. To induce colonic tumorigenesis, AktE17K mice were subjected to treatment with the colonic carcinogen azoxymethane (AOM). In response to AOM, AktE17K mice developed invasive but nonmetastatic tumors, which showed strong nuclear accumulation of TP53. To investigate the role of PI3K/AKT signaling specifically in CRC progression, AktE17K mice were crossed to TP53- deficient mice (Tp53ΔIEC). Unlike AktE17K mice, untreated Tp53ΔIECAktE17K, developed highly invasive small intestinal tumors by the age of 6 months. To investigate the role of AKT hyperactivation in colonic tumor progression, Tp53ΔIECAktE17K mice were subjected to AOM treatment. AKT hyperactivation significantly enhanced tumor progression and induced metastatic dissemination.
To get a better insight how AKT signaling can promote tumor progression, whole tumor tissues from AOM-treated Tp53ΔIEC and Tp53ΔIECAktE17K mice were subjected to next generation mRNA sequencing and phospho-proteomic analysis by mass spectrometry. Both analyses indicated that AKT hyperactivation expands the inflammatory tumor microenvironment and upregulates pathways associated with invasion and metastasis. Importantly, Gene Set Enrichment Analysis revealed that AOM-induced colon tumors of Tp53ΔIECAktE17K animals, are highly similar in their gene expression profile to the CMS4 subtype of human CRC, which is associated with worse overall- and relapse-free survival7 . Gene expression analysis also suggested elevated NOTCH signaling in the Tp53ΔIECAktE17K tumors. Interestingly, while the expression of Notch3 mRNA was increased in the tumors of Tp53ΔIECAktE17K mice, the expression of the other NOTCH receptors was unaffected by AKT hyperactivation. In vitro experiments using TP53-deficient mouse tumor organoids with hyperactive AKT signaling confirmed the direct, tumor cell-intrinsic link between AKT activation and increased Notch3 expression. Moreover, inhibition of EZH2 mimicked the effect of AKT hyperactivation on Notch3 expression, suggesting that AKT regulates Notch3 via an epigenetic mechanism.
Knock-down of Notch3 in TP53-deficient mouse tumor organoids with hyperactive AKT signaling resulted in differential regulation of several pathways with potential role in invasion and metastasis and in cell death and survival. Subsequent in vivo experiments confirmed the role of NOTCH3 signaling in CRC progression. Treatment of AOM-induced Tp53ΔIECAkt E17K mice with a NOTCH3 antagonistic antibody or the γ-secretase inhibitor DAPT significantly reduced invasion and metastasis. Importantly, NOTCH3 expression was also found to be associated with human CRC progression, suggesting that NOTCH3 represent a valid target for the treatment of CRC. This work, using genetically engineered mouse models and advanced in vitro techniques, has demonstrated a strong tumor promoting role for PI3K/AKT signaling in CRC progression and has identified NOTCH3 signaling as a potential therapeutic target downstream of the PI3K/AKT pathway.
Hyperparasitic fungi on black mildews (Meliolales, Ascomycota) : hidden diversity in the tropics
(2023)
Meliolales (Sordariomycetes, Ascomycota) is a group of obligate plant parasitic microfungi mainly distributed in the tropics and subtropics. Meliolalean fungi are commonly known as “black mildews”, as they form black, superficial hyphae on the surface of vegetative and reproductive organs of vascular plants. They are considered biotrophic parasites, and the infections caused by black mildews can lead to a decrease in the photosynthetic activity of plants, as well as to an increase in the temperature and respiration rate of their leaves.
Meliolales are frequently parasitized by hyperparasitic fungi, i.e., parasitic fungi that have parasitic hosts. These hyperparasites are all Ascomycota and belong mainly to the Dothideomycetes and Sordariomycetes. Although hyperparasites represent a megadiverse group, species were only described by morphology until 1980, and the systematic position of more than 60 % of known species is still unclear. In addition, there are no DNA reference sequences available in public databases for any of the species of hyperparasites of Meliolales, and no ecological studies have been done up to now.
Before this study, no exact number of hyperparasitic fungi growing on colonies of black mildews existed. Here, we present a checklist including 189 species of fungi known to be hyperparasitic on Meliolales, but the number of existing species is likely to be even higher. The elaboration of this species checklist laid the foundations for this investigation, as it helped to understand the present state of knowledge of hyperparasitic fungi on Meliolales worldwide.
For the present study, fresh specimens of leaves infected with colonies of Meliolales and hyperparasites were opportunistically collected at 32 collection sites in Western Panama and Benin, West Africa, in 2020 and 2022, respectively. In total, 100 samples of plant specimens infected with black mildews were collected, of which 58 samples were parasitized by hyperparasitic fungi. 31 species and morphospecies of hyperparasitic fungi were identified. In addition, 35 historical specimens, including 12 type specimens, were examined for the present work.
DNA of hyperparasitic fungi was isolated directly from conidia, synnemata, apothecia, perithecia or pseudothecia of fresh and dried specimens. The main challenges faced by scientists in doing molecular studies of hyperparasitic fungi are related to the fact that the hyperparasitic fungi are intermingled with tissues of the meliolalean hosts and other organisms present in a given sample. This makes the isolation of DNA exclusively from the hyperparasite difficult. Moreover, hyperparasitic fungi on Meliolales are biotrophs and cannot be grown axenically. The hosts themselves are also biotrophic, further complicating DNA isolation from either partner. These factors have contributed to a lack of reference sequences in public databases. After more than 100 attempts, DNA of 20 specimens of hyperparasitic fungi, representing seven species, has been isolated in the context of the present investigation. Three partial nuclear gene regions were amplified and sequenced: nrLSU, nrSSU and nrITS. The datasets were assembled for phylogenetic analyses applying Maximum Likelihood (ML) and Bayesian inference (BI) methods. DNA sequences of hyperparasitic fungi on Meliolales were generated for the first time in the context of the present investigation.
Hyperparasitic fungi on Meliolales do not represent a single systematic group, but a polyphyletic ecological guild of fungi. Because of this huge diversity, only the systematics of species of perithecioid hyperparasites, as well as of the species of the genera Atractilina and Spiropes known to be hyperparasitic on black mildews was discussed in this thesis, as they represented the most common groups of fungi found in Benin and Panama. The results indicated, for example, the systematic position of Dimerosporiella cephalosporii and Paranectriella minuta in the Sordariomycetes and Dothideomycetes, respectively. In addition, the first record of a hyperparasitic fungus of black mildews in the Lecanoromycetes, namely Calloriopsis herpotricha, is reported here. The systematics of Atractilina parasitica and of some species of Spiropes is also discussed here.
In the context of the present investigation, four species new to science were described. They are presented with detailed descriptions, photos and scientific illustrations. Taxonomic studies of this thesis also generated seven new synonyms, nine new records for Benin, seven for Panama, one for Africa and two for mainland America, as well as the confirmation of one anamorph-teleomorph connection by molecular sequence data.
The ecology of hyperparasitic fungi on Meliolales is complex and far from being completely understood. The hypothesis of host specificity between hyperparasitic fungi, their meliolalean hosts and their plant hosts was tested for the first time, through a tritrophic network analysis. Results indicate that hyperparasites of Meliolales are generalists concerning genera of Meliolales, but apparently specialists at the level of order. In addition, hyperparasitic fungi tend to be found alongside their meliolalean hosts, suggesting a pantropical distribution.
Viele Gruppen der Lebewesen, insbesondere Insekten breiten sich durch steigende Temperaturen zunehmend in Gebieten aus, in denen sie ursprünglich nicht vorkommen(Novikov und Vaulin 2014; Bebber 2015). Hierbei ist die steigende Temperatur in
verschiedenen Gebieten der Hauptfaktor für Expansionen dieser Arten in Richtung des nördlichen Polarkreises. Einige dieser Arten sind sehr tolerant für verschiedene Variablen und können damit ihr Verbreitungsgebiet deutlich nach Norden hin ausdehnen. Aufgrund steigender Temperaturen werden jedoch andere Arten in ihrem Verbreitungsgebiet eingeschränkt oder ihre Verbreitung verschiebt sich in nördliche Richtung (Ogden und Lindsay 2016; Lawler et al. 2009). Auch für die Verbreitung von Krankheiten spielen Temperaturen, Ausbreitungen oder Verbreitungsverschiebungen eine wichtige Rolle (Mordecai et al. 2019).
So können, durch die Etablierung der passenden Vektoren, bisher nur in wärmeren Gebieten auftretende Krankheiten zukünftig auch in unseren Breitengraden eingeschleppt und
verbreitet werden. Bremsen, invasive Stechmücken aber auch einheimische Mücken tragen alle ein Potential,verschiedenste Krankheitserreger zu verbreiten, auch wenn die Eignung als
Vektor für jede Art unterschiedlich groß ausfällt und manche Arten daher kaum beobachtet und untersucht werden. Mit dem Augenmerk auf sich ändernde Verbreitungsgebiete hinsichtlich zukünftigen klimatischen Veränderungen und sich wandelnden anthropogenen Einflüssen sollten jedoch auch Arten mit bisher geringem Vektorpotential mit in Beobachtungsprogramme aufgenommen werden.
Wir untersuchten in Projekt I auf kontinentaler Skala die Verbreitung von sechs verschiedenen Bremsenarten und konnten sowohl Rückschlüsse auf eine mangelhafte Beobachtung der
Arten ziehen als auch Artpräferenzen hinsichtlich der Landschaftsnutzung, Auswirkungen des Klimas auf die Verbreitung der Art und bisher unbekannte Toleranzen hinsichtlich tiefen Temperaturen und äußerst verkürzten Wärmeperioden aufdecken. Eine Größenordnung niedriger wurde in Projekt II, basierend auf aktuellen und Vergangenen Klimadaten, die zukünftige und aktuelle Verbreitung einer invasiven, sich zukünftig ausbreitenden Stechmückenart innerhalb Deutschlands modelliert. Durch bisherig im Untersuchungsgebiet nur begrenztes Auftreten konnten noch keine Rückschlüsse auf die unterschiedlichen Präferenzen für das Habitat gezogen werden, es können jedoch für zukünftige Berechnungen Habitatpräferenzen aus anderen Gebieten hinzugezogen werden um die Art und ihre fortschreitende Ausbreitung genauer zu beobachten. Auf der kleinsten untersuchten Ebene konnten in Projekt III innerhalb eines Mikrohabitates verschiedenste Rückschlüsse auf limitierende oder förderliche abiotische Faktoren, die teilweise bisherig nicht oder nur geringfügig beobachtet wurden, gezogen werden. Ebenfalls konnten Auswirkungen der umgebenden Landschaft auf die Abundanzen der Tiere beobachtet werden. Mithilfe von verschiedenen Modellen und in Abhängigkeit von Klimakarten, Landbedeckungsdaten und Landnutzung sowie Eigenschaften und Toleranzen der untersuchten Arten lassen sich in verschiedenen Größenordnungen geeignete Habitate von einheimischen sowie invasiven Arten identifizieren und zukünftige Verbreitungen effizient vorhersagen.
Insgesamt können, basierend auf all diesen Daten, dadurch für alle untersuchten Faktoren Modelle auf andere Gebiete übertragen werden um somit potentielle Verbreitungen dort
vorherzusagen. Auf unseren Daten basierend können so zum Beispiel Modellierungen für die potentielle Ausbreitung der untersuchten Tabaniden innerhalb anderer Kontinente berechnet werden und Monitoringprogramme können die Ergebnisse unserer Studie als Startpunkt aufgreifen, um durch Beprobung an modellierten Standorten die Korrektheit unserer Modelle zu überprüfen und sowohl Landschaftstypen als auch Artzusammensetzung aufzunehmen um das Modell zu bestätigen oder zu verbessern. Die Modellierung der invasiven Art Aedes albopictus bietet die Möglichkeit, diese Art in Zukunft innerhalb der möglichen Ausbreitungskorridore genauer zu beobachten um ihre fortschreitende Verbreitung zu
verifizieren oder eventuelle Änderungen des klimatischen Verlaufes mit einzubinden und das Modell anzupassen. Die Untersuchung des Mikrohabitats von Culex pipiens pipiens und Culex torrentium bietet, auch hinsichtlich anderer Arten in diesem Habitat, eine potente Methode, Vorhersagen für Artvorkommen innerhalb anderer Unterirdischen Objekte zu berechnen. Hier können, bei ausreichend großer Datenlage, eine Vielzahl von Faktoren in die Auswertung mit einfließen.
Die durchgeführten Studien bestätigen die Notwendigkeit für verbesserte Monitoringkonzepte für alle vektorkompetenten Tiergruppen hinsichtlich der sich ändernden klimatischen Bedingungen, des globalen Handels und die sich wandelnde Nutzung der Landschaften durch den Menschen und darin begründete Veränderungen der Artenzusammensetzung eines Habitates, zeigen Möglichkeiten, diese Konzepte mit bisher
ungenutzten Daten aufzubauen und zu verbessern und können gleichzeitig zu deren Verbesserung herangezogen werden.
Despite all advancements in cancer research and clinical practice, cancer remains a life- threatening disease with an increasing incidence. According to a 2018 WHO forecast, cancer incidence will double to approximately 37 million new cancer cases by 2040. Today, clinical management of cancer is based on a "one-fits-all" strategy. Most cancers are still treated by surgical therapy followed by adjuvant or neoadjuvant chemotherapy based on rather strict guidelines (S3 guidelines in Europe) which are based on studies of large cohorts of patients with the same tumor entity. While this approach has led to substantial increases in progression-free survival and overall patient survival, most patients do not benefit from the administered treatment regimen. One reason for this is intra-tumor heterogeneity, which results from clonal evolution between cancer cells and their environment. This means that cancer patients may respond differently to a particular drug due to the different mutation patterns of their tumor cells. Therefore, patients should be screened in advance for reliable cancer biomarkers that definitively predict whether they will respond to a particular therapy. This would increase the probability of a successful treatment.
Colorectal cancer (CRC) is the third most diagnosed cancer and the second leading cause of cancer deaths worldwide. The main cause of death in CRC is a metastatic disease, which is presented in 20 % of patients and eventually develops in more than 30 % of early-stage patients. Despite the significant increase (to more than 30 months) in median survival with the development of cytotoxic agents and the introduction of targeted therapy, the progression-free survival in the first-line setting has remained largely unchanged over the past decade.
The heterogeneity in CRC is characterized by alterations in multiple signaling pathways that affect cellular functions such as cell proliferation or apoptosis. Commonly affected signaling pathways include the mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK)- and the transforming growth factor-β/bone morphogenetic protein (TGF-β/BMP)-pathway. Alterations in the TGF-β/BMP pathway, due to mutations in the SMAD4 gene (mothers against decapentaplegic homolog 4), are associated with different drug response and promote resistance to chemotherapy. In addition, they are associated with a higher recurrence rate.
SMAD4 is one of the most common cancer driver genes, and mutations occur in up to 15 % of CRC cases. Therefore, there is an urgent need for therapeutic agents that can specifically target SMAD4-mutated tumors.
The aim of the present study was the identification of the clinical relevance of the SMAD4 gene and the investigation of its suitability as a potential biomarker in CRC.
For this purpose, I investigated sibling patient-derived organoids (PDOs) derived from different regions of a chemo-naïve CRC tumor. PDOs are 3D cell cultures that reliably recapitulate the architecture of the tissue of origin, as well as preserve the genomic background and intra-tumor heterogeneity. The sibling PDOs (R1R361H and R4wt) shared the most common CRC mutations, such as KRASG12D (kirsten rat sarcoma), PIK3CAH1047R (phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase, catalytic subunit alpha), and TP53C242F (tumor protein 53), but differed in a SMAD4R361H mutation and showed a different drug response. The single nucleotide variant R361H of the SMAD4 gene is among the most common pathogenic alterations in various cancers, including CRC.
The sibling PDOs showed significant differences in response to the MEK-inhibitors cobimetinib, trametinib, and selumetinib. MEK-inhibitors are antineoplastic agents that inhibit the function of MEK1 and MEK2, preventing phosphorylation of transcription factors, which leads to inhibition of tumor cell proliferation. MEK-inhibitors are approved for the treatment of malignant melanoma. Currently, they are in phase-III clinical trials for the treatment of patients with metastatic CRC.
To investigate whether SMAD4R361H is responsible for sensitivity to MEK-inhibitors, Iestablished three syngeneic PDOs harboring a SMAD4R361H mutation using the CRISPR/Cas9 genome editing system. All CRISPR-PDOs were significantly more sensitive to the MEK-inhibitors, compared to R4wt. I have shown that the SMAD4R361H mutation is responsible for sensitivity to MEK inhibition in CRC models and may be a predictive biomarker.
To test this hypothesis, I examined 62 CRC PDO models and treated them with the MEK-inhibitors cobimetinib, trametinib, and selumetinib. All models that had a pathogenic mutation or deletion in the SMAD4 gene (15 %) were sensitive to cobimetinib, 10 % of models were sensitive to trametinib, and 8 % were sensitive to selumetinib.
I performed transcriptome (RNA sequencing) and proteome analyses using the DigiWest® method to investigate the mechanism underlying MEK-inhibitor sensitivity.
DigiWest® is a Luminex® bead-based analysis that allows the simultaneous analysis of over 100 (phospho-)proteins. The transcriptome and proteome data support the observation that MEK inhibition primarily affects SMAD4R361H PDOs. Furthermore, I have shown that activation of the BMP signaling pathway in organoids with wild-type SMAD4 appears to be responsible for resistance to MEK-inhibitors. Thus, a genetic alteration in the BMP signaling pathway, beyond SMAD4, could lead to sensitivity to MEK-inhibitors.
I identified four genes involved in the TGF-β/BMP signaling pathway that are frequently mutated in CRC and grouped them into the so-called SFAB-signature (SMAD4, FBXW7 (F-box/WD repeat-containing protein 7), ARID1A (AT-rich interactive domain-containing protein 1A), or BMPR2 (Bone morphogenetic protein receptor type II). Clinical data show that approximately 36 % of CRC patients have at least one pathogenic mutation in these genes.
I tested all 62 CRC PDO models and found a significant positive prediction for sensitivity to cobimetinib (95 %) and selumetinib (70 %) for the SFAB-signature. Trametinib and the newly approved MEK-inhibitor binimetinib showed a similar trend. Therefore, the SFAB-signature has high predictive power for response to MEK-inhibitors and could be used as a predictive biomarker panel.
The current clinically used biomarkers for CRC are based on the mutation status of driver genes KRAS and BRAF, which are present in up to 50 % and 10 % of CRC, respectively. Investigation of molecular alterations in CRC revealed that mutations in the KRAS gene, which is downstream of EGFR (epidermal growth factor receptor) in the MAPK-pathway, interfere with an anti-EGFR-antibody therapy (e.g., cetuximab). Therefore, cetuximab is only relevant for RAS wild-type tumors. However, approximately 40 % of patients with RAS wild-type status do not respond to this treatment.
About 53 % of CRC PDO models carry a pathogenic RAS mutation, about 10 % harbor a pathogenic BRAF mutation. Both, the RAS and RAF status alone as well as the combination of RAS and RAF status with SFAB-signature did not provide a better prediction of sensitivity to MEK inhibition.
Myxobacteria are on order of Gram-negative, soil dwelling bacteria that feature an impressive number of properties: they can glide on solid surfaces by using two different motility motors, subsist by preying on other microorganisms, are often producers of multiple natural products, and upon adverse environmental conditions, they are able to form multicellular structures called “fruiting bodies”. The process, in which these macroscopically visible structures arise from independent single cells, has been the predominant subject of myxobacterial research for many decades. More precisely, researchers have strived for the discovery of genes, proteins and small molecules that act as signals, receivers or modulators of this complex process. In this regard, the species Myxococcus xanthus has evolved into the model organism due to its relatively simple and reliable handling in a laboratory environment. The research underlying this thesis focused on the identification and biosynthesis of lipids that may act as intercellular signaling molecules during the course of fruiting body formation of the myxobacterium Myxococcus xanthus as part of the “E-signal” system. In general, lipids containing branched-chain fatty acids with an uneven number of carbon atoms were found to be important players in this particular process. Nevertheless, their exact roles remain largely unknown as of this day. The first publication that is part of this thesis deals with an aspect that even strengthened the importance of role of iso-branched compounds in myxobacteria: myxobacterial metabolism is able to transform precursors of iso-lipids to isoprenoids. It addresses the question whether isoprenoids in general are important for fruiting body formation. Phenotypic analysis of mutants impaired in the biosynthesis of the central isoprenoid precursor 3-hydroxymethylglutaryl-Coenzyme A (3-HMG-CoA) from acetate and/or branched chain keto acids and their genetic and metabolic complementation clearly showed that isoprenoids are essential for fruiting body formation and confirmed that leucine derived isovalerate is an important source for isoprenoid precursors in myxobacteria. The second, and by far and away most tedious and sophisticated study, addressed the question as to how myxobacteria form fatty acid derived iso-branched ether lipids and to what extent they are important for fruiting body formation and sporulation. In a previous study, those unusual lipids were identified as specific biomarkers for myxobacterial development. No biochemical pathways to ether lipids specific for prokaryotes were known by then. In this study, a putative candidate gene that may be in involved in ether lipid biosynthesis was investigated. A combination of gene disruption and complementation experiments, phenotypic analysis and monitoring of ether lipid formation by means of GC-MS demonstrated its involvement in myxobacterial ether lipid biosynthesis and the importance of these lipids for the developmental process. Heterologous expression and biochemical testing of this gene together with in-silico sequence analysis and docking experiments confirmed the functions of its predicted domains. The discussion section provides an additional suggestion on how the ether bond formation is performed. Furthermore and most importantly, iso-branched ether lipids were found to be essential for sporulation but not for fruiting body formation. In summary, one or several molecules derived from an iso-branched alkylglycerol seem to play a role during sporulation in M. xanthus and a multidomain enzyme unique for myxobacteria is involved in their biosynthesis. The last manuscript addresses the complexity of lipid metabolism in myxobacteria. Prior to this work, there was limited knowledge about the exact composition of the myxobacterial lipidome and no method was available to monitor putative changes in the myxobacterial lipidome down to the single molecular species for studying lipid biosynthesis or regulation. An ultra-performance liquid chromatography coupled with mass spectrometry based method with electrospray ionization (UPLC-ESI-MS) utilizing standard equipment and a water/acetonitrile/isopropanol based eluent system proved to be geared for the construction of lipid profiles for wild type and mutant cells of M. xanthus and to show their differences. Fragmentation spectra based structure elucidation of lipid molecular species resulted in the identification of 99 molecular species comprising glycerophosphoethanolamines, glycerophosphoglycerols, glycerolipids, ceramides and ceramide phosphoinositols. The latter have never been described for any prokaryotes before. Three dimensional plots were created from the relative intensity differences of the single molecular ion species between the different samples to provide an efficient and versatile visualization of the data and enable the researcher to quickly detect differences.
Identification of new natural products from nematode-associated bacteria using mass spectrometry
(2023)
This work aims to find unknown natural products produced by bacteria, that live in close association with nematodes and to elucidate their structure by using mass spectrometry.
The first chapter of this work is dedicated to the detection of hitherto unknown natural products by using a metabolomics approach and subsequent structure elucidation of said compounds. This chapter includes metabolomics analysis of Xenorhabdus szentirmaii wild type and knockout mutants, overproduction of the target compound, identification of derivatives from other strains and MS based structure elucidation.
The second and third chapters are about natural products that protect C. elegans from B. thuringiensis infections.
The second chapter deals with natural products that protect the nematode host without killing the pathogen. I deployed molecular biology methods to generate deletion and overproduction strains of a target compound, identified it via LC-MS/MS analysis and used LC-MS/MS and lipidomics to analyse the chemical properties of the active compound.
The third chapter aims at finding natural products, which are produced by Pseudomonas strains MYb11 and MYb12, respectively. These natural products display the ability to protect C. elegans by killing B. thuringiensis. I identified said compounds via fractionation and subsequent bioactivity testing. After identification, I generated production strains of the target compounds and elucidated the structure of the bioactive derivative.
The last chapter deals with the structure elucidation of peptides produced by an unusual GameXPeptide synthetase in Xenorhabdus miraniensis. I analysed producer strains of GameXPeptides using LC-MS and elucidated the structural differences between the known GameXPeptides, produced by P. luminescens TT01, and the unusual ones produced by X. miraniensis.
RNA modifications are present in all three kingdoms of life and detected in all classes of cellular RNAs. RNA modifications are diverse, with more than 100 types of chemical modifications identified to date. These chemical modifications expand the topological repertoire of RNAs and are expected to fine-tune their functions. Ribosomal RNA (rRNA) contains two types of covalent modifications, either methylation on the sugar (Nm) or bases (mN), or base isomerization (conversion of uridine into pseudouridines, "). Pseudouridylations and ribose methylations are catalyzed by site-specific H/ACA and C/D box snoRNPs, respectively. The RNA component (snoRNA) of both types of snoRNPs is responsible for the site selection by base pairing with the rRNA substrate, whereas the protein component catalyzes the modification reaction: Nop1 in C/D box and Cbf5 in H/ACA box snoRNPs. Contrastingly, base methylations are performed by snoRNA independent, ‘protein-only’, methyltransferases (MTases). rRNA modifications occur at highly conserved positions, all clustering around functional ribosomal sites. Mutations in factors involved in rRNA modification have been linked to severe human diseases (e.g. X-linked Dyskeratosis congenita). Emerging evidences indicate that heterogeneity in RNA modification prevails, i.e. not all positions are modified at all time, and the concept of ‘specialized ribosomes’ has been coined. rRNA modification heterogeneity has been correlated with disease etiology (cancer), and shown to play a role in cell differentiation(hematopoiesis). Remarkably, alteration in rRNA modification patterns profoundly affects the preference of ribosomes for cap- versus IRESdependent translation initiation, with major consequences on cell physiology.
Identifizierung und funktionelle Analyse von Pathogenitätsfaktoren in Bartonella bacilliformis
(2023)
Die Carrión-Krankheit ist eine durch Vektoren übertragene vernachlässigte Tropenkrankheit (neglected tropical disease), die in den südamerikanischen Andentälern auf einer Höhe von 600 3.200 m über dem Meeresspiegel vor allem in Peru, aber auch in Ecuador und Kolumbien endemisch ist. Der Erreger dieser Infektionskrankheit ist Bartonella bacilliformis, ein strikt humanpathogenes, Gram-negatives, fakultativ intrazelluläres Stäbchen der Klasse der Alphaproteobakterien. In der akuten Krankheitsphase, die als "Oroya-Fieber" bezeichnet wird, infizieren die Erreger Erythrozyten und verursachen eine schwere akute hämolytische Anämie, hohes Fieber sowie eine ausgeprägte Immunsuppression. Für diese Phase wurden Sterblichkeitsraten von bis zu 88% beschrieben. Dem Oroya-Fieber folgt meist eine chronische Infektion der vaskulären Endothelzellen, bei der durch vaskulo-endotheliale Proliferationen noduläre, Hämangiom-ähnliche, kutane Gefäßläsionen, die als "Verruga peruana" bezeichnet werden, entstehen. Diese beiden Phasen treten in der Regel nacheinander, manchmal aber auch unabhängig voneinander auf. Die Übertragung auf dem Menschen erfolgt durch den Biss infizierter Sandmücken (Lutzomyia spp.), die in den hochgelegenen Regionen der Anden vorkommen. Klimatische Veränderungen führen jedoch zur Expansion des Vektors auf angrenzende Regionen und begünstigen damit die Ausbreitung von B. bacilliformis-Infektionen.
In der Erforschung der Carrión-Krankheit besteht ein erheblicher Wissensmangel zu zahlreichen Aspekten (z. B. Epidemiologie, Infektionsbiologie, Diagnostik, Therapie), wodurch die Entwicklung von potenziellen Diagnostika, Therapeutika oder Vakzinen verhindert wird. Auch wenn frühere Studien zum Ziel hatten, immundominante Proteine für die Entwicklung serodiagnostischer Verfahren und Impfstoffe zu identifizieren, ist bislang kein validierter serologischer Test bzw. ein Impfstoff verfügbar. Daher sollte im ersten Teil dieser Arbeit ein serologischer Test zum Nachweis von anti-B. bacilliformis-Antikörpern entwickelt werden. Hierzu wurde ein Ansatz aus reverser Vakzinologie in Kombination mit einer Analyse heterologer genomischer Expressionsbibliotheken verfolgt, um geeignete immundominante Proteine zu identifizieren. Insgesamt wurden 21 potenziell immundominante Proteine identifiziert, rekombinant produziert, und auf ihre Reaktivität mit B. bacilliformis Patientenseren mittels Immunoblotting analysiert. Von den 21 Antigenkandidaten erwiesen sich 14 als immunreaktiv, die anschließend in einer Lineblot-Analyse mit 26 Serumproben von peruanischen B. bacilliformis Patienten und 96 Serumproben von gesunden deutschen Blutspendern ohne Reisevorgeschichte in Südamerika auf ihren potenziellen Nutzen für serologische Test untersucht wurden. Drei Antigene (Porin-B, Autotransporter-E und hypothetisches Protein-B) erwiesen sich für die Entwicklung eines diagnostischen ELISA als geeignet und wurden in zwei verschiedenen Antigenkombinationen (ELISA 1: Porin-B, Autotransporter-E, ELISA 2: Porin-B, Autotransporter-E, hypothetisches Protein B) verwendet. Um die Leistungsfähigkeit des B. bacilliformis ELISA zu bewerten, wurde eine Receiver-Operating-Characteristic-Analyse durchgeführt. Für die Kombination aus Porin-B und Autotransporter-E lag die Sensitivität des Tests bei 80,8% und die Spezifität bei 94,8%, wohingegen die Kombination aus Porin-B, Autotransporter-E und dem hypothetischem Protein-B in einer Sensitivität von 76,9% und einer Spezifität von 93,8% resultierte. Dieser neu entwickelte ELISA könnte ein nützliches serodiagnostisches Instrument für künftige epidemiologische Studien über B. bacilliformis in endemischen Gebieten darstellen. Darüber hinaus könnten die hier identifizierten immundominanten Antigene eine erste Grundlage für die zukünftige Entwicklung von Impfstoffen für die Prävention Carrión-Krankheit bilden.
Erythrozyten-Invasion und Hämolyse sind wahrscheinlich die wichtigsten Schritte in der Pathogenese der Carrión-Krankheit und verantwortlich für die hohe Sterblichkeitsrate beim Menschen. Genaue mechanistische Kenntnis dieses Prozesses sind entscheidend für die Entwicklung therapeutischer Arzneimittel. Im zweiten Teil dieser Arbeit sollten die in der Hämolyse involvierten Pathogenitätsfaktoren von B. bacilliformis identifiziert werden. Hierzu wurde eine Tn5-Transposonmutagenese in den beiden B. bacilliformis Stämmen KC583 und KC584 durchgeführt. Ein screening nach Hämolyse-defizienten Mutanten führte zur Identifizierung von zwei Pathogenitätsfaktoren: einem Porin (Porin-A) und einer α/β-Hydrolase. Ihre vermutete Funktion im Prozess der Hämolyse wurde durch eine zielgerichtete markerlose Deletion sowie durch genetische Komplementationen in vitro funktionell bestätigt. Dabei zeigte sich, dass Porin-A und die α/β Hydrolase jeweils essenzielle Faktoren für die Hämolyse darstellen. Durch eine in silico-Charakterisierung konnte konservierte biologische Funktionen identifiziert sowie die dreidimensionale Struktur der Proteine vorhergesagt werden. Diese Versuche bilden eine experimentelle Basis, um die Rolle von Porin-A und der α/β-Hydrolase näher untersuchen zu können und um potenzielle (Porin-A und α/β-Hydrolase) Inhibitoren mit anti-hämolytischer und damit therapeutische Wirkung testen zu können.
Eine verzögerte und mitunter unvollständige Immunrekonstitution nach allogener Stammzelltransplantation (SZT) birgt ein erhöhtes Risiko für Infektionen und das Auftreten eines Rezidivs. Adoptive Immuntherapien können dazu beitragen, die Immunrekonstitution zu beschleunigen. Die Indikation hierzu ist jedoch streng geregelt, da eine zusätzliche Immuntherapie mit Risiken, wie z.B. dem Auftreten einer Graft-versus-Host-Disease (GvHD), verbunden ist. Im Mittelpunkt dieser Arbeit steht die Untersuchung der Immunrekonstitution im Hinblick auf das Auftreten von Komplikationen und das Überleben nach SZT. Dazu wurde ein multivariates Normwertmodell entwickelt, das die Beurteilung der Rekonstitution verschiedener Leukozytensubpopulationen ermöglicht. Der Einfluss der Regeneration spezifischer Immunzellen wie Cytomegalievirus-spezifischer T-Zellen (CMV-CTLs) und regulatorischer T-Zellen (Tregs) auf den Verlauf nach SZT wurde insbesondere hinsichtlich CMV-bedingter Komplikationen, GvHD und Rezidiv untersucht.
Savannas are the most important timber and non-timber forest products (NTFPs) providing ecosystems in West Africa. They have been shaped by traditional human land-use (i.e. agriculture, grazing, and harvesting) for thousands of years. In the last decades, land-use has drastically changed due to the rapid population growth and the growing production of cash-crop in West Africa and this process is still continuing. The percentage of land intensively used for agriculture has increased, while the length of fallow periods has decreased. Such changes have enormous ecological, economic, and social consequences. In the context of land-use changes, there is an urgent need to better understand and evaluate the impact of land-use on savannas. Such an understanding provides insights on appropriate management activities that ensure the maintenance of savannas and guarantee the availability of savanna products for subsistence and commercial use of rural West African people.
The major objective of the present thesis was to study the impact of land-use on savanna vegetation and diversity as well as on populations of two important NTFP-providing tree species in a semi-arid area in West Africa. The study area was located in the south-eastern part of Burkina Faso and comprised the protected W National Park and its adjacent communal area.
In the first study (chapter 2), I investigated in cooperation with a colleague from Burkina Faso (Blandine Nacoulma) the impact of land-use on the savanna vegetation. We analyzed which environmental factors determine the occurrence of the vegetation types and investigated the effect of land-use on vegetation structure and the occurrence of life forms and highly valued tree species. Furthermore, we tested whether land-use has an impact on plant diversity pattern and if this impact differed between the vegetation types and layers (woody and herb layer). Vegetation relevés were performed and the vegetation and plant diversity of the protected W National Park were compared with those of its surrounding communal area. Our results reveal five vegetation types occurring in both areas. Elevation and physical soil characteristics and thus soil water availability for plants played the most important role for the occurrence of the vegetation types. The influence of land-use on plant diversity differed between the five vegetation types and the two layers. The impact was highest on the vegetation types with the most favorable soil conditions for cultivation and lowest on rocky habitats with poor soils. While the diversity of the woody layer was increased under human land-use, the diversity of the herb layer was diminished. Overall, as land-use effects were not only negative, our findings suggest that land-use does not automatically lead to a loss of plant species and to a degradation of savanna habitats. We conclude that both protected and communal areas are of great importance for the conservation of savanna vegetation and diversity. Our study highlights furthermore the importance of different management strategies for each vegetation type.
In the following two studies (chapter 3 and 4), the impact of land-use - and in particular of harvesting - on populations of Adansonia digitata L., the baobab tree, and Anogeissus leiocarpa (DC.) Guill. & Perr. was examined. These two tree species were chosen as they provide several NTFPs for the local population and as they show different levels of human protection and opposed life histories. Thus, they may react differently to land-use. Stands of the protected W National Park were compared with those of its surrounding communal area (in fallows, croplands, and villages). I applied dendrometric methods to study the population structures and combined it with rates and patterns of NTFP-harvesting (debarking and chopping/pruning). Furthermore, the impact of land-use and harvesting on the fruit production of A. digitata and on the sprouting ability of A. leiocarpa were studied. The inverse J-shaped size class distribution curve indicates that the stands of A. digitata were in a healthy state in the park, while the low number of smaller size classes in fallows, croplands, and villages may give evidence of an ageing population. However, a high number of seedlings were recorded in villages. The stands of A. leiocarpa were also in healthy states in the park and likewise in fallows. In contrast, the absence of saplings gives evidence of a declining population in croplands. Both species were strongly harvested by local people and harvesting was tree size-specific. Pruning in interaction with tree-size had a significant impact on fruit production of A. digitata. While smaller trees were more vulnerable to pruning, bigger trees benefited from slight-pruning. A. leiocarpa had a great ability to respond to chopping by sprouting. The sprouting ability increased even with higher chopping intensity. Results suggest that despite the intense harvesting and the land-use impact, populations of both species are still well preserved. While A. digitata can withstand the harvesting and land-use pressure by its longevity, extremely low adult mortality rates, and particularly due to positive human influences, A. leiocarpa is able to withstand the use pressure by its fast growing, high recruitment, and high sprouting ability. I conclude that a none protected tree species (A. leiocarpa) might not necessarily be at higher risk to the harvesting and land-use impact than a protected tree species (A. digitata) as the adverse impact of harvesting and land-use can be compensated by its specific life history.
Important additional information to such ecological findings can be provided by local people. Learning from traditional knowledge and management systems of local people will help to produce culturally and ecologically reasonable conservation and management strategies. Thus, I investigated local uses and management strategies of A. digitata and A. leiocarpa in the last two studies (chapter 5 and 6). Quantitative ethnobotanical surveys among the Gulimanceba people were conducted in the communal area in order to document uses of the different plant parts, harvesting modes, perceptions about the population status, and conservation status of both species. Hereby, differences in knowledge between gender, generations, and people from different villages were tested. Interviews reveal that both species are harvested for multipurpose and emphasize the high importance of both species for local people. Especially the leaves and fruits of A. digitata add valuable minerals and vitamins to the otherwise micronutrient-“poor” staple crops of the Gulimanceba people. In comparison with other studies in West Africa, it has turned out that people in this area could benefit even more from A. leiocarpa, e.g. for dyeing of clothes, for treatment of malaria and skin problems. Local knowledge did not differ between genders and generations, while it slightly differed between people from different villages. The lack of age differences suggests that the traditional knowledge about these two species is passed on from one generation to another. Differences between people from different villages might be explained by influences from the neighboring countries Niger and Benin. Current local harvesting modes and management strategies of both species resulted in sustainable use. However, ongoing land-use intensifications require adapted harvesting and management techniques to guarantee the persistence of these economically important species. These results provide, in combination with the ecological findings (chapter 3 and 4), appropriate management recommendations for A. digitata and A. leiocarpa that are reliable under currently practiced management strategies.
Global biodiversity is changing rapidly and contemporary climate change is an important driver of this change. As climate change continues, the challenge is to understand how it may affect the future of biodiversity. This is relevant to informing policy and conservation, but it requires reliable future projections of biodiversity. Biodiversity is the variety of life on Earth which includes the diversity of species. The species on Earth are linked in diverse networks of biotic interactions. Interacting species can respond differently to climate change. This can cause spatial or temporal mismatches between interacting species and result in secondary extinctions of species that lose obligate interaction partners. Yet, accounting for biotic interactions in biodiversity projections remains challenging. One way to address this challenge is the use of trait-based approaches because the impact of climate change on interacting species is influenced by species’ functional traits, i.e., measurable characteristics of the species that influence their abiotic and biotic interactions. First, species’ functional traits influence how species respond to climate change. Second, they influence whether the species find compatible interaction partners in reshuffled species assemblages under climate change. Thus, the overarching aim of this dissertation was to explore how trait-based approaches can increase our understanding of how climate change might affect interacting species. For this, I focussed on interactions between fleshy-fruited plants and avian frugivores along a tropical elevational gradient.
I investigated three principal research questions. First, I investigated how traits related to the sensitivity of avian frugivores to climate change and their adaptive capacity vary along elevation and covary across species. I combined estimates of species’ climatic niche breadth (approximating species’ sensitivity) with traits influencing species’ dispersal ability, dietary niche breadth and habitat niche breadth (aspects of species’ adaptive capacity). Species’ climatic niche breadth increased with increasing elevation, while their dispersal ability and dietary niche breadth decreased with increasing elevation. Across species, there was no significant relationship of the sensitivity of the avian frugivores to climate change and their adaptive capacity. The opposing patterns of species’ sensitivity to climate change and their adaptive capacity along elevation imply that species from assemblages at different elevations may respond differently to climate change. The independence between species’ sensitivity and adaptive capacity suggests that it is important to account for both sensitivity and adaptive capacity to fully understand how climate change might affect biodiversity.
Second, I assessed how climate change might influence the co-occurrence of interaction partners with compatible traits, i.e., the functional correspondence of interacting species. I integrated future projections of species’ elevational ranges considering different vertical dispersal scenarios with analyses of the functional diversity of interacting species assemblages. The functional correspondence of fleshy-fruited plants and avian frugivores was lowest if plant and bird species were projected to contract their ranges towards higher elevations in response to increasing temperatures. Contrastingly, if species were projected to expand their ranges upslope, the functional correspondence remained close. The low functional correspondence under a scenario of range contraction indicates that plant species with specific traits might miss compatible interaction partners in future assemblages. This could negatively affect their seed dispersal ability. These results suggest that ensuring the integrity of biotic interactions under climate change requires that species can shift their ranges upslope unlimitedly.
Third, I examined whether avian seed dispersal is sufficient for plants to track future temperature change along the elevational gradient. With a trait-based modelling approach, I simulated seed-dispersal distances avian frugivores can provide to fleshy-fruited woody plant species and quantified the number of long-distance dispersal events the plant species would require to fully track projected temperature shifts along elevation. Most plant species were projected to require several long-distance dispersal events to fully track the projected temperature shifts in time. However, the number of required long-distance dispersal events varied with the degree of trait matching and plant species’ traits. These findings suggest that avian seed dispersal is insufficient for plants to track future temperature change along the elevational gradient as woody plant species might not be able to undergo several consecutive long-distance dispersal events within a short time window, due to their long maturation times. These results also imply that the ability of bird-dispersed plant species to track climate change is associated with the specialization of the seed dispersal system and with plant species’ traits.
Trait-based approaches are promising tools to study impacts of climate change on interacting species. The trait-based approaches that I have developed in this thesis are applicable more widely, e.g., to other types of biotic interactions, or to assess the effects of other drivers of global change. Moreover, these approaches may be further developed to model changes in biotic interactions under global change more dynamically. Taken together, I have shown how a trait-based perspective could help to account for biotic interactions in biodiversity projections. The development of such approaches and the gained knowledge are urgently needed to facilitate the conservation of biodiversity in a rapidly changing world.
Discrepancies between knockdown and knockout animal model phenotypes have long stood as a perplexing phenomenon. Several mechanisms explaining such observations have been proposed, namely the toxicity or the off-target effects of the knockdown reagents, as well as, in certain cases, genetic robustness – an organism's ability to maintain its phenotype despite genetic perturbations. In addition to these explanations, transcriptional adaptation (TA), a phenomenon defined as an event whereby a mutation in one gene leads to transcriptional upregulation or downregulation of another, adapting, gene or genes expression, has been recently proposed as an alternative explanation for the conflicting knockdown and knockout phenotype paradox.
Since its discovery in 2015, TA's precise mechanism remains a subject of ongoing research. Majority of evidence suggests that mutant mRNA degradation plays a central in TA. Epigenetic remodeling is also thought to play a role, as evidenced by an increase in active histone marks at the transcription start sites of the adapting genes. Whether mRNA degradation is indeed the key player in TA remains debated. Furthermore, it is still unknown how exactly TA develops, what adapting genes it targets, and whether genomic mutations that render mutant mRNA sensitive to degradation are required for TA to occur.
Throughout the experiments described in this Dissertation, I have designed an inducible TA system where TA can be triggered on demand and its effects on the cell’s transcriptome followed through time. I have demonstrated that degradation-prone transgenes, once induced and expressed, can be efficiently degraded, resulting in the protein loss-independent upregulation of adapting genes via TA. Adapting genes with higher degree of sequence similarity become upregulated faster than genes with lower degree of sequence similarity. Further functionality of this approach to study TA is limited by the leakiness of the inducible gene expression system; however, constitutively expressed degradation-prone transgenes were used to demonstrate TA in human cells.
In addition, I have developed an approach to target wild-type cytoplasmic mRNAs without altering the cell’s genome and reported a TA-like phenomenon, which manifested as adapting gene upregulation not relying on mutations in other genes. Cytoplasmic mRNA cleavage with CRISPR-Cas13d triggered a TA-like response in three different gene models: Actg1 knockdown, Ctnna1 knockdown, and Nckap1 knockdown. After comparing two different modes of triggering TA, CRISPR-Cas9 knockout versus CRISPR-Cas13d knockdown, I reported little overlap between the dysregulated genes and suggested that diverse mRNA degradation modes led to distinct TA responses. In addition, the transcriptional increase of Actg2 caused by CRISPR-Cas13d-mediated Actg1 mRNA cleavage did not require chromatin accessibility changes.
Experiments and genetic tools described in this dissertation investigated how TA develops from its earliest onset, how it affects the global transcriptome of the cell, as well as provided compelling evidence for an mRNA degradation-central TA mechanism. I have created tools to study both direct and indirect TA gene targets and unveiled important insights into the temporal dynamics of TA. Genes with higher sequence similarity were found to be upregulated more rapidly than those with lower similarity. Furthermore, it was revealed that the epigenetic properties of TA responses vary depending on the triggering mechanism. Cas13d-mediated degradation of wild-type mRNAs led to immediate transcriptional enhancement independent of epigenetic changes, which stood in contrast to previously measured alterations in chromatin accessibility in CRISPR-Cas9 mutants. This research has thus significantly advanced our knowledge of TA and provided valuable tools and findings that contribute to the broader understanding of gene expression regulation in response to mRNA degradation.
Light is one of the most important abiotic factors for plant physiological processes. In addition to light intensity, the spectral quality of light can also influence the plant morphology and the content of secondary metabolites. In the horticultural industry, artificial light is used in to enable year-round production of herbs, ornamental plants and vegetables in winter terms.
Until today, discharge lamps like high-pressure sodium (HPS) lamps, emitting predominantly orange and red light and high amounts of infrared radiation, are the most common lamp systems in greenhouses. In the last decades, light-emitting diodes (LEDs) emerged as an efficient alternative light source. LEDs have the advantage of distinct adjustments to the light spectrum. For a usage in horticultural industry LEDs are often too expensive. Furthermore, reduced plant growth can occur due to incorrectly adjusted light spectra and lower leaf temperatures caused by the lack of infrared radiation.
In a research project (LOEWE, funding no. 487/15-29) funded by the Hessen State Ministry of Higher Education, Research and Arts, Microwave plasma lamps (MPL) were tested as new light sources for horticultural industry and plant research. The electrodeless lamp systems emit light in similar properties like sun light. The aim of the study was to determine the influence of artificial sunlight of the MPL on the accumulation of secondary metabolites, plant architecture and plant physiology of three different species (coleus, basil and potted roses). The MPL was compared with other light systems such as commercial HPS lamps, LEDs or ceramic metal halide lamps (CDM). In addition to morphological parameters such as plant height, internode length or fresh and dry weight, the phenolic content of leaves grown under the respective light sources were examined.
Overall an increased far-red light content in the emission spectra of the MPL showed high influence on the plant architecture which was observed in all three plant species. Artificial sunlight from MPL induced stem elongation in coleus and basil plants, compared to the other tested light sources. In potted roses a reduced branching degree was observed under MPL light compared to HPS grown plants.
In addition to the impact of far-red light also the blue light content of the emission spectra was found to be a strong influencing factor for plant physiological processes. A positive correlation between blue light content and leaf thickness was determined in coleus cultivated under MPL, LED, HPS and CDM lamps. Low blue light content in HPS emission spectra resulted in shade-adapted leaves with low photosynthetic capacity and susceptibility to high irradiances. Blue light was assumed to increase phenolic metabolites in basil and rose leaves. Furthermore, the different light treatments resulted in an alteration of the composition of essential oils of basil.
Experiments with coleus plants demonstrated that besides light color also the infrared radiation, had an influence on secondary metabolites by causing different leaf temperatures. Coleus plants grown with MPL showed the lowest content of phenolic compounds such as rosmarinic acid per dry weight. Infrared radiation resulted in a faster plant development indicated by increased biomass production and higher leaf formation rate as observed in coleus and basil plants.
The results obtained in this study show that the influence of leaf temperature should always be considered when comparing different lamp systems. Especially when LEDs are compared to discharge lamps an overestimation of light color can be a consequence since also infrared radiation influences the content of phenolic compounds and plant growth.
Sphingolipids are not only structural components of cell membranes but can also act as signalling molecules in different pathways. Sphingolipid precursors, Ceramides (Cer), are synthesized de novo by six different synthases (CerS1-6) which generate Cer of different chain lengths. Cer can be further synthesized to glycosphingolipids and sphingomyelin. Cell membrane parts that are enriched in glycosphingolipids are so-called lipid rafts and can function as signalling platforms for different receptors, such like the T cell receptor (TCR). CD4+ T cells play a crucial role in the development of ulcerative colitis, a chronic inflammatory disease of the colon. As CerS3 expression was increased in the white blood cells of human colitis patients, the role of CerS3 in the TCR signalling and colitis was investigated in this dissertation. By lenti-viral transduction of a CerS3-shRNA into a CD4+ Jurkat cell line, it was shown that CerS3 has an impact on activated T cells. A decrease of different sphingolipids after T cell activation via CD2/3/28 activation beads and IL2 treatment was observed that was accompanied by an inhibition of Zap70 phosphorylation, an important protein of the TCR signalling. The impaired TCR signalling led to a diminished NFAT1 translocation into the nucleus which subsequently led to a reduced NFAT1- dependent TNFα release. Downregulation of CerS3 in primary CD4+ T cells, obtained from the blood of healthy volunteers, also showed a reduced release of pro-inflammatory cytokines after activation. This dissertation demonstrates a pivotal role for CerS3 in T cell function and highlights CerS3 as potential new target for T cell driven colitis.
Influenza is a contagious respiratory disease caused by influenza A and influenza B viruses. The World Health Organisation (WHO) reports that annual influenza epidemics result in approximately 1 billion infections, 3 to 5 million severe cases, and 300 to 650 thousand deaths. Understanding hidden mechanisms that lead to optimal vaccine efficacy and improvement antiviral treatment strategies remain continuous and central tasks. First, regarding the immune response to vaccines and natural infections, the antibody response echoes the dynamics of diverse immune elements such as B-cells, and plasma cells. Also, responses reflect the processes for B-cells to gain and adapt affinity for the virus. Antibodies (Abs) that respond to the virus surface proteins, particularly to the hemagglutinin (HA), have been identified to protect against infection. The Abs responses binding to HA can be broadly protective as this protein is considerably accessible on the virion. When following sequential infections with similar influenza strains, i.e. two infections with different strains of a subtype, an enhanced breadth and magnitude of Abs response is developed, mainly after the second infection. The effect of being effective to new strains is called Abs cross-reaction.
On the other hand, as for antiviral treatment, the WHO currently approves the use of neuraminidase inhibitors (NIs) such as zanamivir and oseltamivir. Diverse research areas such as system biology, learning-based methods, control theory, and systems pharmacology have guided the development of modern treatment schemes. To do so, mathematical models are used to describe a wide range of phenomena such as viral pathogenesis, immune responses, and the drug's dynamics in the body. Drug dynamics are usually expressed in two phases, pharmacokinetics (PK) and pharmacodynamics (PD) - the PK/PD approach. These schemes leverage pre-clinical and clinical data through modeling and simulation of infection and drug effects at diverse levels. Under such a framework, control-based scheduling systems seek to tailor optimal antiviral treatment for infectious diseases. Thus, influenza treatment can be theoretically studied as a control-based optimization duty (about systems stability, bounded inputs, and optimality). Finally, towards real-world implementation, learning-based methods such as neural networks (NNs) can guide solving issues on the control-based performance. Using NNs as identifiers provide a setting to deal with infrequent measures and uncertain parameters for the control systems.
This thesis theoretically explores central mechanisms in influenza infection via modeling and control approaches. In the first project, we explore how and to what extent antibody-antigen affinity flexibility could guide the Abs cross-reaction in two sequential infections using a hypothetical family of antigens. The set of antigens generally represent strains of influenza, such as those of a subtype. Each antigen is composed of a variable and a conserved area, generically representing the structures of the HA, head, and stalk, respectively. We test diverse scenarios of affinity thresholds in the conserved and variable areas of the antigens. The Abs response reaches a high magnitude when using equivalent affinity thresholds in the conserved and variable areas during the first infection. However, improved cross-reaction is developed when slightly increasing the affinity threshold of the variable area for the second infection. Key mutations via affinity maturation is a feature that, together with affinity flexibility between infections, guides Abs cross-reaction in the model outcome. These results could correlate with studies pointing out that broad responses might be dependent on reaching specific mutations for getting affinity to a newly presented antigen while broadly reaching related antigens. The general platform may serve as a proof-of-concept for exploring fundamental mechanisms that favor the Abs cross-reaction.
In a second project, theoretical schemes are developed to combine impulsive and inverse optimal control strategies to address antiviral treatment scheduling. We present results regarding stability, passivity, bounded inputs, and optimality using impulsive action. The study is founded on mathematical models of the influenza virus (target-cell limited model) adjusted to data from clinical trials. In these studies, participants were experimentally infected with influenza H1N1 and treated with NIs. Results show that control-based strategies could tailor dosage and reduce the amount of medication by up to 44%. Also, control-based treatment reaches the efficacy (98%) of the current treatment recommendations by the WHO. Monte Carlo simulations (MCS) disclose the robustness of the proposed control-based techniques. Using MCS, we also explore the applicability to the individualized treatment of infectious diseases through virtual clinical trials. Furthermore, bounded control strategies are applied directly in drug dose estimation accounting for overdose prevention. Finally, due to the limitations of the available technology intended for clinical practice, we emphasize the necessity of developing system identifiers and observers for real-world applications.
In the third project, the problem of data scarcity and infrequent measures in the real world is handled by means of learning-based methods. System identification is derived using a Recurrent High Order Neural Network (RHONN) trained with the Extended Kalman filter (EKF). Lessons learned from impulsive control frameworks are taken to develop a neural inverse optimal impulsive control --neurocontrol. The treatment efficacy is tested for early (one day post-infection) and late (2 to 3 days post-infection) treatment initiation. The neurocontrol reaches an efficacy of up to 95% while saving almost 40% of the total drug in the early treatment. Robustness is tested via virtual clinical trials using MCS.
Lastly, taking all together, the schemes developed in this thesis for modeling the Abs cross-reaction and control-based treatment tailoring can be extended and adapted to explore similar phenomena in different respiratory pathogens, such as SARS-CoV-2.
Amphibians have existed on the planet for over 300 million years and are today one of the most diverse vertebrate classes in the world with over 7000 known species and still many more to be discovered. However, several studies assume that approximately one third of the world´s known living amphibians are directly threatened with extinction, making it the most endangered vertebrate class. In relation to the relatively small land mass that is occupied by the state of Panama, it supports one of the most diverse amphibian faunas. However, in many cases the ecological role of single species in a wider context and their habitat preferences are still poorly understood and subject to ongoing research. Modern taxonomic approaches in other tropical regions have shown that former assumptions of amphibian diversity were distinct underestimations of the actual species diversity; a situation that is probably also true for Panama. Concurrently, the collection of amphibian diversity data and the description of new species is a race against time. The amphibian fauna of the world and that of Panama in particular, has suffered from an unprecedented loss of diversity over the last 30 years. The reasons are manifold and include destruction, alteration, and fragmentation of their natural habitats as the main causes, but also the deadly amphibian disease chytridiomycosis caused by the fungal pathogen Batrachochytrium dendrobatidis (Bd). In Panama and Costa Rica, this Emerging Infectious Disease (EID) spread in a wave-like manner from west to east causing mass die-offs and reduced amphibian diversity even in well-preserved habitats. The disease has primarily affected stream-associated highland species. The last large-scale evaluation of the conservation status of Panama´s amphibians through the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species in 2004 concluded that approximately 30% of the known species are acutely threatened with extinction. Furthermore, around 17% of the amphibian species that have been known back then lacked adequate data to be assessed. In view of Panama´s already overwhelming amphibian diversity, as well as the variety of habitats and the large number of sites that have not been examined with regard to amphibians before, I started this study with the conviction that the inventory of Panama´s amphibian diversity is far from being completed. Furthermore, when I started this study, it was uncertain if there would be any surviving amphibian species in areas where chytridiomycosis had emerged. The loss of whole amphibian communities in upland western Panama following Bd arrival led to a shift of amphibian research to lowland sites in central and eastern Panama aiming primarily on pathogen arrival and the documentation of epizootic outbreak and subsequent population decline. The situation of amphibian communities in areas post-decline was therefore largely unknown. Accordingly, the main goals of my study were to add to the taxonomic inventory of amphibians in Panama and to assess the situation of amphibian populations in habitats where chytrid-driven declines have been observed. To address these tasks I conducted fieldwork in western Panama with a focus on mountainous elevations between 1000 and 3475 m asl. Additionally, I visited different lowland sites between sea level and 1000 m asl to collect comparative material. In the period between 2008 and 2013, I conducted five collection trips to Panama that add up to a total of approximately 13 months in the field. I have sampled nine regions in western Panama and collected 767 specimens together with student collaborators, 531 of which were collected under my personal field number. Additional data obtained from those specimens include 68 male anuran call recordings, 102 standardized color descriptions of specimens in life, and 259 tissue samples that to date yielded 185 16S mtDNA sequences. This comprises the most comprehensive data set for amphibians of Panama and the first large-scale DNA barcoding approach for western Panama to date. After a preliminary DNA barcoding and subsequent comparative examination of morphological und bioacoustic data of all specimens collected, the number of taxonomic problems that needed to be addressed was higher than I previously anticipated. For most genetic lineages deeper taxonomic analyses were required to reach conclusive results. A selection had to be made with which lineages to proceed in the analyses, in view of the substantial financial and time expenditure that would be needed for a complete taxonomic revision. Therefore, I chose to run deeper analyses on one genus from each of the three amphibian orders in Panama. The genera selection depended largely on the availability of sufficient material and the scientific relevance of the respective genus.
I selected the genus Diasporus from the order Anura. These small frogs are omnipresent in many habitats and thus relatively easy to find. In addition, the genus is underrepresented in taxonomic studies. This is the first taxonomic study on the genus Diasporus to include a molecular phylogeny and the first comparison of advertisement calls between several populations from western Panama. In total, I collected 67 Diasporus specimens throughout western Panama and compared them morphologically with 49 additional specimens from Central America in collections, including the primary types of D. diasporus and D. hylaeformis. Additional comparative data were taken from literature. The DNA barcoding analysis of a fragment of the 16S rRNA gene included 43 own sequences that were complemented with 15 relevant GenBank sequences. In addition, I compared the advertisement calls of 26 male individuals among each other and with call descriptions from the literature. The DNA barcoding approach revealed several unnamed genetic lineages, but in some cases also resulted in the lumping of morphologically and bioacoustically distinct specimens. Generally, the morphological examination of the collected material revealed almost no specific characters that could be used to distinguish between genetic lineages. However, it was possible to identify species using a combination of several morphological characteristics. Which ones are relevant in the individual case depends on the respective species. My extensive collection of call recordings made it possible to test for the first time the intraspecific call variation of D. hylaeformis in dependency of various parameters. This analysis showed that the dominant frequency depends significantly on the body size of the calling male; the smaller the calling male, the higher the frequency of the call. A similar relationship was observed between the call rate and temperature: the lower the temperature during calling, the lower the call rate. I suppose that these general patterns, which have already been observed in other anuran genera, are also true in other Diasporus species that could not be tested in this study. Taking into account the intraspecific variation of Diasporus advertisement calls, I consider comparative call analyses to be the best way to distinguish between species. This is especially true in syntopic species. Integration of the three lines of evidence (i.e., morphology, DNA barcoding, and bioacoustics) led to the identification of four new species, two of which (i.e., D. citrinobapheus and D. igneus) colleagues and I have already formally described.
I conducted an integrative taxonomic analysis of the western Panamanian representatives of the genus Bolitoglossa from the order Caudata, the larger of the two Panamanian salamander genera. Bolitoglossa is very species-rich with a centre of diversification in the high mountains of Costa Rica and western Panama. I collected 53 Bolitoglossa specimens and compared them to twelve specimens in collection, including the holotype and one paratype of B. gomezi. The dataset was complemented with information from the literature. Among the sampled specimens were two species considered to be endangered that have not been collected or observed for several decades; B. magnifica has not been seen for 34 years and B. anthracina has not been seen for 22 years. Further, I collected salamanders at several new locations. To date, my 16S mtDNA barcoding analysis represents the densest taxon sampling for Panamanian Bolitoglossa composed of 21 own sequences that were combined in the final alignment with 47 GenBank sequences. Even though the molecular phylogeny is based only on a single marker, the received trees largely coincide with previous studies and the nodes received high statistical support. In these trees, I retrieve all previously defined subgenera and species groups. On the basis of this molecular phylogeny, I placed B. anthracina, here sequenced for the first time, in the B. subpalmata species group. Due to the fact that B. anthracina is a large and dark colored species it had previously been placed by implication in the B. schizodactyla species group along with other large black salamanders of the B. nigrescens species complex. Moreover, I found deep divergent genetic lineages among geographically separated populations of B. minutula. However, until now there were no additional morphological characteristics detectable to distinguish between these lineages. Additionally, my colleagues and I described a new deep divergent lineage in the B. robinsoni species group as B. jugivagans, a species new to science. In contrast, I found only minor genetic differences between specimens of B. sombra and B. nigrescens. After combining morphometric data and tooth counts from literature of both species with additional data from specimens of B. sombra that I collected near the type locality, the distinguishing features blurred. In particular, including much larger specimens of B. sombra, not yet known at the time of its description, showed that the tooth count difference is dependent on the size and age of the specimen examined. Larger specimens have more maxillary and vomerine teeth. Based on this evidence I regard B. sombra as a junior synonym of B. nigrescens. Further, I revised the Panamanian distribution of the two relatively common lowland salamanders, B. colonnea and B. lignicolor. Besides filling the gaps in the fragmentary known distributions of these species, I assessed the molecular and morphological variation of both species among populations in Panama. While there was little variation in B. lignicolor, I found divergent genetic lineages among geographically distinct populations of B. colonnea that require further taxonomic examination.
Caecilians (order Gymnophiona) are among the least investigated terrestrial vertebrates. After I received a first specimen of the predominantly South American genus Oscaecilia (family Caeciliidae) in western Panama, I started to work more extensively on the taxonomy of Caeciliidae in Central America. The specimens from western Panama were not readily assignable to a single described species, but shared characters with O. elongata and O. osae. While O. osae was only known from the holotype, the type material of O. elongata was destroyed during World War II. On the basis of the original description, the unique feature in O. elongata within Oscaecilia is the absence of subdermal scales in the posterior part of the body. In a referred specimen of O. elongata mentioned in the original description from eastern Panama, this characteristic cannot be examined as it consists of head and neck only. Therefore, I used non-destructive high-resolution, synchrotron-based X-ray micro CT imaging (HRμCT) to examine cranial characters in the specimens in question and took normal radiographs to count vertebrae and to make subdermal scales visible. I found that the fragmented specimen from eastern Panama likely belongs to the well-sampled species O. ochrocephala and has not much in common with O. osae or the specimens from western Panama. Contrarily, O. osae and the specimens from western Panama share many morphological characters, but also show some differences. Genetic barcoding revealed that both species are close relatives, but the genetic distance could not be finally resolved, because 16S sequences obtained from blood samples of living O. osae were of poor quality. Thus, I compare the Oscaecilia from western Panama to O. osae in this study, but postpone a taxonomic decision until further material becomes available. Further, I designate O. elongata a nomen dubium, because the type material is lost, the type locality is not defined in more detail than “Panama”, and the original description does not allow for a definite assignment. Since previous molecular studies only considered O. ochrocephala, the monophyly of Oscaecilia was never tested before. So far, the genus Oscaecilia is based largely on a single cranial character, the eyes covered with bone. Here, I combined two 16S mtDNA sequences of O. osae from Costa Rica and two sequences from O. sp. from western Panama with two sequences of O. ochrocephala and ten sequences of four species of the genus Caecilia, the sister genus of Oscaecilia. The resulted phylogeny contains two well-supported clades, one clade containing two species of Caecilia, one from Panama and one from western Ecuador and all species of Oscaecilia tested. The other clade consists of two species of Caecilia from the Amazon basin. I therefore assume that the split in both clades is due to the rise of the Andes, what led to today’s cis-trans-Andean distribution of the two clades. For now, to restore monophyly, I suggest to place Oscaecilia within the synonymy of Caecilia until more taxa have been tested. When assessing the conservation status of the amphibian species in mountainous western Panama, I first compiled a list of known species that I potentially could have found during my fieldwork. Using the IUCN categories, I analyzed how many of the endangered species I actually found and how these are distributed over families and species groups. Surprisingly, my rediscoveries of lost species were not equally distributed among the four families that comprise most endangered amphibian species (i.e., Bufonidae, Craugastoridae, Hylidae, and Plethodontidae). While I discovered ten of eleven endangered hylids and six of nine endangered plethodontids, I found only one of four endangered bufonids and none of the nine endangered craugastorids. I assume that the secretive living plethodontids, for which no Bd related declines have been documented, were just overlooked in the past decades. In contrast, I propose that hylids, in which Bd related population decline is well documented, developed distinct evolutionary solutions permitting coexistence with the pathogen. The situation is obviously different in bufonids and craugastorids, where I found no signs of population recoveries at present. So far, the only surviving populations of species from these families exist in climatic or physiographic niches that have probably shielded them from Bd. My data confirm the current view that the risk for naïve amphibian populations to decline during Bd epizootics is predicted by ecological traits (e.g., aquatic index, vertical distribution) and not dependent on taxonomic affiliation. However, I propose that only certain amphibian families (e.g., hylids and centrolenids) have the ability to acquire immunity solutions to coexist with the pathogen during enzootic stages. This is a very new perspective on the worst infectious disease in amphibians worldwide, allowing for new research approaches to understand the host-pathogen dynamics. Moreover, I examined where the share of surviving endangered amphibian species is particularly high in mountainous western Panama. As was to be expected, most of the endangered species are found within the boundaries of protected areas. One exception is the unprotected Cerro Colorado region in the Comarca Ngöbe-Buglé that provides habitat for a wide variety of endangered and undiscovered amphibian species. Nonetheless, planned open pit mining would destroy the forests in a large part of the area. This demonstrates once again that human activities are the biggest threat to amphibians in Panama and elsewhere.
Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus are Gram-negative, entomopathogenic bacteria, living in endosymbiosis with the soil-dwelling nematode of the genera Steinernema and Heterorhabditis. The life cycle of these nematodes consists of non-feeding infective juvenile (IJ) stage, which actively searches for insects in the soil. After penetrating the insect prey, Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus bacteria are released from the nematode gut. The bacteria proliferate and produce toxins to kill the insect. Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus support nematode development throughout the life cycle and to get rid of food competitors by providing a wide variety of specialized metabolites (SMs). However, little is known about which SMs function as so called “food signals” to trigger the development process.
The IJs develop into adult, self-fertilizing hermaphrodites in a process called recovery, while feeding on cadaver and bacterial biomass. Heterorhabditis and Steinernema proceed to breed until nutrients are exhausted. Next generation IJs (NG-IJs) develop and leave the cadaver to search for another insect prey.
Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus can be cultivated in defined medium under laboratory conditions. By placing IJs on a plate containing their respective bacterial symbiont, the complete life cycle of the nematodes can be observed in vitro. The in vitro nematode bioassay was used as a tool to investigate the development of the nematode.
The aim of this study was to find the food signals responsible for nematode development. Different Photorhabdus deletion strains unable to produce one or several SMs were co-cultivated with nematodes in the nematode bioassay. Subsequently, two aspects of the life cycle were investigated: recovery and NG-IJ development.
As isopropyl stilbene (IPS) is postulated to function as a food signal to support nematode recovery, it was used as a starting point for investigations. This study was focused on the biosynthetic pathway of IPS, including intermediates, side products and derivatives to investigate which one is in fact responsible for supporting nematode development.
The biosynthesis of IPS requires two precursors, phenylalanine and leucine (Figure 5). The first topic was focused on the phenylalanine derived pathway. Photorhabdus laumondii deletion mutants, defective in intermediate steps of this pathway, were created. The deletion of the genes coding for the phenylalanine ammonium lyase (stlA), converting phenylalanine into cinnamic acid (CA), the coenzyme A (CoA) ligase (stlB) and the operon coding for a ketosynthase and aromatase (stlCDE), were used. These strains were used for nematode bioassay including complementation of mutant phenotypes by feeding experiments. Recovery of nematodes grown on the deletion strains was always lower than recovery of nematodes grown on wild type bacteria. Feeding IPS to a deletion strain did not restore wild type level nematode recovery, thus IPS cannot be the food signal. Instead, the food signal must be another compound derived from this part of biosynthetic pathway. Lumiquinone and 2,5-dihydrostilbene are suggested to function as food signals and need to be investigated in future work.
The second part of this study was focused on the leucine derived pathway, which involved the Bkd complex forming the iso-branched part of IPS. A deletion of bkd was created and phenotypically analysed, subsequently performed with the nematode bioassay. Not only IPS but also other branched SMs, like photopyrones and phurealipids are synthetised by the Bkd complex. Deletions strains defective in producing photopyrones and phurealipids were also performed in nematode bioassays to investigate effects of these SMs individually. Branched SMs did not have an impact on nematode development, but nematodes grown on the ΔbkdABC strain showed a reduced nematode recovery and almost diminished NG-IJs development. As the Bkd complex also produces branched chain fatty acids (BCFAs), feeding experiments were performed with lipid extracts of wild type and mutant strain. All lipid extracts improved recovery, but only wild type lipids could complement NG-IJ development. This strongly indicates that BCFAs play an important role in NG-IJ development, which needs to be proven with purified BCFA feeding. This is an interesting finding, which could improve nematode production for biocontrol agent usage.
The role of IPS derived to epoxy stilbene (EPS) for nematode development, was another focus in the nematode life cycle. Recently it was demonstrated that EPS does not support nematode development. However, EPS forms adducts with amino acids. In my thesis, novel adducts containing the amino acid phenylalanine or a tetrapeptide were characterized. Another adduct, most likely being an EPS dimer, was also characterized. The biological role of such adducts was discussed to be potentially important for insect weakening and the structure of the novel compounds need to be structure elucidated and tested for bioactivity.
Vascular tumors associated with chronic B. henselae infections are unique examples of infection-associated pathological angiogenesis. The chaotic vascular architecture and prominent myeloid infiltrate of B. henselae induced vascular lesions show many similarities with malignant tumors.
In human cancers infiltrating myeloid cells play a decisive role in tumor progression and vascularization. In particular, tumor associated macrophages (TAMs) transform the tumor microenvironment, drive tumor invasion and vascularization through secretion of pro-angiogenic and immune modulatory cytokines and participation in matrix remodeling processes.
Myeloid angiogenic cells (MACs) are a subset of circulating myeloid progenitors with important roles in regenerative and pathological angiogenesis and a critical involvement in tumor vascularization. The phenotypic plasticity and importance of MACs in pathological angiogenic processes, position these cells as key potential players in B. henselae associated vascular tumor formation.
To investigate the possible role of MACs in B henselae induced pathological angiogenesis, the objective of this study was to examine the interaction of B. henselae with MACs and determine how this may affect their angiogenic capacity.
Building on previous work by Mӓndle (2005) this study has demonstrated that MACs are susceptible to infection with B. henselae and reside in intracellular vacuoles. As in endothelial cells, infection of MACs with B. henselae was associated with inhibition of apoptosis and activation of endogenous angiogenic programs including activation of the angiogenic transcription factor HIF-1.
In addition to angiogenic re-programming on a molecular level B. henselae infection increases MAC functional angiogenic capacity. B. henselae infected MACs were found to integrate into growing endothelium and increase the rate of angiogenic sprouting in a paracrine manner.
When cultured in a Matrigel capillary formation assay, infected MACs were also found to form networks of capillary-like structures that were stable over long periods of time. The B. henselae pathogenicity factor BadA was essential for the induction of this vascular mimicry phenotype as well as the activation of HIF-1 in infected MACs indicating that this factor may play an important role in MAC angiogenic re-programming.
Examination of infected MACs via FACS analysis, cytospin immunohistochemistry and qRT-PCR revealed that endothelial differentiation does not play a role in the B. henselae induced pro-angiogenic phenotype. Instead, MACs were shown to be myeloid in phenotype displaying typical macrophage markers which were upregulated upon B. henselae infection and maintained over long-term culture.
The increased angiogenic activity of B. henselae infected MACs was found to be associated with a broad phenotypic reprogramming in infected cells. In particular, gene expression programs related to angiogenesis, structural organization, apoptosis, sterol metabolism and immune regulation, were upregulated. Further examination of microarray gene expression profiles revealed that B. henselae infected MACs display a predominantly M2 anti-inflammatory macrophage activation status.
Finally, examination of the paracrine microenvironment created by B. henselae infected MACs revealed a diverse cytokine secretion profile dominated by inflammatory-angiogenic cytokines and matrix remodeling elements and lacking expression of some of the most important cytokines involved in the expansion of the inflammatory response. This B. henselae induced activation status was demonstrated to be distinct from the general inflammatory response induced by E. coli LPS treatment.
Comparison of B. henselae infected MACs to TAMs revealed many parallels in functional and phenotypic characteristics. Both TAMs and B. henselae infected MACs demonstrate increased angiogenic capacity, invasive, and immune modulatory phenotypes and the ability to participate in the formation of vascular mimicry phenotypes under angiogenic pressure. Furthermore, the pro-angiogenic paracrine microenvironment created by B. henselae infected MACs shows many similarities to the TAM-created tumor-microenvironment.
In conclusion, these investigations have demonstrated that the infection of MACs with B. henselae results in the phenotypic re-programming towards TAM-like cells with increased pro-angiogenic, invasive and immune-modulatory qualities. The results of this study elucidate new aspects of B. henselae pathogenicity in myeloid cells and highlight the role of these cells as paracrine mediators of B. henselae induced vascular tumor formation. In addition, these findings demonstrate that manipulation of myeloid cells by pathogenic bacteria can contribute to microenvironmental regulation of pathological tissue growth and suggest parallels underlying bacterial infections and cancer.
Interleukin-11 signaling is a global molecular switch between regeneration and scarring in zebrafish
(2022)
The two diametrically opposing outcomes after tissue damage are regeneration and fibrotic scarring. After injury, adult mammals predominantly induce fibrotic scarring, which most often leads to patient lethality. Fibrotic scarring is the deposition of excessive extracellular matrix that matures and hinders tissue function. The scarring response is mainly orchestrated by myofibroblasts, which arise only upon tissue damage, from various cellular origins, including tissue resident fibroblasts, endothelial cells and circulating blood cells. On the contrary, species like zebrafish, possess the remarkable capacity to regenerate their damaged tissues. After injury, instead of inducing a myofibroblast-mediated fibrogenic gene program, cells in these species undergo regenerative reprogramming at the transcriptional level to activate vital cellular processes needed for regeneration, including proliferation, dedifferentiation, and migration. Several pro-regenerative mechanisms have been identified to date. Most of them, if not all, are also important for tissue homeostasis and hence, are not injury specific. Therefore, the central aim of this study is to identify injury-specific mechanisms that not only induce regeneration, but also limit fibrotic scarring.
To test the notion that fibrotic scarring limits regeneration, I first compared the scarring response in the regenerative zebrafish heart after cryoinjury with what is known in the non-regenerative adult mouse heart. I found that zebrafish display ~10-fold less myofibroblast differentiation compared to adult mouse after cardiac injury. With these findings, I hypothesized that zebrafish employ mechanisms to actively suppress scarring response. Using a novel comparative transcriptomic approach coupled with genetic loss-of-function analyses, I identified that Interleukin-6 (Il-6) cytokine family-mediated Stat3 is one such pro-regenerative pathway in zebrafish.
Il-6 cytokine family consists of Il-6, Interleukin-11 (Il-11), Ciliary neurotrophic factor, Leukemia inhibitory factor, Oncostatin M, and Cardiotrophin-like cytokine factor 1. Il-6 family ligands signal through their specific receptors and a common receptor subunit (Il6st or Gp130). Using gene expression analyses after adult heart and adult caudal fin injuries in zebrafish, I identified that both the Il-11 cytokine encoding paralogous genes (il11a and il11b) are the highest expressed and induced among the Il-6 family cytokines. Hence, I chose Il-11 signaling as a candidate pathway for further analysis. To investigate the role of Il-11 signaling, I generated genetic loss-of-function mutants for both the ligand (il11a and il11b) and the receptor (il11ra) encoding genes. Using various tissue regeneration models across developmental stages in these mutants, I identified that Il-11/Stat3 signaling is indispensable for global tissue regeneration in zebrafish.
To investigate the cellular and molecular mechanisms by which Il-11 signaling promotes regeneration, I performed transcriptomics comparing the non-regenerative il11ra mutant hearts and fins with that of the wild types, respectively. I identified that Il-11 signaling orchestrates both global and tissue-specific aspects of regenerative reprogramming at the transcriptional level. In addition, I also found that impaired regenerative reprogramming in the il11ra mutant hearts and fins resulted in defective cardiomyocyte and osteoblast repopulation of the injured area, respectively.
On the other hand, by deep phenotyping the scarring response in il11ra mutant hearts and fins, I identified that Il-11 signaling limits myofibroblast differentiation. Furthermore, I found that cardiac endothelial cells and fibroblasts are one of the major responders to injury-induced Il-11 signaling. Using lineage tracing, I found that both the endothelial and fibroblast lineages in the non-regenerative il11ra mutants commit to a myofibroblast fate, spearheading the scarring response. In addition, using cell type specific manipulations, I showed that Il-11 signaling in cardiac endothelial cells allows cardiomyocyte repopulation of the injured area. Finally, using human endothelial cells in culture, I uncovered a novel feedback mechanism by which Il-11 signaling limits fibrogenic gene expression by inhibiting its parent activator and a master regulator of tissue fibrosis, TGF-β signaling.
Overall, I identified Interleukin-11/Stat3 signaling as the first global regulator of regeneration in zebrafish. Briefly, I showed that Interleukin-11 signaling promotes regeneration by regulating two crucial cellular aspects in response to injury – (1) it promotes regenerative reprogramming, thereby allowing cell repopulation of the injured area and (2) it limits mammalian-like fibrotic scarring by inhibiting myofibroblast differentiation and TGF-β signaling. Altogether, these zebrafish data, together with the contradicting mammalian data strongly indicate that the secrets of tissue regeneration lie downstream of IL-11 signaling, in the differences between regenerative and non-regenerative species. Furthermore, I establish the non-regenerative il11ra mutant as an invaluable zebrafish model to study mammalian tissue fibrosis.
Investigating the influence of truffle´s microbiome and genotype on the aroma of truffle fungi
(2019)
Truffles (Tuber spp.) are belowground forming fungi that develop in association with roots of various host trees and shrubs. Their fruiting bodies are renowned for their enticing aromas which vary considerably, even within truffles of the same species. This aroma variability might be attributed to factors such as geographical origin, degree of fruiting body maturation, truffle genotype and microbiome (microbial communities that colonise truffle fruiting bodies) which often co-vary. Although the influence of specific factors is highlighted by several studies, discerning the contribution of each factor remains a challenge since it requires an appropriate experimental design. The primary purpose of this thesis was to gain insight into the influence of truffle’s genotype and microbiome on truffle aroma.
This doctoral thesis is comprised of four chapters. Chapter1 (Vahdatzadeh et al., 2018) aimed to exclusively elucidate the influence of truffle genotype on truffle aroma by investigating the aroma of nine mycelial strains of the white truffle Tuber borchii. We also assessed whether strain selection could be employed to improve the human- perceived truffle aroma. Quantitative differences in aroma profiles among strains could be observed upon feeding of amino acids. Considerable aroma variabilities among strains were attributed to important truffle volatiles, many of which might be derived from amino acid catabolism through the Ehrlich pathway. 13 C-labelling experiments confirmed the existence of the Ehrlich pathway in truffles for leucine, isoleucine, methionine, and phenylalanine. Sensory analyses further demonstrated that the human nose can differentiate among strains. Our results illustrated the influence of truffle genotype on truffle aroma and showed how strain selection could be used to improve the human-perceived truffle aroma.
In chapter 2 the existing knowledge on the composition of bacterial community of four truffle species was compiled using meta-analysis approach (Vahdatzadeh et al., 2015). We highlighted the endemic microbiome of truffle as well as similarities and differences in the composition of microbial community within species at various phases of their life cycle. Furthermore, the potential contribution of truffle microbiome in the formation of truffle odorants was studied. Our findings showed that truffle fruiting bodies harbour complex microbial community composed of bacteria, yeasts, filamentous fungi, and viruses with bacteria being the dominant group. Regardless of truffle species, the composition of endemic microbiome of fruiting bodies appeared very similar and was dominated by α-Proteobacteria class. However, striking differences were observed in the bacterial community composition at various stages of the life cycle of truffle.Our analyses further suggested that odorants common to many truffle species might be produced by both truffle fungi and microbes, whereas specific truffle odorants might be derived from microbes only. Nevertheless, disentangling the origin of truffle odorants is very challenging, since acquiring microbe-free fruiting bodies are currently not possible.
Chapter 3 (Splivallo et al., 2019) further characterises truffle-associated bacterial communities of fruiting bodies of the black truffle T. aestivum from two different orchards. It aimed at defining the native microbiome in this truffle species, evaluating the variability of their microbiome across orchards, and assessing factors that shape assemblages of the bacterial communities. The dominant bacterial communities in T. aestivum revealed to be similar in both orchards: although a large portion of fruiting bodies were dominated by the α-Proteobacteria class (Bradyrhizobium genus) similar to other so far-assessed truffle species, in few cases β-Proteobacteria (Polaromonas genus), or Sphingobacteria (Pedobacter genus) were found to be predominant classes. Moreover, factors shaping bacterial communities influenced the two orchards differently, with spatial location within the orchard being the main driver in Swiss orchard and collection season in the French one. Surprisingly, in contrast to other fungi, truffle genotype and the degree of fruiting body maturity seemed not to contribute in shaping the assembly of truffle microbiome. Altogether, our data highlighted the existence of heterogeneous bacterial communities in T. aestivum fruiting bodies which are dominated by either of the three bacterial classes and mainly by the α-Proteobacteria class, irrespective of geographical origin. They further illustrated that determinants driving the assembly of various bacterial communities within truffle fruiting bodies are site-specific. Truffles are highly perishable delicacies with a short shelf life (1-2 weeks), and their aroma changes profoundly upon storage. Since truffle aroma might be at least partially produced by the truffle microbiome, chapter 4 (Vahdatzadeh et al., 2019) focuses on assessing the influence of the truffle microbiome on aroma deterioration of T.aestivum during post harvest storage. Specifically, volatile profile and bacterial communities of fruiting bodies collected from four different regions (three in France and one in Switzerland) were studied over nine days of storage. Our findings demonstrated the gradual replacement of dominant bacterial classes in fresh truffles (α-Proteobacteria, β-Proteobacteria, and Sphingobacteria) by food spoilage bacteria (members of γ- Proteobacteria and Bacilli classes), regardless of the initial diversity of the bacterial classes. This shift in the bacterial community also correlated with changes in volatile profiles, and markers for truffle freshness and spoilage could be identified. Ultimately, network analysis illustrated possible links among those volatile markers and specific bacterial classes. Our data showed that storage deeply influenced the composition of bacterial community as well as aroma of truffle fruiting bodies. They also illustrated the correlation between the shift in truffle microbiome, from commensal to detrimental, and the change of aroma profile, possibly leading to the loss of fresh truffle aroma. Overall, the work undertaken in this thesis demonstrated that truffle genotype and microbiome had a stronger influence on truffle aroma than previously believed.
This work addresses the investigation of the biosynthesis mechanisms of type II polyketide synthase (PKS) and fatty acid synthase (FAS) derived specialized metabolites (SMs) from Photorhabdus laumondii.
The elucidation of the biosynthetic pathway of the bacterial 3,5-dihydroxy-4-isopropyl-trans-stilbene (IPS) was one of the major topics of this thesis. IPS exhibits several bioactive characteristics as it inhibits the phenoloxidase of insects, acts antibacterial, but also influences the soluble epoxide hydrolase which is involved in inflammatory reactions. It was recently approved as a treatment against psoriasis by the FDA and is the first Photorhabdus derived drug.
The stilbene generation in Photorhabdus requires the formation of the two acyl-carrier-protein (ACP) bound 5-phenyl-2,4-pentadienoyl- and isovaleryl-β-ketoacyl-moieties. The ketosynthase (KS)/cyclase StlD catalyzes a ring formation via a Michael-addition between the two intermediates which is then further processed by an aromatase. The formation of 5-phenyl-2,4-pentadienoyl-ACP was shown via in vitro assays with purified proteins by proving the influence of the KS FabH, ketoreductase FabG and dehydratase FabA or FabZ of the fatty acid metabolism. While E. coli was able to complement most of these enzymes in attempts to produce IPS in the heterologous host, the Photorhabdus derived FabH was not replaceable despite 73 % sequence identity with the E. coli based isoenzyme, acting as a gatekeeper enzyme for cinnamic acid (CA) moieties. Furthermore, the ability to incorporate meta-substituted halogenated CA-derivatives was shown in order to produce 3-chloro- and 3-bromo-IPS. While studying the stilbene biosynthesis, the ability of Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus to produce hydrazines was also discovered.
The second investigated biosynthesis was the formation of benzylideneacetone (BZA). BZA is produced by Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus strains acting as a suppressor for the immune cascade of insects and has also antibiotic activities towards Gram-negative bacteria. Due to its structural similarity towards CA and the intermediates during the stilbene formation, a shared mechanism for Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus budapestensis was proposed due to their ability to produce CA. The production of BZA was also dependent on the stilbene related CoA-ligase, the ACP and FabH. It was verified in vitro and in vivo in E. coli yielding a 150-fold increase of the BZA production compared to the Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus wildtype (WT) strains.
The second part of this work deals with the optimization of P. laumondii strains regarding the production titers of IPS. Therefore, several deletions of other SM related genes as well as promoter exchanges in front of stilbene related genes were carried out. These approaches were combined with the upregulation of the phenylalanine by heterologous plasmid expression, since it is the precursor of CA. Another approach applied in parallel was the optimization of the cultivation conditions with different media and supplementation with XAD-resins. It was proved that media rich on fatty acids or peptides led to higher optical densities of the cultures and thus to higher titers of stilbenes. Since IPS is inhibiting the phenoloxidase, an enzyme important for the insect immunity, it was hypothesized that cultivation in media containing insects might enhance the output of this SM. Starting from 23 mg/l of IPS in the P. laumondii WT strain, it was possible to increase the production levels to more than 860 mg/l by utilizing the mentioned approaches.
The last topic of this thesis focuses on the production of epoxidated IPS (EPS) and its derivatives. Under laboratory conditions, only a low titer of EPS was observed for the wildtype strain. However, the optimized IPS strains and IPS-production conditions could also be applied for EPS which led to higher productions and also to the detection of many new derivatives. Most of the EPS derivatives were amino acid or peptide derived acting as nucleophiles to open the epoxide ring and yielding β-amino-alcohols. However, purification and chemical synthesis attempts to obtain EPS failed due to its poor stability. Epoxides were utilized in in vitro assays with amino acids, peptides and proteins to get insights whether epoxidations might act as posttranslational modification in Photorhabdus. The reactions were performed with styrene oxide and stilbene oxide replacing EPS based on their structural similarity. The modifications were executed successfully although proteomics approaches with in vivo data are required to confirm these findings. During the purification attempts of EPS, further derivatives were detected. The structures of dimerized stilbenes, a cis-isomer of IPS and another derivative that might incorporate an amino-group in the resveratrol ring were proposed on the basis of the HPLC-MS data.
Terpenes are one of the largest and most diverse class of natural products, produced by organisms from all kingdoms of life and with important applications in the pharma, flavor and fragrance industries. Well-known examples of terpenes are the pharmaceuticals artemisinin and taxol, the flavor and fragrance compounds menthol, santalol and sclareol, the structural material polyisoprene and the biofuel precursor farnesene. The methods and results presented in this work offer a variety of ways to modify terpene precursors for the creation of new terpene molecules. The application of these methodologies in well-established production systems could lead to the production of new substances, with applications in the industrial fields of pharmaceuticals, flavors and fragrances, and biofuels.
Downy mildew of common sage (Salvia officinalis), caused by Peronospora salviae-officinalis, has become a serious problem in sage production worldwide. The causal agent of the disease belongs to the Pe. belbahrii species complex and was described as a species of its own in 2009. Nevertheless, very little is known about its infection biology and epidemiology. The aims of the current study were therefore to unravel the life cycle of this downy mildew and gain deeper insights into the epidemiology of the disease, as well as to clarify the species boundaries in the Pe. belbahrii species complex.
Infection studies showed that temperatures between 15 and 20 °C were most favourable for infection and disease progress. At 5 °C Pe. salviae-officinalis is still able to infect sage plants, but sporulation was only observed at higher temperatures. Furthermore, Pe. salviae-officinalis needs two events of leaf wetness or high humidity, a first one of at least three hours for conidial germination and penetration of the host, and a second one for sporulation. Additionally, contamination of sage seeds by Pe. salviae-officinalis was proven by seed washing and by PCR and DNA sequence comparisons, suggesting that infested seeds might play a major role in the fast spread of sage downy mildew, which is an important finding for phytosanitary or quarantine measures.
A protocol for fluorescence staining and confocal laser scanning microscopy was established and the whole life cycle of Pe. salviae-officinalis was tracked including oospore formation. The method was also used to examine samples of Pe. lamii on Lamium purpureum and Pe. belbahrii on Ocimum basilicum demonstrating the usefulness of this method for studying the infection process of downy mildews in general.
Peronospora species parasitizing S. sclarea, S. pratensis, O. basilicum, and Plectranthus scutellarioides were studied using light microscopy and molecular phylogenetic analyses based on six loci (ITS rDNA, cox1, cox2, ef1a, hsp90 and β-tubulin). The downy mildew on S. pratensis was shown to be distinct from Pe. salviae-officinalis and closely related to Pe. glechomae, and is herein described as a new taxon, Peronospora salviae-pratensis. The downy mildew on S. sclarea was found to be caused by Peronospora salviae-officinalis. The multi-gene phylogeny revealed that the causal agent of downy mildew on coleus is distinct from Pe. belbahrii on basil, and is herein described as a new taxon, Pe. choii.
In the 'Golden Age of Antibiotics', between 1940 and 1970, the global pharmaceutical companies discovered many antibiotics, such as cephalosporins, tetracyclines, aminoglycosides, glycopeptides, etc., as well as antifungal and antiparisitic agents. Due to several reasons, e.g. the steady re-discovery of already known NPs and the associated high costs, many pharmaceutical companies have significantly scaled back or totally abandoned their NP discovery programs since the late 20th century. Instead those companies started to focus on drug discovery based on combinatorial synthesis and thereby on the creation of enormous synthetic libraries containing small molecules. Unfortunately, this synthetic approach dealing with the optimization of existing NP or antibiotic has its limitations. As a result, leading pharmaceutical companies are re-conducting NPs research to discover new antimicrobials for the upcoming antimicrobial resistance threat. The Natural Product Center of Excellence, a collaboration between Sanofi-Aventis and Fraunhofer IME, is advancing in this context the discovery and development of novel antimicrobial agents for the treatment of infectious diseases through the testing of Sanofi's microbial extract library and strain collection. The aim of the present PhD thesis was the discovery and isolation of novel antimicrobial compounds with improved activities and/or novel MOAs as potential lead compound for a further drug discovery.
In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurde das Zinkfinger-µ-Protein HVO_2753 des halophilen Archaeons Haloferax volcanii hinsichtlich seiner biologischen Funktion und seiner Struktur charakterisiert.
Zinkfinger-µ-Proteine wurden bisher nur sehr wenig untersucht, während ihnen jedoch in den letzten Jahren steigendes Interesse entgegengebracht wird. Im Genom von H. volcanii sind mehr als 40 solcher Zinkfinger-µ-Proteine codiert. Von diesen besitzt mit HVO_2753 lediglich eines nicht nur zwei, sondern vier der charakteristischen C(P)XCG-Muster, was für die Anwesenheit von zwei Zinkfinger-Motiven spricht. Während Homologe von HVO_2753 in vielen Euryachaeota vorkommen und manche davon als Zink-Ribbon RNA-Bindeproteine annotiert sind, ist über ihre Funktion jedoch nichts bekannt. Zur Charakterisierung des Proteins wurde zunächst eine in frame-Deletionsmutante seines Gens erstellt und diese einer phänotypischen Charakterisierung unterzogen. Die Mutante wies, verglichen mit dem Wildtyp, keine Unterschiede im Wachstum in Komplexmedium oder in synthetischem Medium mit Glukose als Kohlenstoffquelle auf. Ein schweres Defizit konnte jedoch sowohl bei der Adhäsion und Biofilmbildung als auch der Schwärmfähigkeit der Deletionsmutante festgestellt werden. Während die Schwärmfähigkeit des Wildtyps durch plasmidische Expression von HVO_2753 in der Deletionsmutante teilweise wiederhergestellt werden konnte, war eine solche Komplementation bei der Biofilmbildung nicht möglich. Die Analyse der Relevanz ausgewählter Aminosäuren, wie beispielsweise das jeweils erste Cystein in jedem C(P)XCG-Muster zeigte, dass die Substitution jeder einzelnen der getesteten Aminosäuren einen Funktionsverlust des Proteins nach sich zieht. Die Untersuchung des HVO_2753-Transkripts mittels Northern Blot-Analyse bestätigte erste Hinweise aus vorangegangenen dRNA- und RNA-Seq-Studien, die eine Co-Transkription von HVO_2753 mit dem Nachbargen HVO_2752, das für den Translations-Elongationsfaktor aEF-1 beta codiert, aufzeigten. Daraufhin erfolgte eine Untersuchung des Ribosomenprofils, bei der keine Unterschiede zwischen der Deletionsmutante und der Überexpressionsmutante von HVO_2753 festgestellt werden konnten.
Eine Variante von HVO_2753 mit N-terminalem Hexahistidin-Tag wurde homolog überproduziert und aufgereinigt. Die Überproduktion und Aufreinigung wurden im Zuge dieser Arbeit weiter, speziell für HVO_2753, optimiert. So konnten große Mengen von HVO_2753n überproduziert und bei nativen Salzbedingungen mittels Nickel-Affinitätschromatographie und anschließender Größenausschlusschromatographie aufgereinigt werden. Eine massenspektrometrische Analyse bestätigte sowohl das Molekulargewicht als auch die Abwesenheit posttranslationaler Modifikationen. Die Untersuchung der Menge an gebundenem Zink im Protein erfolgte beim Zink-Assay mit Hilfe des hochsensitiven und hochspezifischen Fluorophors ZnAF-2F. Dabei konnte gezeigt werden, dass überraschenderweise lediglich ein Zink-Ion in HVO_2753 gebunden vorliegt.
Zur weiteren Funktionsaufklärung erfolgte eine Interaktionspartnersuche. Hierfür wurde HVO_2753 überproduziert, ein in vivo-Crosslink und anschließend eine native Aufreinung durchgeführt. Die massenspektrometrische Analyse ausgewählter Fraktionen nach der Größenausschlusschromatographie ergaben eine Vielzahl an möglichen Bindepartnern. Besonders häufig wurde hier die GalE family Epimerase/Dehydratase gefunden. Eine weitere Methode zur Suche nach Interaktionspartnern richtete sich auf RNAs. Hier konnten mittels eines eigens entwickelten Protokolls neben RNAs des Translationsapparates auch mehrfach die tRNA(Glu) gefunden werden.
Zusätzlich sollte die Transkriptomanalyse mittels RNA-Sequenzierung Unterschiede zwischen Wildtyp, Deletionsmutante und Komplementationsmutante aufzeigen. Hier wurden weitreichende Auswirkungen der Deletion von HVO_2753 gefunden. Zahlreiche Gene in mehreren Operons zur Motilität und Chemotaxis lagen in der Deletionsmutante stark herunterreguliert vor, während die Gene einiger Metallionen-Transporter und der Eisen(III)-Siderophor-Biosynthese hochreguliert vorlagen. In der Komplementationsmutante konnten nur von den letzteren Genen Transkriptlevel vergleichbar mit denen des Wildtyps wiedergefunden werden.
In dieser Arbeit konnte gezeigt werden, dass das kleine Zinkfinger-Protein HVO_2753 eine essenzielle Rolle in der positiven Regulation der Motilität, Chemotaxis und der Adhäsion bzw. Biofilmbildung spielt. Gleichzeitig übt HVO_2753 eine negative Regulation auf den Metallionen-Transport und die Biosynthese des Eisen(III)-Siderophors aus.
Die Verarbeitung während des Hörprozesses von Säugetieren verläuft von der Kochlea mit den inneren und äußeren Haarsinneszellen (äHZ) über afferente Nervenbahnen bis zum auditorischen Kortex (AK). Die daran beteiligten Schaltstationen und deren Funktion sind überwiegend aufgeklärt. Die Hörbahn ist zudem in besonderer Weise durch efferente Rückkopplungen gekennzeichnet, die interne Modulationen sowie sekundäre Reaktionen auf den Reiz ermöglichen. Anatomisch betrachtet verlaufen efferente Projektionen vom AK zu sämtlichen am Hörprozess beteiligten Kerngebieten. Vom Olivenkomplex erfolgt über mediale und laterale Fasern eine Innervation der äHZ bzw. des Hörnervs. Trotz der gut beschriebenen Anatomie ist die funktionelle Beziehung zwischen dem AK und der Peripherie weitgehend ungeklärt. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurde der funktionelle Zusammenhang vom AK zu den äHZ in der mongolischen Wüstenrennmaus untersucht. Dafür wurde entweder eine pharmakologische Blockierung der Kortexaktivität durch den Natriumkanalblocker Lidocain erzeugt oder eine Aktivierung der Kortexaktivität durch die Anwendung elektrischer Reize ausgelöst. Der Einfluss der Manipulationen wurde in der Kochlea mittels Messungen von Distorsionsprodukt-otoakustischen Emissionen (DPOAE) erfasst. Diese entstehen durch die nichtlineare Verstärkung leiser Schallsignale durch die äHZ zur Erzielung hoher Sensitivität und Frequenzauflösung. Die DPOAE treten als kubische (z. B. 2f1-f2) und quadratische (z. B. f2-f1) Verzerrungen auf und geben Aufschluss über unterschiedliche Parameter der äHZ-Verstärkungsfunktion.
Die Lidocainversuche wurden entweder kontra- oder ipsilateral zur DPOAE-Messung durchgeführt. In beiden Konstellationen traten nach der Lidocaininjektion Erhöhungen und Verringerungen der DPOAE-Pegel im Vergleich zur Basismessung oder unveränderte DPOAE-Pegel auf. Im Mittel lagen die Pegeländerungen bei ca. 11 dB, in Einzelfällen betrugen sie bis zu 44,8 dB. In den Gesamtdaten waren die Effekte nach kontralateraler Injektion oft signifikant größer als nach ipsilateraler Injektion. Ebenso waren die Effekte in der 2f1-f2 Emission meist signifikant größer als in der f2-f1 Emission. Zudem wurde beobachtet, dass signifikant größere Effekte bei einer Stimulation mit Pegeln von 60/50 dB SPL im Vergleich zu 40/30 dB SPL erreicht wurden. Grundsätzlich trat in allen Datensätzen eine Reversibilität der DPOAE-Pegel mit zunehmender Versuchsdauer auf. Die Effekte waren direkt nach der Injektion am größten und erreichten je nach Stimuluspegel und Emissionstyp nach 28-100 min die Basispegel. In keinem der Datensätze lag eine Abhängigkeit der im Kortex gereizten charakteristischen Frequenz (CF) zum betroffenen Frequenzbereich in der Kochlea vor. Die Effekte waren über den gesamten gemessenen Frequenzbereich von 1-40 kHz nachweisbar. Allerdings waren die Frequenzbereiche von 1-10 kHz und 30,5-40 kHz besonders stark von der Lidocaininjektion betroffen.
Auch nach der elektrischen Reizung wurden die drei oben beschriebenen Effekttypen definiert. Mit 54,6 % war der Prozentsatz unveränderter DPOAE-Pegel allerdings sehr hoch. In den anderen beiden Kategorien konnten zusätzlich Differenzierungen im zeitlichen Verhalten der DPOAE-Pegel vorgenommen werden. In 21,6 % bzw. 16,5 % der Datensätze waren die Verringerungen bzw. Erhöhungen bis zum letzten gemessenen Zeitpunkt nach der elektrischen Reizung irreversibel und nur in jeweils 2,8 % der Datensätze war eine Reversibilität zu verzeichnen. In diesen Fällen war die Effektdauer mit im Mittel 31 bzw. 25 min kürzer als in den Lidocainversuchen. Auch die Effektstärken waren mit maximal 23,9 dB und je nach Effekttyp im Mittel 5,1-13,7 dB geringer als nach der Lidocaininjektion. Die größten Effekte traten in einem mittleren Stimuluspegelbereich von 45-55 dB SPL auf. Wiederum konnte keine Abhängigkeit des betroffenen Frequenzbereichs von der kortikal gereizten CF nachgewiesen werden. In Einzelfällen waren auf DPOAE-Ebene nur die Frequenzen ober- und unterhalb der kortikalen CF beeinflusst, wohingegen bei der CF selbst keine Effekte auftraten.
Durch Kontrollexperimente (Salineinjektion bzw. Einführen der Elektrode ohne elektrische Reizung) konnte nachgewiesen werden, dass die Effekte durch die Manipulation der Kortexaktivität hervorgerufen wurden. Somit liegt eine funktionelle Beziehung zwischen dem AK und der Peripherie vor, die langanhaltende massive Ausmaße annehmen kann. Die Effektrichtung ist vermutlich durch die exzitatorisch oder inhibitorisch wirkenden Neurone vom Colliculus inferior zum Olivenkomplex bedingt. Die größeren Effekte in der kontralateralen Konfiguration lassen sich durch die Diskrepanz in der Anzahl der gekreuzten (2/3) und ungekreuzten (1/3) medialen Efferenzen erklären. Die kubischen Komponenten der äHZ-Verstärkungsfunktion scheinen stärker beeinflusst zu sein als die quadratischen Komponenten, was in größeren Pegeländerungen in der 2f1-f2 Emission resultiert. Die teils großen Effektstärken sowie die nicht vorhandene Frequenzabhängigkeit zwischen AK und Kochlea sind vermutlich auf den großen Kortexbereich zurückzuführen, der von den gewählten Injektionsvolumina bzw. elektrischen Reizstärken betroffen war. Die großen Effekte im mittleren Stimuluspegelbereich lassen sich sowohl mit einer möglichen Schutzfunktion der Efferenzen vor zu lauten Schallereignissen als auch mit einer Verbesserung des Signal-Rausch-Verhältnisses zur erleichterten Detektion akustischer Signale in Einklang bringen. Insgesamt deuten die Ergebnisse darauf hin, dass die Aktivität des AK einen starken Einfluss auf periphere auditorische Mechanismen hat, wodurch die kochleäre Verarbeitung akustischer Signale je nach kortikalem Verarbeitungsstatus massiv modifiziert werden kann.
Das Gehirn weist in mehreren Bereichen anatomische Asymmetrien zwischen beiden Hemisphären auf, so auch in Bereichen der Hörrinde. Zudem ist bereits langjährig bekannt, dass menschliche Sprache vorrangig in der linken Gehirnhälfte, d.h. linksseitig lateralisiert, verarbeitet wird. Daraus folgend stellt sich die Frage, ob dies eine besondere Spezialisierung ist, oder ob es noch weitere lateralisierte Hirnfunktionen gibt. Viele akustische Signale haben dabei frequenzmodulierte (FM) Komponenten, die im Hörsystem für die Erkennung nach Parametern wie Richtung und Dauer der Modulation analysiert werden müssen. Ob die Analyse von FM-Komponenten oder einzelner Reizparameter im Gehirn lateralisiert stattfindet, wurde in der Literatur meist mit bildgebenden Verfahren untersucht.
Für das Erkennen und Unterscheiden der Modulationsrichtung weist eine Vielzahl von Studien auf eine erhöhte Aktivität in der rechten Hörrinde hin. Für die Analyse von Stimulusdauern ist es bisher allerdings noch unklar bzw. umstritten, ob diese lateralisiert erfolgt. Für die Untersuchung der Lateralisierung einfacher Sprachkomponenten werden häufig Konsonant-Vokal-Silben (CV-Silben) verwendet. In einer Vielzahl von Studien konnte eine linkslastige Lateralisierung, wie bei der Spracherkennung, gezeigt werden.
In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurde nun untersucht, ob ein eindeutigeres Muster von Lateralisierung zu finden ist, wenn diese in Wahrnehmungsexperimenten, untersucht wird. Dabei wurde ein zu untersuchender Teststimulus (FM-/CV-Stimulus) auf einem Ohr mit einem kontralateralen breitbandigen Rauschen auf dem anderen Ohr gleichzeitig präsentiert. Durch die Struktur der Hörbahn kann dabei davon ausgegangen werden, dass in einer Hemisphäre des Vorderhirns vorrangig Informationen aus dem kontralateralen Ohr verarbeitet und Informationen aus dem ipsilateralen Ohr unterdrückt werden und sich somit Rückschlüsse auf die Funktion/Beteiligung einer Hemishpäre ziehen lassen. Das Rauschen diente dabei zur unspezifischen Aktivierung der gegenüberliegenden Hemisphäre.
Die Lateralisierung wurde systematisch für unterschiedlich komplexe Reize untersucht. Dazu wurden in zwei Versuchsreihen Unterscheidungsexperimente durchgeführt, die sich in mehrere Messungen (mit mehreren Durchläufen) mit unterschiedlichen Parametereinstellungen gliederten. Pro Durchlauf musste sich die Versuchsperson immer zwischen zwei Antwortmöglichkeiten entscheiden (2-AFC-Verfahren). Der Schalldruckpegel des Rauschens war dabei für alle Messungen konstant. Der Schalldruckpegel der Teststimuli blieb zwar während einer Messung konstant, wurde jedoch innerhalb eines Experimentes von Messung zu Messung reduziert.
In einer gemeinsamen Analyse wurden jeweils die Fehlerraten und Reaktionszeiten beider Ohren, getrennt nach Seite und FM-/ CV-Stimulus, miteinander verglichen, um so auf eine mögliche Lateralisierung schließen zu können. Damit die Daten der Versuchspersonen bei vergleichbarer Schwierigkeit analysiert werden konnten, wurde als Vergleichswert zwischen allen Versuchspersonen der Schalldruckpegel der ersten Messung mit einer Fehlerrate von mindestens 15,0 % gewählt (15 %-Kriterium). Um auszuschließen, dass das Hörvermögen der Versuchspersonen Unterschiede zwischen beiden Ohren aufweist, wurde vor jeder Messung der „Punkt subjektiver Gleichheit“ für die Lautstärke-wahrnehmung zwischen linkem und rechten Ohr bestimmt.
In der ersten Versuchsreihe wurde dabei die Verarbeitung der Modulationsrichtung und der Stimulusdauer von FM-Stimuli untersucht. Es zeigte sich für beide Experimente, dass ein sinkender Schalldruckpegel des FM-Stimulus zu einer steigenden Fehlerrate führte. Unter Anwendung des 15 %-Kriteriums waren die Fehlerraten für die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtung signifikant geringer, wenn der FM-Stimulus auf dem linken Ohr präsentiert wurde. Dies ist ein deutlicher Hinweis für eine rechtslastige Lateralisierung.
Für die Unterscheidung der Stimulusdauer gab es dagegen keinen signifikanten Unterschied zwischen den Fehlerraten beider Ohren. Somit muss davon ausgegangen werden, dass beide Hemisphären für diese Aufgabe benötigt werden und eine bilaterale Verarbeitung stattfindet. In den Reaktionszeiten konnten in beiden Experimente keine signifikanten Unterschiede gezeigt werden. Die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtung wurde dabei von allen Versuchspersonen als einfacher eingestuft als die Unterscheidung der Stimulusdauer, was sich auch in niedrigeren Antwortschnelligkeit und Fehlerraten bei vergleichbaren Schalldruckpegeln zeigte.
In der zweiten Versuchsreihe wurde als Referenzmessung nochmals die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtungen von FM-Stimuli durchgeführt. Anschließend wurde die Unterscheidung von „da“ und „ga“ untersucht. Diese CV-Silben differieren ausschließlich in der FM-Komponente. Die Untercheidung von CV-Silben ohne Unterschied in der FM-Komponente wurde mittels „ta“ und „ka“ getestet. Für alle drei Experimente zeigte sich, dass ein geringerer Schalldruckpegel des FM- oder CV-Stimulus zu einer steigenden Fehlerrate führte. Unter Anwendung des 15 %-Kriteriums zeigte sich für die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtung ein Trend zu niedrigeren Fehlerraten bei der Präsentation des FM-Stimulus auf dem linken im Vergleich mit dem rechten Ohr. In den Reaktionszeiten konnten keine signifikanten Unterschiede gezeigt werden.
Für die Unterscheidung von „da“ und „ga“ ließ sich unter Anwendung des 15 %-Kriteriums in den Fehlerraten und Reaktionszeiten kein Vorteil eines Ohres nachweisen. Dagegen zeigten sich klare Unterschiede bei einzelnen Versuchspersonen. So waren die Fehlerraten für Versuchspersonen, die vorwiegend „da“ erkannt bzw. gehört hatten signifikant höher, wenn der CV-Stimulus auf dem rechten Ohr präsentiert wurde, für „ga“-Hörer war das Gegenteil der Fall. In den Reaktionszeiten konnte kein signifikanter Zusammenhang nachgewiesen werden. Somit ließ sich zeigen, dass je nach Strategie der Versuchsperson bzw. deren individueller Wahrnehmung der CV-Silben, Unterschiede in der Lateralisierung erreicht werden können.
Für die Unterscheidung von „ta“ und „ka“ zeigten sich unter Anwendung des 15 %-Kriteriums signifikant niedrigere Fehlerraten und Reaktionszeiten, wenn der CV-Stimulus auf dem linken Ohr präsentiert wurde. Dies weist deutlich auf eine rechtslastige Lateralisierung hin. Vergleicht man alle drei Experimente ließ sich zudem zeigen, dass die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtung einfacher war als die Unterscheidung verschiedener CV-Stimuli. Dabei war die Unterscheidung von „da“ und „ga“ für die Versuchspersonen schwieriger als die Unterscheidung von „ta“ und „ka“. Allerdings konnte in den Lateralisierungsdaten kein direkter Zusammenhang zwischen den FM- und „da“-/„ga“-Stimuli gezeigt werden.
Zusammenfassend konnte in allen fünf Experimenten eine verschieden stark lateralisierte Verarbeitung von akustischen Stimuli bei gleichzeitigem kontralateralen Rauschen gezeigt werden. Der Vorteil eines Ohres (bzw. einer Hemisphäre) war sowohl von der Aufgabe als auch vom Stimulustyp abhängig. Dabei gab es zum Teil starke Unterschiede in der Effektstärke und dem Grad der Lateralisierung zwischen den einzelnen Versuchspersonen. Insgesamt konnte gezeigt werden, dass sich die hier angewendete psychophysische Methode gut eignet, um Ergebnisse zur Lateralisierung von akustischen Stimuli zu gewinnen und somit die Verhaltensrelevanz von Ergebnissen aus Studien mit bildgebenden Verfahren zu überprüfen.
Lizards of Paraguay: an integrative approach to solve taxonomic problems in central South America
(2018)
Paraguay is located in the center of South America with drier and warmer climatic conditions in the western part of the country, and more temperate and humid in the eastern region. Biogeographically, Paraguay is a key spot in South America, where several ecoregions converge. In my study, I sampled most of the ecoregions of Paraguay. The main objective of my work is to solve taxonomic problems, identified through genetic barcoding analyses, in the central region of South America. To achieve this objective, I used selected taxa of the Paraguayan Squamata as models taking into consideration the crucial geographic position of the country, plus the scarce available genetic data of Paraguayan reptiles.
The collecting activities were performed in the framework of a barcoding inventory project of the Paraguayan herpetofauna and carried out mostly in rural areas searching for animals in different types of habitats using active search as the sampling technique.
For genetics, the extraction of DNA was performed with DNeasy® Blood & Tissue Kit of Qiagen® for sets of few samples, and the fiber glass plate protocol for sets of 96 samples. I assessed the quality of sequences after amplification in agarose gel electrophoresis. The first marker sequenced was 16S mtDNA, used for barcoding analysis. A DNA barcode is a genetic identifier for a species. Once a taxonomic problem was detected, I generate more gene sequences to target the issue.
All the analyses to test phylogenetic hypotheses (based on single genes or concatenated datasets) were performed under Maximum Likelihood and Bayesian approaches. To root the phylogenetic trees, I chose the available taxon (or taxa) most closely related to the respective studied group as outgroups. For the general tree of Paraguayan Squamata, based on barcodes of 16S, I chose Sphenodon punctatus.
I generated a total of 142 sequences of 64 species of Squamata from Paraguay (Appendix I). The final alignment of 615 bp comprised 249 samples. The best substitution model for the Barcoding dataset based on the gene 16S was GTR+G, according to the BIC.
To complement molecular evidence generated with the ML grouping of 16S barcodes, I took a morphological approach based on voucher specimens collected during fieldwork (usually the same specimens that I used for genetic analysis), supplemented by the revision of museum collections.
Summarizing my results, samples of Colobosaura exhibit large genetic distances, and accordingly I revalidated Colobosaura kraepelini (Appendix II). Tropidurus of the spinulosus group show two clades and among them there is little genetic and morphological variation, I synonymized T. tarara and T. teyumirim with T. lagunablanca, and T. guarani with T. spinulosus (Appendix III). I detected the presence of candidate species of Homonota, and I restricted the name H. horrida for Argentina, and described two new species of Homonota (Appendices IV and V), and a new species of Phyllopezus also in the Family Phyllodactylidae (Appendix VI).
In this work I present the most comprehensive analysis of genetic samples of Squamata from Paraguay. The results obtained here will be useful to help to clarify further taxonomic issues regarding the squamate fauna from the central region of South America. Moreover, the data generated for this study will have a positive impact in a larger geographic context, beyond Paraguayan borders.
Regarding the conservation of the Paraguayan reptiles, and considering the taxonomic changes accomplished here, it is important to note that many species lack legal protection. In Paraguay, the major problem for conservation is habitat loss due to extensive crop farming. Thus, currently, the protected areas are the best strategy for conservation of biodiversity in the country. However, many such areas face legal problems (e.g., lack of official measurements, management plans, forest guards, infrastructure, etc.) so that the maintenance of their biodiversity over time is not guaranteed.
In conclusion, in this study I present contributions on the taxonomy of mostly lizards from Paraguay. Due to lack of samples, I was not able to deal with a deep taxonomic revision of the country's snakes. Based on my results, I can argue that analyses of Xenodontini and Pseudoboini are currently a pressing research issue. This barcoding project may continue since some colleagues in Paraguay are interested in collaboration. Given that the sequenced specimens are yet a small portion of the actual diversity of Paraguay, it will be of utmost importance to continue and expand these studies that will further improve our taxonomic knowledge. Furthermore, it is desirable to have Paraguayan scientists not only involved, but to see them taking the lead of high quality taxonomic research.
Precise regulation of gene expression networks is required to develop and maintain a healthy organism before and after birth and throughout adulthood. Such networks are mostly comprised of regulatory proteins, but meanwhile many long non-coding transcripts (lncRNAs) are shown to participate in these regulatory processes. The functions and mechanisms of these lncRNAs vary greatly, however they are often associated with transcriptional regulation. Three lncRNAs, namely Sweetheart RNA (Swhtr), Fetal-lethal noncoding developmental regulatory RNA / Foxf1 adjacent non-Coding developmental regulatory RNA (Fendrr) and lncFsd2, were studied in this work to demonstrate the variety of cellular and biological processes that require lncRNA-mediated fine-tuning, in regard to the cardiopulmonary system.
Swhtr was found to be expressed exclusively in cardiomyocytes and became critical for regeneration after myocardial injury. Mice lacking Swhtr did not show issues under normal conditions, but failed to undergo compensatory hypertrophic remodeling after injury, leading to increased mortality. This effect was rescued by re-expressing Swhtr, demonstrating importance of the RNA. Genes dependent on Swhtr during cardiac stress were found to likely be regulated by NKX2-5 through physical interaction with Swhtr. Fendrr was found to be expressed in lung and interacted with target promoters through its RNA:dsDNA binding domain, the FendrrBox, which was partially required for Fendrr function. Fendrr, together with activated WNT signaling, regulated fibrosis related target genes via the FendrrBox in fibroblasts. LncFsd2, an ubiquitously expressed lncRNA, showed possible interaction with the striated muscle specific Fsd2, but its exact function and regulatory role remain unclear in muscle physiology. Immunoprecipitation and subcellular fractionation experiments suggest that lncFsd2 might be involved in nuclear retention of Fsd2 mRNA, thus fine-tuning FSD2 protein expression. These investigations have shed light on the roles of these lncRNAs in stress responses, fibrosis-related gene regulation, and localization processes, advancing our understanding of cardiovascular and pulmonary maintenance, reaction to injury, and diseases. The diverse and intricate roles of these three lncRNAs highlight how they influence various cellular processes and disease states, offering avenues for exploring lncRNA functions in different biological contexts.
In the interest of understanding the development of a multicellular organism, subcellular events must be seen in the context of the entire three-dimensional tissue. In addition, events that occur within a short period of time can be of great importance for the relatively long developmental process of the organ. Thus, it is required to capture subcellular events in a larger spatio-temporal scale context, which has been up to now a technical challenge. In developmental biology, light microscopy has always been an important tool. The dilemma of light microscopy, in particular fluorescence microscopy, is that molecules receive high light intensities that might change the conformation of molecules, which can have signaling or toxic effects. In Light Sheet-based Fluorescence Microscopy (LSFM), the energy required for a single recording is reduced by several orders of magnitude compared to other fluorescence microscopy techniques. During the last ten years, LSFM has emerged as a preferred tool to capture all cells during embryogenesis of the zebrafish Danio rerio, the fruit fly Drosophila melanogaster or recently the red flour beetle Tribolium castaneum for a period of several days. The motivation of this work was to gain new insights in developmental related processes of plant organs. The aim of this work was to establish a protocol for imaging plant growth over a long period of time using LSFM and perform comprehensive analyses at the cellular level. Plants have to cope with a variety of environmental conditions, therefore the conditions inside the microscope chamber had to be brought under control. The sample preparation methods and the standardized conditions at a physiological level allowed the study of gravity response, day-night rhythms, organ shape development as well as the intracellular dynamic events of the cytoskeleton and endosomal compartments in an unprecedented manner. Several of these projects were successfully published in collaborations with Prof. Jozef Šamaj (Palacký University Olomouc, Czech Republic), Prof. Niko Geldner (University of Lausanne, Switzerland), Prof. Malcom Bennett (University of Nottingham, UK) and Dr. Jürgen Kleine-Vehn (University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences, Austria). The main part of my work focused on the formation of lateral roots in Arabidopsis thaliana and was conducted in close collaboration with Dr. Alexis Maizel (University of Heidelberg, Germany). Previously, most experiments that describe lateral root formation have been performed on a small number of cells and for short periods of time. Capturing the complete process of lateral roots is an ambitious goal, because first, the primordium of a lateral root is located deep inside the primary root and imaging quality is impaired due to scattering of the overlaying tissue. Second, the process takes about 48 h, i.e. the plant has to be kept healthy for the whole period. Third, the amount of excitation light required for the spatio-temporal might have phototoxic effects that lead to a stop of growth at least in conventional microscopic techniques. In Arabidopsis embryogenesis, the sequence of cell divisions is relatively invariant. However, whether lateral root organogenesis follows particular cell division patterns has been unknown. The complete process of lateral root formation was captured from the first cell division until after the emergence from the main root. Images of a nuclei marker and a plasmamembrane marker were recorded every 5 min for a time period of up to 64 h. The positions and cell divisions of all cells were tracked manually. In collaboration with Alexander Schmitz (Goethe University Frankfurt am Main, Germany) and Dr. Jens Fangerau (University of Heidelberg, Germany), comprehensive analyses of the data were performed. A lateral root forms from initially 8-15 founder cells, arranged in a patch of 5-8 parallel files. The occurrence of new cell layers by periclinal divisions, as well as the sequence of layer generation was conserved and resembles the sequence suggested by Malamy and Benfey in 1997. Besides this stereotyped occurrence of periclinal divisions, radial divisions were found to appear stochastically, following no particular pattern. A large variability was also found in the contribution of founder cells and cell files to the final lateral root. In summary, the results suggest that a stereotyped pattern of cell divisions at particular developmental stages and a dynamically adapted control of cell divisions exist in parallel. Both properties allow a controlled but flexible development of the organ according to variations in cell topology and mechanical properties of the surrounding tissue. This work shows that LSFM, the sample preparation methods and controlled environmental conditions allow to capture and analyse the development of plants over several days at high resolution in an unprecedented manner.
Die Differenzierung zwischen Teilpopulationen hin zu unterschiedlichen Arten kann nur erfolgen, wenn zwischen diesen Teilpopulationen reproduktive Isolation besteht. Wie die unterschiedlichen Arten von reproduktiver Isolation zusammenwirken und welche Voraussetzungen bestehen müssen, um neue Arten zu bilden, muss in jedem Studiensystem untersucht werden. Ein idealer Ansatzpunkt sind Arten, die sich mehrfach an anspruchsvolle Habitate angepasst haben, deren Artbildung also von ökologischen Habitatparametern bestimmt wird. Dieser Vorgang wird als Ökologische Artbildung bezeichnet. Im Artkomplex Poecilia spec., der im Süden Mexikos mehrere schwefelangepasste Ökotypen ausgebildet hat, wurden erste Hinweise auf eine Korrelation zwischen der Selektionsstärke von natürlicher und sexueller Selektion gefunden, deren Einfluss zusammen die bestehenden reproduktiven Barrieren zwischen Klarwasser- und Schwefelökotyp formen. Wie diese Reproduktionsbarrieren beschaffen sind und wie die Umweltvariable Schwefel auf die Morphologie und das Verhalten der Poeciliiden Einfluss nimmt, wurde in der vorliegenden Arbeit anhand von fünf Fragestellungen untersucht. (1) Die Körperfärbung kann ein aussagekräftiges Signal für die Qualität des potentiellen Partners bei der Fortpflanzung sein. Wie beeinflusst die extreme Umweltvariable Schwefel die Ausbildung von Färbung? (2) Sind die gefundenen Anpassungen der Färbung erblich oder werden sie plastisch entsprechend des Nahrungsangebots ausgebildet? (3) In einem der untersuchten Flusssysteme konnte unvollständige reproduktive Isolation zwischen der Klarwasser- und Schwefelpopulation nachgewiesen werden. Sind in den Mischzonen zwischen diesen beiden Habitaten Hybriden genetisch nachweisbar und bilden diese die Färbungsanpassungen der Klarwasser-, der Schwefelpopulation oder eine intermediäre Form aus? (4) Die Gelbfärbung der Flossen bei Männchen scheint ein geeignetes Merkmal für die Anzeige der Qualität zu sein, da es möglicherweise unabhängig vom Nahrungsangebot ausgebildet wird. Besteht eine weibliche Präferenz für dieses Merkmal? (5) Auch die weibliche Partnerwahlpräferenz wird vom Habitat und dem eigenen Zustand beeinflusst. Wie verändert sich die Präferenz für Männchen mit gutem Ernährungszustand bei Weibchen, die hungrig sind?
Um diese Fragen zu beantworten, wurden in mehreren Jahren Männchen und Weibchen der Arten Poecilia mexicana und Poecilia sulphuraria aus sieben Populationen im Studiengebiet in Südmexiko gefangen und auf ihre Färbung untersucht sowie Laborpopulationen getestet. Es konnten generelle Anpassungen der Färbung an die Umweltvariable Schwefel nachgewiesen werden. Dazu gehören die Aufhellung der Körperregionen, die durch Tarnung (konkret: countershading und background matching) vor Entdeckung durch Prädatoren schützen, und die Reduktion von Gelb- und Rottönen. Diese Anpassung ist vermutlich auf das geringe Angebot an Karotinoiden in den schwefelbelasteten Extremhabitaten zurückzuführen. Außerdem konnten zahlreiche flusssystem¬spezifische Anpassungen beschrieben werden, deren Ursachen in den Unterschieden zwischen den Schwefelhabitaten untereinander begründet sind. Das Flusssystem des Río Tacotalpa stellt hier eine Besonderheit dar, da Männchen eine besonders starke Gelbfärbung der Flossen aufweisen. Wildgefangene und laborgeborene Männchen dieses Flusssystems wurden verglichen, um einen Hinweis auf den Einfluss des Nahrungsangebots auf dieses Merkmal zu untersuchen. Tatsächlich ist die Ausprägung dieses Merkmals, die Gelbfärbung der Flossen, unabhängig vom Angebot an Karotinoiden. Während die hier verwendeten genetischen Analysen nicht geeignet waren, Hybriden aus den Mischzonen zwischen Schwefel- und Klarwasserhabitat nachzuweisen, ergaben die Untersuchungen von Individuen aus den Mischzonen keine eindeutigen Ergebnisse über eine etwaige intermediäre Ausbildung der Färbung. Die Präsentation von Männchen, deren Gelbintensität an den Flossenspitzen künstlich verändert wurde, konnte bei Weibchen keine eindeutige Präferenz für stärker gefärbte Männchen aufzeigen. Vielmehr weist dieses Ergebnis auf eine starke Korrelation zwischen mehreren Merkmalen (z. B. weitere morphologische Merkmale, Verhalten) hin, die für die Beurteilung der männlichen Qualität herangezogen werden. Die weibliche Präferenz für konditionsabhängige Merkmale wird bei schwefelangepassten Weibchen leicht verstärkt, wenn diese hungrig sind. Eine solche flexible Präferenz sollte gerade in Habitaten mit starken Fluktuationen im Nährstoffangebot existieren. Dabei waren Weibchen, denen Videoaufnahmen präsentiert wurden, eher in der Lage, das qualitativ hochwertigere Männchen zu identifizieren, als Weibchen, denen animierte Bilder präsentiert wurden. Auch hier wird davon ausgegangen, dass die Reduktion auf eines oder wenige Merkmale, die für die Partnerwahl zur Verfügung stehen, keine ausreichend starke Reaktion auslösen können. Vielmehr ist der Zugriff auf alle Aspekte der männlichen Erscheinung wichtig, um die Qualität des potentiellen Partners zu beurteilen.
Färbung ist also generell geeignet, den Ökotyp eines Individuums zu bestimmen und ein solches Merkmal kann der Artbestimmung im ersten Schritt der Partnerwahl dienen. Dasjenige männliche Färbungsmerkmal, das über mehrere Generationen gleichbleibend ausgeprägt wurde – die Gelbfärbung der Flossen – reicht jedoch nicht aus, um bei der weiblichen Partnerwahl eine Reaktion auszulösen. Vielmehr deuten die Ergebnisse auf eine enge Korrelation der Färbung mit weiteren Merkmalen in Morphologie und Verhalten eines Individuums hin, die vom wählenden Weibchen stets gemeinsam entsprechend der Multiple-message-Theorie betrachtet werden. Auch der Vergleich zwischen Videoaufnahmen und animierten Fotografien als Stimuli bei der Partnerwahl ergab, dass der Aspekt Verhalten (nur verfügbar mit Videoaufnahmen) für eine Partnerwahlentscheidung von Bedeutung ist.
Meine Arbeit konnte den bestehenden Wissensschatz um die bestehenden reproduktiven Barrieren im Studiensystem um den Aspekt der Färbung erweitern. Meine Ergebnisse zeigen weitere spannende Fragestellungen auf. Je größer das Verständnis der vorliegenden Selektionskräfte und Mechanismen reproduktiver Isolation ist, desto besser kann die Wissenschaft verstehen, welche Umgebungsvariablen welchen Einfluss auf den Prozess der Artbildung haben.
The oleochemical and petrochemical industries provide diverse chemicals used in personal care products, food and pharmaceutical industries or as fuels, oils, polymers and others. However, fossil resources are dwindling and concerns about these conventional production methods have risen due to their strong negative impact on the environment and contribution to climate change.
Therefore, alternative, sustainable and environmentally friendly production methods for oleochemical compounds such as fatty acids, fatty alcohols, hydroxy fatty acids and dicarboxylic acids are desired. The biotechnological production by engineered microorganism could fulfill these requirements. The concept of metabolic engineering, which is the modification of metabolic pathways of a host organism for increased production of a target compound, is a widely used strategy in biotechnology to generate cell factories or chassis strains for robust, efficient and high production. In this work, the versatile model and industrial yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae was manipulated by metabolic engineering strategies for increased production of the medium-chain fatty acid octanoic acid and de novo production the derived 8-hydroxyoctanoic acid.
Octanoic acid production was enabled by the fatty acid biosynthesis pathway by use of a mutated fatty acid synthase (FASRK) in a wild type FAS deficient strain. The yeast fatty acid synthase (FAS) consists of two polypeptides, α and β, which assemble to a α6β6 complex in a co-translational manner by interaction of the subunits. Because this step might be subject to cellular regulation, the α- and β- subunits of fatty acid synthase were fused to form a single-chain construct (fusFASRK), which displayed superior octanoic acid production compared with split FASRK. Thus, FASRK expression was identified as a limiting step of octanoic acid production. But the strains that produce octanoic acid have a severe growth defect that is undesirable for biotechnological applications and could lead to lower production titers. One reason is the strong
inhibitory effect of octanoic acid. Another possibility is that the mutant FAS no longer produces enough essential long-chain fatty acids. To compensate for this, the mutated split and fused FAS variants were co-expressed individually in a strain harboring genomic wild type FAS alleles. In
addition, mutant and wild type variants of fused and split FAS were co-expressed together in a FAS deficient strain. However, both cases resulted in decreased octanoic acid titers potentially by physical and/or metabolic crosstalk of the FAS variants.
The fatty acid biosynthesis relies on cytosolic acetyl-CoA for initiation and derived malonyl-CoA for elongation and requires NADPH for reductive power. To increase production of octanoic acid, engineering strategies for increased acetyl-CoA and NADHP supply were investigated. First, the flux through the native cytosolic acetyl-CoA and NADPH providing pyruvate dehydrogenase bypass was enhanced by overexpression of the target genes ADH2, ALD6 and ACSL461P from Salmonella enterica in combination or individually. Next, the acety-CoA forming heterologous phosphoketolase/phosphotransacetylase pathway was expressed and NADPH formation was increased by redirecting the flux of glucose-6-phosphate into the NADPH producing oxidative branch of the pentose phosphate pathway. In particular, the flux through glycolysis and pyruvate dehydrogenase bypass was reduced by downregulating the expression of the phosphoglucose isomerase PGI1 and deleting the acetaldehyde dehydrogenase ALD6. Glucose-6-phosphate was guided into the pentose phosphate pathway by overexpressing the glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase ZWF1. The first approach did not influence octanoic acid production but the latter increased yields in the glucose consumption phase by 65 %. However,
combining the superior fusFASRK with acetyl-CoA and NADPH supply engineering strategies did not result in additive production effects, indicating that other limitations hinder high octanoic acid accumulation. Limitations could be caused in particular by the strong inhibitory effects of octanoic acid or by intrinsic limitations of the FASRK mutant. To enlarge the octanoic acid production platform towards other derived valuable oleochemical compounds the de novo production of 8-hydroxyoctanoic acid was targeted. Since short- and medium-chain fatty acids have a strong inhibitory effect on Saccharomyces cerevisiae, the inhibitory effect of hydroxy fatty acid and dicarboxylic with eight or ten carbon atoms were compared and revealed only little or no growth impairment. Subsequently, the formation of 8-hydroxyoctanoic acid was targeted by a terminal hydroxylation of externally supplied octanoic acid in a bioconversion. For that, three heterologous genes, encoding for cytochromes P450 enzymes and their cognate cytochrome P450 reductases were expressed and 8-hydroxyoctanoic acid production was compared. In addition, the use of different carbon sources was compared.
...
For thousands of years, S. cerevisiae has been employed by humans in brewing and baking. Nowadays, this budding yeast is more than that: it is a well investigated model organism and an established workhorse in biotechnology. S. cerevisiae serves as a production host for various applications such as i) bioethanol production ii) the biosynthesis of hormones including insulin or iii) cannabinoid biosynthesis. Hereby, the robustness of S. cerevisiae and its high tolerances regarding pH and salt concentrations qualifies it for a wide range of industrial applications. Moreover, products of S. cerevisiae are generally recognised as safe (GRAS), enabling diverse biotechnological applications. Various mechanisms for genetic engineering of S. cerevisiae are applicable and the engineering process itself is straightforward since methods are established and widely known. Due to the wide range of industrial applications of S. cerevisiae, this organism is an ideal candidate for applied research and implementation of the recombinant biosynthesis of tocochromanols in this study.
Tocochromanols encompass tocotrienols and tocopherols, which are lipid-soluble compounds that are commonly associated with vitamin E activity. Hereby, α-tocopherol is the most prevalent form, as it is an essential nutrient in the diet of humans and animals. Naturally, tocochromanols are almost exclusively synthesised by photoautotrophic organisms such as plants or cyanobacteria. They consist of an aromatic head group and a polyprenyl side chain which is saturated in tocopherols and 3-fold unsaturated in tocotrienols. The methylation status of the chromanol ring distinguishes α-, β-, γ- and δ-tocochromanol. All forms of tocochromanols represent a group of powerful antioxidants, scavenging reactive oxygen species (ROS) and preventing the propagation of lipid oxidation in lipophilic environments. Recently, attention has been drawn to tocotrienols, due to their benefits in neuroprotection as well as cholesterol-lowering and anti-cancer properties. Consequently, tocochromanols are valuable additives in the food, feed, cosmetic and pharmaceutical industries.
The metabolic engineering strategy of S. cerevisiae to enable tocochromanol biosynthesis was started in a preceding master thesis with the provision of the aromatic moiety, homogentisic acid (HGA), from the aromatic amino acid biosynthesis. Hereby, the upregulation and redirection of the native pathway was essential. Therefore, a strain with an engineered aromatic amino acid pathway for improved 4 hydroxyphenylpyruvate (HPP) production (MRY33) was utilised from Reifenrath and Boles (2018). Furthermore, a heterologous hydroxyphenylpyruvate dioxygenase (HPPD) was required to convert HPP into HGA. Thus, several heterologous HPPDs were expressed and characterised regarding their HGA production within the previous study. The best variant originated from Yarrowia lipolytica, YlHPPD, and was integrated into the genome of MRY33. The resulting strain JBY2, produced 435 mg/L HGA in a shake flask fermentation.
This work was started with the genetically highly modified strain JBY2, whose genome already contained a large number of genes artificially expressed behind strong promoters. For further strain development, it was advantageous to maintain a high degree of sequence variability in order to prevent genomic instabilities due to sequence homologies. Thus, 17 artificial promoters (AP1-AP17) were characterised regarding their strength of expression by the yellow fluorescent protein (YFP). These sequences were also part of a patent that was filed during this work (WO2023094429A1).
The key point of this study was the development of a metabolic engineering strategy for the strain JBY2. First, the sufficient supply of the second precursor, the polyprenyl side chain, was investigated. Natively, S. cerevisiae produces the precursor, geranylgeranyl diphosphate (GGPP), from the isopentenyl diphosphate pathway. However, without further engineering, GGPP was barely detectable in JBY2 (< 0.1 mg/L). Thus, engineering of the isopentenyl diphosphate biosynthesis was necessary. The limiting enzyme of the mevalonate pathway was the 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl coenzyme A reductase (HMGCR), which is encoded by HMG1. Therefore, a truncation for feedback-resistance and its overexpression by a promoter exchange was performed. Furthermore, the promoter of the gene for the squalene synthase (pERG9) was exchanged by the ergosterol sensitive promoter pERG1 to limit the metabolic flux of the mevalonate pathway into the ergosterol pathway. The native GGPP synthase (BTS1) was another limitation that was observed throughout this study. To overcome this bottleneck, plasmid-based and integrative overexpression of the native BTS1 and a codon optimised BTS1 were investigated. Other strategies to improve GGPP production were the deletion of the gene for the diacylglycerol pyrophosphate phosphatase (DPP1) to prevent excessive dephosphorylation of GGPP to geranylgeraniol (GGOH), and the overexpression of the farnesyl pyrophosphate synthetase, encoded by ERG20. However, the best improvements of the GGPP biosynthesis, inferred through GGOH measurements, were achieved from the screening of several heterologous GGPP synthases in S. cerevisiae. The best performing strain was JBY61 (JBY2, hmg1Δ::pTDH3-HMG1tr[1573–3165], pERG9Δ::pERG1, ChrIV-49293-49345Δ::pTDH3-XdcrtE-tSSA1_LEU2), bearing the heterologous GGPP synthase crtE of Xanthophyllomyces dendrorhous and produced 64.23 mg/L GGOH. Consequently, this engineering strategy improved the GGOH production by a factor of 642 compared to the parent strain JBY2.
In Europe, the sugar refinery is largely based on sugar beets. This route for obtaining household sugar results in a large amount of biomass waste, consisting mainly of the insoluble beet resi-dues, e.g., cell wall fragments. To a vast moiety this debris consists of the polymer pectin (up to 20% in the dry total solids). The structure of pectin is based on a backbone of D-galacturonic acid units (GalA), but also contains various other sugar monomers, predominantly L-arabinose, D-galactose, L-rhamnose and D-xylose. The amount of GalA adds up to a moiety of up to 70% with-in this sugar cocktail. So far, this debris is only fed to cattle or simply burnt. In nature, pectin is a common substrate for various organisms. The degradation of pectin-rich biomass is often per-formed by filamentous fungi like Hypocrea jecorina (also known as Trichoderma reesei) and As-pergillus niger, which evolved pectinases to degrade the pectin backbone and pathways to con-sume the monomer GalA as a sole carbon source. The fungal catabolism of pectin residues starts with the reduction of GalA to L-galactonate (GalOA) by a GalA-reductase. Even though filamen-tous fungi are native hosts of the GalA-catabolism and certain engineering approaches have al-ready been demonstrated, this class of organisms remains challenging with regard to bioreactor cultivation and tedious genetic accessibility. In contrast, the yeast S. cerevisiae is well known in fermentation processes and easily modified by a versatile set of genetic tools. So far, first ap-proaches have already been conducted to transfer the GalA utilization pathways into S. cerevisiae, but these approaches indicated limitations regarding GalA-uptake and redox cofac-tor replenishment due to the relatively high oxidative state of GalA compared to other sugars like glucose and galactose. Furthermore, the generally strongly increased demand for redox co-factors must be met by GalA reduction by finding new cofactor sources or redirecting reactions of the core metabolism.
This work aimed at the production of GalOA, which is the first intermediate of the fungal GalA catabolism. This compound shows an interesting range of potential applications, for instance as a food and cosmetic additive. To overcome the oxidized character of GalA, the presence of a more reduced co-substrate as a redox donor and as a carbon and energy source was required. To further enhance the reduction of GalA, modulation of the redox-cofactor supply and enzyme engineering were performed.
Xylose, an abundant sugar fraction of lignocellulosic biomass, is a five-carbon skeleton molecule. Since decades, utilization of this sugar has gained much attention and has been in particular focus as a substrate for production of biofuels like ethanol by microbial hosts, including Saccharomyces cerevisiae. In this yeast, xylose is naturally not used as a carbon source, but its utilization could be achieved by metabolic engineering either via the oxidoreductive route or through the isomerase pathway. Both pathways share xylulose as a common intermediate that must be phosphorylated before entering the endogenous metabolism via the non-oxidative pentose phosphate pathway (noxPPP). Besides this, in some bacteria a non-phosphorylating oxidative pathway for xylose degradation exists, known as Weimberg pathway, where a molecule of xylose is converted by a series of enzymes - xylose dehydrogenase (XylB), xylonate dehydratase (XylD), 3-keto-2-deoxy-xylonate dehydratase (XylX) and α-ketoglutarate semialdehyde dehydrogenase (KsaD) - to form α-ketoglutarate (AKG). Besides having several useful properties as a product, AKG could also be used for cell growth as an intermediate of the tricarboxylic acid (TCA) cycle. One target of the present study is to establish a functional Weimberg pathway in S. cerevisiae. Previous studies have shown that this task is not trivial, for instance due to the toxicity of xylonate (the first metabolite of the pathway) and the involvement of an iron-sulfur cluster dependent enzyme, the D-xylonate dehydratase. The assembly of iron-sulfur clusters on a heterologous protein in yeast is known to be challenging.
To establish the Weimberg pathway in yeast, the genes xylB, xylD, and xylX were obtained from Caulobacter cresentus and ksaD was from Corynebacterium glutamicum. In a variant, the dehydratase xylD was replaced with orf41 from Arthrobacter nicotinovorans, which is believed to be independent of iron-sulfur clusters. Growth of yeast cells on xylose as a sole carbon source was expected as an indicator of a functional Weimberg pathway. However, the heterologous expression of the codon optimized genes was not sufficient to reach this goal. Due to the complexity of the interactions of the heterologous pathway with the endogenous cellular processes, it was assumed that potential limitations could be overcome by adaptive laboratory evolution, using xylose as a sole source of carbon. Increasing selection pressure was applied on a strain with Weimberg pathway genes integrated into the genome over several generations. As a variant of the evolutionary engineering approach, mutator strains were generated. For this, RAD27 and MSH2 genes were deleted, which are involved in nucleotide excision and mismatch repair mechanisms, respectively. Some of the resulting strains PRY24, PRY25, PRY27 and PRY28 were able grow in xylose as a sole carbon source after evolutionary engineering. As a control, a non-mutator strain PRY19 was also included. Strikingly, only the mutator strains were able to consume xylose as a sole carbon source, which shows the feasibility of the approach.
In addition to the mutator strain strategy, a further approach employed in the present study was the simultaneous expression of the Weimberg pathway in the cytosol and mitochondria. This was based on the reasoning that the iron-sulfur cluster biogenesis on XylD may be improved in the organelle and that the AKG is an intermediate of the TCA cycle. In the strain AHY02, all enzymes of the pathway were tagged with mitochondrial targeting signals in addition to a full cytosolically localized pathway. The localization of the mitochondrial variants was confirmed by fluorescence microscopy. Together with AHY02, CEN.PK2-1C wild type strain was also included as a control for evolution. When a selection pressure on xylose was applied, both strains - AHY02 and CEN.PK2-1C - were able to grow in the course of evolution. Deletion of the xylulokinase (XKS1) gene was found to be detrimental for both evolved strains in xylose-containing media. This suggests that the evolution of the endogenous oxidoreductive and noxPPP genes is responsible for growth of the evolved cells. For the evolved strain AHY02, it could also be possible that the Weimberg pathway genes supported to growth in addition to the oxidoreductive route. To elucidate the underlying molecular mechanisms, genome sequencing and reverse engineering approaches would be necessary in future.
In addition to screening for growth on xylose as a sole carbon source, a less stringent screening system was created to examine even a minor flux of xylose towards AKG. For this, all genes necessary for conversion of isocitrate to AKG where deleted, yielding a glutamate auxotrophic strain. In this system, the cells can grow on other carbon sources, whereas xylose is only provided as a source of AKG for the synthesis of glutamate...
Die Substitution von klassischen, mit der Nahrungsmittelproduktion in Konkurrenz stehenden, Substraten wie Glukose durch alternative Kohlenstoffquellen in der Biotechnologie ist sowohl aus ethischer, als auch aus ökonomischer Sicht erstrebenswert. Diese Arbeit beschreibt die Synthese von Bulkchemikalien in Form zweier Dicarboxylsäuren und einer Feinchemikalie in Form eines Sesquiterpens aus dem alternativen Substrat Methanol mit Hilfe genetisch veränderter Stämme des methylotrophen α-Proteobakteriums Methylobacterium extorquens.
Mesacon- und (2S)-Methylsuccinsäure sind Dicarboxylsäurederivate der CoA-Ester Mesaconyl- und (2S)-Methylsuccinyl-CoA, die als Intermediate im Ethylmalonyl-CoA- Weg (EMCP) vorkommen. M. extorquens nutzt den EMCP für die Regeneration von Glyoxylat, das für das Wachstum auf C1-Substraten wie Methanol obligatorisch ist. In dieser Arbeit konnte erstmals Mesacon- und (2S)-Methylsuccinsäure de novo durch die Expression einer für die Vorstufen Mesaconyl- und (2S)-Methylsuccinyl-CoA aktiven Thioesterase produziert werden. Ein kobaltlimitiertes Wachstum von M. extorquens führte aufgrund mangelnder Cofaktorversorgung zweier Vitamin-B12-abhäniger Mutasen im EMCP zu einer Akkumulation der beiden CoA-Ester-Vorstufen, womit eine Produktion von 0.65 g/l Mesacon- und (2S)-Methylsuccinsäure erreicht wurde. Weitergehende Untersuchungen belegten außerdem einen positiven Effekt eines ausgeschalteten PHB-Zyklusses auf die Produktion der beiden EMCP- Dicarboxylsäurederivate.
Diese Arbeit beinhaltet zusätzlich grundlagenwissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zur Substitution der EMCP-katalysierten Glyoxylatregeneration durch einen heterologen Glyoxylatzyklus in EMCP-negativen M. extorquens-Stämmen. Dabei konnte erstmals ein methanolverwertendes, methylotrophes Bakterium identifiziert werden, das einen Serin-Zyklus in Kombination mit dem Glyoxylat-Zyklus zur Kohlenstoffassimilation verwendet, ohne dabei zusätzliche Stoffwechselwege zur CO2-Fixierung wie den EMCP, RuMP oder CBB-Zyklus zu verwenden.
Die Präsenz einer nativen C30-Carotinoidbiosynthese, ausgehend von der Vorstufe Farnesylpyrophosphat (FPP), empfiehlt M. extorquens als Produktionsorganismus für (Sesqui-)Terpene. In dieser Arbeit wurde mit Hilfe einer induzierbar gesteuerten Expression einer Terpensynthase in Form einer α-Humulen-Synthase, einer FPP-Synthase und eines prokaryontischen Mevalonatweges, erstmals die de novo Synthese eines Terpens aus Methanol am Beispiel des α-Humulens etabliert. Durch optimierte Expressionen der Terpensynthase, FPPS und einzelner MVA-Gene mit Hilfe angepasster Translationsinitiationsraten der jeweiligen ribosomalen Bindestellen und der Verwendung eines in der nativen Carotinoidbiosynthese inhibierten M. extorquens-Stammes wurden finale Produkttiter von bis zu 1.65 g/l α-Humulen in Fed-Batch-Fermentationen erreicht.
Diese kumulative Dissertation beinhaltet außerdem einen Reviewartikel, in dem der verwendete Mikroorganismus M. extorquens in mikrobiologischer, genetischer, biochemischer und auch biotechnologischer Hinsicht ausführlich beschrieben wird. Zudem gibt ein Buchkapitel eine Übersicht über die Verwendung von Methanol in der Biotechnologie.
In recent years, several neuronal differentiation protocols were published that circumvent the requirement of embryoid body (EB) formation under serum-deprivation and simplified medium conditions. But a neuronal default model to establish an approach that works efficiently for all pluripotent cells and neuronal precursors is still lacking. Whether such a default neural mechanism exist and how this is implemented across a broad spectrum of cell source, is addressed in several studies and still controversially discussed. It was proposed that the default neuronal fate is initiated in the absence of extrinsic signals and is achieved by eliminating extracellular inhibitors of neuroectodermal fate and suppressing cell-cell signalling through limited cell density. Previous studies reported that ESC and ECC grown at low density and in absence of exogenous factors or feeder layers die within 24 h but acquire a neural identity as indicated by expression of the neural marker Nestin. Thus, this application is not suitable for generating neural cultures. Furthermore, it was reported that P19 cells survive and express neuroectodermal marker genes in serum-free DMEM/F12 medium containing transferrin, insulin, and selenite, although no neurites were identified.
Based on this background, in this study, a novel approach to induce neuronal differentiation in vitro was developed that implements a nutrient-poor environment, which, in contrast to previous studies, ensures the survival of neuronally differentiated cells over a long period of time and allows normal formation of neurites. Neither the formation of free-floating aggregates nor supplementation of growth factors or known inducers was required to establish a reliable neuronal differentiation protocol. A simple medium, consisting of DMEM/F12+N2 that was highly diluted in salt solution, was sufficient to drive a fast neuronal differentiation in monolayer cultures. Serum deprivation and strong dilution of DMEM/F12+N2 medium cause a nutrient-poor environment in which the influence of growth factors and inducers is minimized. This medium creates a metabolically defined environment that is presumably free of extrinsic signals that prevent the decision of neuronal fate. Analysis of the medium components discovered no actual inducer. Hence, it was suggested that the metabolic composition of the medium exclusively covers specific cell requirements of neurons, therefore ensures their survival, and drives the switch from pluripotent cells to neurons. The self-developed method was established by usage of the murine embryonal carcinoma cell line P19 and could be transferred to murine ESC. Consequently, the method could provide a feasible protocol for a generally valid neuronal default model.
The established protocol provides several advantages such as the possibility to generate stable pure neuronal cultures by a fast, simple, and highly reproducible one-step induction under defined medium conditions with a minimum of exogen effectors. The method is characterised by clear and steady medium conditions that makes the investigation of specific cell requirements during differentiation accessible. It is therefore expected to be a useful tool to investigate the molecular basis of neuronal differentiation as well as for high throughput screenings. The phenotype of mature postmitotic neurons was arising within one week and cultures were shown to stay stable at least for three weeks. The neuronal identity was confirmed by expression of neuronal markers through immunofluorescence staining and mass spectrometry analysis. Furthermore, increased levels of axon markers were detected in early neuronal differentiation and functionality of the synapses of the P19-derived neurons was ascertained by detection of calcium activity. Axonal laser ablation, immediately followed by fast regrowth of connections in the neuronal network, revealed a strong regeneration potential under the given conditions. Furthermore, the generated neurons showed a morphologically distinct phenotype and the formation of neural rosettes. Immunofluorescence staining demonstrated the generation of pure and homogeneous neuronal cultures, free of glial cells.
Retinoic acid (RA) plays an essential role in cell signalling during embryogenesis and efficiently induces neuronal differentiation in vitro in a concentration dependent manner. Neither retinol nor retinoic acid was included in any of the components of the self-prepared medium in this work. However, I observed, dependence on RARβ- and/or RARγ-regulated RA signalling in serum-free monolayer cultures. Nevertheless, neuronal differentiation in serum-free monolayer cultures was assumed to be RARα-independent because (i) RARα was slightly downregulated after neuronal induction, (ii) the truncated RARα of the RAC65 mutant had no effect on induction efficiency, and (iii) a pan-RAR inhibitor suppressed neuronal differentiation. In contrast to serum-free monolayer cultures, the truncated RARα prevented neuronal differentiation by application of the conventional protocol where cells are grown in free floating cell aggregates in serum-containing medium. Proteome analysis of P19 cells, treated by the self-developed differentiation protocol over five days showed increased levels of cellular RA binding proteins that mediate the cellular RA transport and are involved in canonical as well as non-canonical RA signalling.
...
Terrestrische Säugetiere werden von unterschiedlichen Parasiten als Wirte genutzt. Dabei kann ihre Parasitenfauna je nach Art, Lebensweise, Verbreitung, Gesundheitszustand und Reproduktionsstatus des Wirts abweichen. Ein weiterer bestimmender Faktor, ist der Einfluss des Menschen in Form von Regulierungsmaßnahmen und Schaffung urbaner Lebensräume. Domestizierte Haustiere bzw. Nutztiere weisen daher in der Regel andere Parasiten auf als ihre wildlebenden Artgenossen. Gleichzeitig können sich sowohl Wildtiere als auch domestizierte Tiere und Menschen gegenseitig Parasitenarten teilen und wechselseitig aufeinander übertragen. Daraus resultierende Krankheiten werden als Zoonosen bezeichnet.
Insbesondere Fledermäuse (Unterordnung Microchiroptera) zeigen weltweit eine enorme Parasitendiversität, die noch weitgehend unerforscht ist. Ebenfalls Forschungsbedarf besteht für die Sandfloh-Gattung Tunga in Süd- und Mittelamerika in Hinblick auf ihr Wirtsspektrum, welches auch Menschen einschließt. Die Art Tunga penetrans und zahlreiche weitere Parasitenarten, parasitieren gleichzeitig auch bei Hunden. Daher stellen diese Wirte eine direkte Gesundheitsgefahr für Menschen in ihrer unmittelbaren Umgebung dar.
Die vorliegende Dissertation ist in kumulativer Form zusammengefasst und beinhaltet drei Einzelpublikationen sowie einen Reviewartikel.
Ziel war es, die Parasitendiversität von Hunden aus urbanen tropischen Gebieten und die Parasitendiversität des Großen Ameisenbären (Myrmecophaga tridactyla) mit Hilfe morphologischer und molekularbiologischer Methoden zu analysieren. Die jeweiligen Parasitenfaunen wurden in Hinblick auf die soziale bzw. solitäre Lebensweise der beiden Wirtsarten verglichen und ihr zoonotisches Potenzial bewertet.
Ein weiteres Ziel war die Zusammenfassung der Ektoparasitennachweise süd- und mittelamerikanischer Microchiroptera und für die europäischen Arten der Fledermaus-Gattung Myotis (hier Endo- und Ektoparasiten) auf Basis der verfügbaren Literatur. Des Weiteren sollten eigene Parasitennachweise aus Bolivien bzw. Deutschland erfolgen. Für die Nachweise aus Deutschland wurden M. myotis untersucht, deren Artzugehörigkeit vorher bestimmt wurde. Zusätzlich wurden diese Individuen auf humanpathogene Lyssaviren untersucht.
Die Nachweise erfolgten über molekularbiologische und morphologische Methoden.
Das Vorkommen von Kunststoffmaterialien <5 mm, sogenanntem Mikroplastik
(MP), in marinen Ökosystemen wurde bereits eingehend untersucht. Im Gegensatz dazu existieren erhebliche Wissenslücken hinsichtlich der Abundanz und der Auswirkung von MP in limnischen Ökosystemen. Vor diesem Hintergrund steht das Umweltvorkommen, mögliche Eintragspfade und die Auswirkungen von MP auf aquatische Invertebraten im Fokus dieser Arbeit. Zur Bestimmung der MP-Abundanz in Fließgewässern sind Sedimente der Elbe untersucht worden. Hierfür wurde zunächst eine Methode zur Extraktion und Identifizierung von MP aus Umweltproben entwickelt, optimiert und validiert. In der anschließenden Analyse konnten in elf Probenahmestellen 55–17400 MP kg-1 in den Sedimenten nachgewiesen werden. Der Einfluss der Gezeitenströmung wurde anhand der abnehmenden MP-Abundanz in der Tideelbe deutlich. Insgesamt weisen die Ergebnisse darauf hin, dass Sedimente von Fließgewässern eine Senke für MP darstellen. Für die Evaluation von Eintragspfaden von MP in Oberflächengewässer wurden die
Einleiter von fünf Kläranlagen beprobt und 240–897 MP m-3 in den Einleitern detektiert. Die Detailuntersuchung einer Kläranlage zeigte, dass >99% der MP-Fracht im Verlauf der Abwasseraufbereitung entfernt wird. Hierbei erfolgte die Hauptentfernung
bereits in der Vorklärung. Somit stellen Kläranlagen effektive Barrieren für den Eintrag von MP dar.
Insgesamt wird ersichtlich, dass die getesteten Arten C. riparius und G. pulex relativ insensitiv gegenüber einer MP-Exposition sind. So konnten bei G. pulex keine und bei C. riparius erst bei sehr hohen MP-Konzentrationen adverse Effekte detektiert werden. Hierbei ist die Autökologie der Spezies eine mögliche Erklärung für die Toleranz gegenüber partikulären Stressoren. Auf Basis dieser Daten sowie der ermittelten MPAbundanz kann das Umweltrisiko von MP in limnischen Ökosystemen vorläufig als
gering eingeschätzt werden. Hierbei gilt es jedoch zu beachten, dass eine abschließende
Bewertung aufgrund der nach wie vor existierenden Unsicherheiten nicht möglich ist. Diese Unsicherheiten betreffen die Umweltkonzentration von MP <80 μm, das Verhaltensowie das Wirkpotential dieser heterogenen und dynamischen Stressorenklasse
in umweltrelevanten Szenarien.
Seit den 1950er Jahren hat sich Plastik als unverzichtbare Ressource im menschlichen Alltag etabliert. Als negative Folge dieses Booms wird seit einigen Jahrzehnten jedoch eine zunehmende Belastung aquatischer Ökosysteme mit Plastikmüll bzw. dessen Degradationsprodukten, sogenanntes „Mikroplastik“ (MP, < 5 mm) bzw. „Nanoplastik“ (NP, < 1 µm), beobachtet. Ziel dieser Arbeit war die Untersuchung des aktuellen Vorkommens von MP in limnischen Gewässern, die Analyse der Interaktion zwischen MP und limnischen Wirbellosenarten und der daraus resultierenden Toxizität sowie eine erste Risikoabschätzung.
Das Vorkommen von Mikroplastik in limnischen Gewässern wurde exemplarisch anhand der Elbe als großes Fließgewässer in Deutschland untersucht. Durch die Auswertung von elf Probestellen entlang des Verlaufs der Mittel- und Unterelbe konnte gezeigt werden, dass die MP-Konzentrationen im Sediment (2,26x10^4 – 2,27x10^7 P m^-3) im Mittel fast 150.000-fach höher sind als in der Wasserphase (0,88–13,24 P m^-3). Sedimente sind somit eine Senke für MP. Die Zusammensetzung der Polymerarten sowie MP-Formen deuten zudem an, dass die Partikel sowohl aus diffusen wie auch aus Punktquellen (z.B. Industrieabwässer) stammen. Im globalen Vergleich können die MP-Konzentrationen in deutschen Fließgewässern z. Z. als durchschnittlich betrachtet werden. Allerdings muss insgesamt davon ausgegangen werden, dass die bisher bestimmten MP-Umweltkonzentrationen die realen Konzentrationen möglicherweise unterschätzen. So zeigte die Elbestudie, dass die Sedimentfeinfraktion < 100 µm einen bedeutenden Polymeranteil enthielt. Die meisten bisher durchgeführten Studien zur Bestimmung von MP-Partikeln in Flüssen haben Partikel < 100 µm jedoch nicht in ihrer Analyse berücksichtigt.
Die Interaktion von MP mit limnischer Biota wurde anhand der Artgruppen der Muscheln (Bivalvia), Schnecken (Gastropoda) sowie Krebstiere (Crustacea) näher untersucht. Die Intensität der Interaktion ist maßgeblich von der Aufnahme von MP durch die verschiedenen Arten abhängig. Anhand von zahlreichen Aufnahmestudien mit verschiedenen limnischen Arten, darunter den Muschelarten Dreissena polymorpha, Sinanodonta woodiana und Anodonta anatina, der Lungenschnecke Lymnaea stagnalis sowie der Amphipodenart Gammarus pulex, wurde nachgewiesen, dass die MP-Aufnahme von den Eigenschaften der exponierten Arten bzw. Individuen, den MP-Charakteristika sowie den Expositionsbedingungen abhängt. Die Experimente mit Muscheln verdeutlichten die rasche Aufnahme, aber auch Exkretion von MP-Partikeln innerhalb weniger Stunden. In allen drei Artgruppen war die Aufnahme konzentrationsabhängig mit zunehmender Aufnahme bei steigenden MP-Konzentrationen. Die Muschelexperimente zeigten jedoch auch, dass eine gleichzeitige Exposition mit anderen Partikeln (z.B. Nahrung) zu einer reduzierten Aufnahme führt. Auch die Größe der Testorganismen beeinflusste die Aufnahme: So nahmen im Fall der Muscheln und Krebse kleinere Individuen (bzw. im Fall der Muscheln auch Arten) relativ pro Körpermasse mehr MP-Partikel auf als größere Individuen bzw. Arten. Für alle untersuchten Arten wurde darüber hinaus gezeigt, dass die MP-Größe relevanten Einfluss auf die Menge an aufgenommenen Partikeln hat.
Ein Vergleich zwischen den Artgruppen zeigte, dass Muscheln als filtrierende Organismen in den Laboruntersuchungen bei gleicher Expositionskonzentration mehr MP aufnahmen als Krebse (Zerkleinerer) und Schnecken (Weidegänger). Im Gegensatz zu Muscheln nutzen Krebstiere und Schnecken allerdings die Grenzschicht zwischen Wasser- und Sedimentphase als Suchraum für ihre Nahrung und sind in der Umwelt (auf Grund des höheren MP-Vorkommens in Sedimenten) somit möglicherweise gegenüber höheren MP-Konzentrationen exponiert als Muscheln. Die Extrapolation der gewonnenen Labordaten sowie der Vergleich mit publizierten Umweltdaten legen allerdings nahe, dass das MP-Vorkommen in Individuen aller drei Artgruppen bisher auf einige wenige MP-Partikel begrenzt ist. Ausgeprägte Unterschiede zwischen den Artgruppen sind bisher nicht erkennbar.
MP-Toxizitätsstudien mit G. pulex, L. stagnalis sowie D. polymorpha konnten trotz der Berücksichtigung einer Vielzahl an Endpunkten (Mortalität, Reproduktion, Nahrungsaufnahme, oxidativer Stress, Energiereserven, Immunzellaktivität) und trotz des Einsatzes zum Teil sehr hoher MP-Konzentrationen weit oberhalb aktueller Umweltkonzentrationen nur sehr wenige MP-induzierte Effekte nachweisen, darunter eine Steigerung der Filtrationsaktivität (D. polymorpha) bzw. Veränderung der Immunfunktion von Hämolymphzellen (L. stagnalis).
Zur weiteren Risikoabschätzung wurden diese Studienergebnisse mit publizierten Daten für marine und limnische Muschel- und Krebsarten in Artenempfindlichkeitsverteilungen (Species Sensitivity Distributions, SSD) zusammengeführt und jeweils eine SSD für Muscheln und Krebstiere erstellt. Die Erstellung einer SSD nur für limnische Arten ist zum jetzigen Zeitpunkt auf Grund der geringen Datenlage noch nicht möglich.
...
Morbus Parkinson (abgekürzt als PD vom Englischen Parkinson’s disease) ist nach Alzheimer die zweithäufigste neurodegenerative Erkrankung. Die Hauptmerkmale sind Rigidität und Bradykinesie, sowie Tremor und posturale Instabilität. Im Gehirn lässt sich bei Parkinsonpatienten post mortem ein Verlust an Neuronen in der Substantia nigra feststellen, was zu den ersten beiden Anzeichen führt. Zudem gibt es intrazelluläre Einschlüsse in den betroffenen Nervenzellen – Lewy-Körperchen genannt – die aus Alpha-Synuklein und anderen Proteinen wie Ubiquitin zusammengesetzt sind. Außerdem ist der Eisenmetabolismus in Gehirnen von Parkinsonpatienten gestört und man findet Eisen-Ablagerungen, vor allem im Mittelhirn. Die Ursachen für PD sind bislang nicht abschließend geklärt. Der Großteil der Fälle ist sporadischer Natur mit unbekannter Ursache und nur bei einem geringen Anteil liegt eine Mutation in einem einzelnen Gen zugrunde. Die häufigsten Mutationen tritt in den Genen für Alpha-Synuklein (SNCA), PINK1 und PARKIN auf.
Die Serin-Threonin-Kinase PINK1 und die E3-Ubiquitin-Protein-Ligase PARKIN sind zwei Proteine, die in Stresssituationen an der Mitochondrien-Außenmembran am Abbau von alten oder nicht richtig funktionierenden Mitochondrien beteiligt sind. Dieser Vorgang nennt sich Mitophagie.
Die dieser Arbeit zugrunde liegenden Publikationen gehen den Zusammenhängen zwischen mitochondrialen Fehlfunktionen und der Pathogenese von PD nach. Da die Krankheit meist erst im hohen Alter auftritt, davon größtenteils ohne direkte Ursache, liegt der Schluss nahe, dass neben genetischen Ursachen auch Umweltfaktoren eine größere Rolle spielen könnten. Um dies näher zu analysieren, wurden experimentell verschiedene Stressoren eingesetzt.
Insgesamt wurden folgende Aspekte untersucht:
I. Welche Auswirkungen hat das Fehlen von PINK1 auf die Zelle? Gibt es einen Biomarker, der mit höherem Alter immer stärker verändert ist?
II. Welchen Einfluss haben Umweltfaktoren wie veränderte Eisen-Exposition auf die Zelle und was verändert sich beim Fehlen von PINK1?
III. Wie können mitochondriale Fehlfunktionen präferentiell das Nervensystem betreffen, wenn es nicht um respiratorische Insuffizienz geht?
Die einzelnen Studien zeigten folgende Ergebnisse:
Torres-Odio/Key et al. 2017 widmete sich der Suche nach molekularen Biomarkern, wodurch PD präsymptomatisch erkannt und die Progression der Erkrankung eingeschätzt werden kann. Die Transkriptom-Analyse der Kleinhirne von Mäusen mit Pink1-/--Mutation in drei verschiedenen Altersstufen zeigte eindrücklich, dass nicht ein einzelner Faktor immer stärker verändert war, sondern, dass immer mehr Faktoren und daher auch eine steigende Zahl an
Signalwegen mit höherem Alter beteiligt waren. Diese Veränderungen betrafen inflammatorische Signalwege, insbesondere Faktoren, die mit der Erkennung und Verarbeitung von zellfremden Nukleinsäuren assoziiert sind. Aufgrund der evolutionären Herkunft von Mitochondrien als frühere Protobakterien haben mitochondriale Nukleinsäuren und Proteine zum Teil bakterielle Ähnlichkeiten, und könnten bei Fehlfunktionen ins Zytosol gelangen. Vor diesem Hintergrund lassen die Ergebnisse der Studie den Schluss zu, dass das angeborene Immunsystem in Neuronen durch eine PINK1-assoziierte mitochondriale Störung aktiviert wird.
In der Publikation Key et al. 2020 wurde Eisen als ein im täglichen Leben vorkommender Stressor eingesetzt und es wurden systematisch Faktoren des Eisenstoffwechsels bei hohen und niedrigen Eisenspiegeln im Zusammenhang mit Parkinson-Mutationen untersucht. Da Eisen für die Gesundheit von Mitochondrien eine große Rolle spielt und Eisen-Chelatoren als Therapie bei PD Patienten bereits diskutiert werden, haben die molekularen Befunde große Relevanz. Die Ergebnisse zeigen, dass unter niedrigen Eisenspiegeln Proteine reduziert waren, die am Nukleotid-Stoffwechsel beteiligt sind, sowie Faktoren, die Eisen-Schwefel-Cluster als Cofaktoren haben und wichtig für die Nukleotid-Qualitätskontrolle sind. Das Fehlen von Eisen führte zu einer Induktion von Pink1 und Prkn, was auf verstärkte Mitophagie hindeutet. Insgesamt konnte gezeigt werden, dass die mitochondriale Eisen-Schwefel-Cluster Biogenese und die post-transkriptionelle Eisenregulation entscheidend für die Pathogenese von PD, bzw. das gesunde Fortbestehen einer Zelle und letztlich auch eines Organismus sind.
In Key et al. 2019 wurde erstmalig das Gesamt-Ubiquitylom aus Gehirnen von gealterten Parkin-knockout (KO) Mäusen erhoben und analysiert, um Ubiquitylierungs-Substrate von PARKIN zu identifizieren. Hierbei zeigte sich eine veränderte Ubiquitylierung von mehreren Faktoren, die an der zellulären Calcium-Homöostase beteiligt sind. Weitere elektrophysiologische Experimente in Gehirnen von gealterten Parkin-/--KO Mäusen ergaben, dass in Nervenzellen im Locus coeruleus die Geschwindigkeit der spontanen Taktgeber erhöht, dass die langsame Nachhyperpolarisation reduziert und, dass die Dauer der Aktionspotentiale erniedrigt war, ohne Veränderung der Kaliumkanal-Ströme.
Insgesamt geht aus den drei Studien hervor, dass mitochondriale Fehlfunktionen bei dauerhaftem Bestehen weitreichende Folgen für die Gesundheit des Nervensystems haben können, denn auch kleine Veränderungen, seien es durch Mutationen oder Umweltfaktoren wie Eisen, können in einer so großen Lebensspanne wie der des Menschen über Krankheit oder Gesundheit entscheiden!
Modellierung der klimatischen Habitateignung verschiedener krankheitsübertragender Vektorarten
(2018)
Der Klimawandel hat einen starken Einfluss auf die Verbreitungsgebiete von Arten. Infolgedessen kann sich das Verbreitungsgebiet von Arten verschieben, einschränken oder ausweiten. Bei thermophilen Arten wird vermutet, dass sie von den klimatischen Änderungen profitieren und sie sich wahrscheinlich ausbreiten werden. Eine solche Ausbreitung, wozu auch die Einwanderung von gebietsfremden Arten zählt, hätte nicht nur zahlreiche Konsequenzen für diese Ökosysteme, sondern könnte sich auch zu einem ernsten Gesundheitsrisiko entwickeln, wenn es sich bei den einwandernden Neobiota um Vektorarten handelt.
Stechmücken und Sandmücken, als blutsaugende Insekten, zählen zu den bekanntesten Vektorarten. Sie sind in der Lage, eine Vielzahl von Infektionskrankheiten wie das Denguefieber oder das Gelbfieber, aber auch protozoische Parasiten wie "Leishmania"-Arten zu übertragen. Als thermophile Arten sind viele dieser Vektoren aktuell in ihrer Verbreitung weitgehend auf tropische und subtropische Gebiete beschränkt. Eine Einwanderung in gemäßigtere Gebiete kann zu einer Einschleppung der durch sie übertragenden Erreger führen und damit zum Ausbruch von Infektionskrankheiten. Aufgrund der medizinischen Relevanz dieser Arten ist es essentiell, die räumliche Verbreitung, sowie die abiotischen Ansprüche der Vektorarten zu kennen, um deren mögliche Ausbreitung nachzuvollziehen.
Vor diesem Hintergrund beschäftigte sich die vorliegende kumulative Dissertation mit den klimawandelinduzierten Änderungen der Habitateignung verschiedener medizinisch relevanter Vektorarten. Dabei wurden die zwei invasiven Stechmückenarten "Aedes albopictus" (I-III) und "Aedes japonicus" (III), sowie zehn in Europa bereits vorkommende Sandmückenarten der Gattung "Phlebotomus" (IV), untersucht. Die Arbeit basiert auf vier (ISI-) Publikationen. Unter Verwendung ökologischer Nischenmodellierung wurden geeignete Gebiete unter aktuellen und zukünftigen Klimabedingungen bestimmt. Um dabei sowohl räumliche als auch zeitliche Aspekte zu berücksichtigen, wurden mehrere räumliche Skalen (Deutschland und Europa), sowie Zeitperioden (2030, 2050 und 2070) betrachtet. Des Weiteren wurden verschiedene Ansätze (einzelne Algorithmen und Ensemble-Modelle) zur Modellierung der Habitateignung verwendet.
Die Ergebnisse dieser Dissertation zeigen eine zukünftige klimawandelbedingte Ausweitung der geeigneten Gebiete für viele der betrachteten Vektorarten. So konnte gezeigt werden, dass die Habitateignung für "Aedes albopictus" in Deutschland (I) und in Europa (III) zukünftig deutlich zunimmt. Auch für die Sandmückenarten "Phlebotomus alexandri", "Phlebotomus neglectus", "Phlebotomus papatasi", "Phlebotomus perfiliewi" und "Phlebotomus tobbi" konnte eine deutliche Zunahme der klimatisch geeigneten Gebieten projiziert werden (IV).
Lediglich Arten, wie die Asiatische Buschmücke "Aedes japonicus" (III) und auch kältetolerantere Sandmücken, wie "Phlebotomus ariasi" und "Phlebotomus mascittii" (IV) scheinen weniger von diesen klimatischen Veränderungen zu profitieren und könnten in Zukunft sogar aktuell geeignete Gebiete verlieren (klimawandelinduzierte Arealverkleinerung). Bei "Aedes japonicus" konnte dies auf eine engeren Nische mit einem Optimum bei vergleichsweise niedrigen Temperaturen zurückgeführt werden (III).
Am Beispiel von "Aedes albopictus" wurden ferner Umweltfaktoren identifiziert, die die Verbreitung der Art limitieren (II). Als wärmeliebende Art spielen bei "Aedes albopictus" in Mitteleuropa insbesondere die niedrigen Temperaturen eine Rolle, während in Zukunft die Sommertrockenheit in Südeuropa zunehmend eine Rolle spielen könnte.
Nischenmodellierung stellt trotz ihrer vereinfachenden Annahmen und Unsicherheiten, eine hilfreiche Methode zur Untersuchung klimawandelinduzierter Arealverschiebungen dar. Mit Hilfe der Modellierungsergebnisse konnten Gebiete mit einem hohen Etablierungsrisiko für die Vektorarten identifiziert werden, welche daher im Fokus künftiger Überwachungsprogramme stehen sollten. In Zukunft könnten mehr Vektorarten geeignete Bedingungen in Mitteleuropa finden, wodurch die Vektordiversität zunehmen wird. Dadurch könnte auch das Risiko für einen Ausbruch der durch die Vektoren übertragenen Krankheiten steigen.
Auch wenn das Vorhandensein eines kompetenten Vektors eine unerlässliche Voraussetzung für den Ausbruch einer Infektionskrankheit darstellt, gibt es noch weitere Faktoren, wie das Vorhandensein des Erregers. In Bezug auf die Risikoabschätzung vektorassoziierter Krankheiten sollten neben der Verbreitung des Vektors und des Erregers auch die abiotischen Bedingungen für die Entwicklung des Erregers berücksichtigt werden. Neben neu eingewanderten Arten sollten zudem auch die heimischen Arten in Bezug auf ihre Vektorkompetenz untersucht werden, da diese ebenfalls als potentielle Vektoren dienen und somit das Gesundheitsrisiko weiter erhöhen könnten.
Eine überlebenswichtige Eigenschaft von Mensch und Tier ist es, sich bei Gefahr durch eine Schreckreaktion in Sicherheit zu bringen. Doch woran erkennt ein Organismus, in welcher Situation es „sinnvoll“ wäre, sich zu erschrecken und welche Eigenschaften sensorischer Stimuli tragen zu dem Gefahreneindruck bei? Bei plötzlich eintretenden, lauten auditorischen Reizen kann es zur Auslösung der akustischen Schreckreaktion kommen. Dies führt bei Menschen, aber auch bei kleineren Säugetieren zu einer reflexartigen Kontraktion der Nacken-, Gesichts- und Skelettmuskulatur. Die Erforschung der akustisch evozierten Schreckreaktion (ASR) dient dem besseren Verständnis der neurobiologischen Grundlagen sensorischer Verarbeitung. Modulationen der ASR mithilfe von Präpulsen (Präpulsinhibition) ermöglichen Einblicke in die Funktion der Kochlea, des Hörnervs, der Hirnstammstrukturen und anderer beteiligter Gehirnregionen.
In dieser Arbeit wurden kurzzeitige Änderungen von Frequenz oder Intensität des akustischen Hintergrundes als neuartige Präpulse untersucht. Die Bedeutung verschiedener Reizparameter dieser Präpulse wurde in der vorliegenden Arbeit zum ersten Mal systematisch erforscht. Um zu prüfen, welche Präpulsstimulationen eine Inhibition der ASR auslösen können, wurde eine Reihe von Parametern umfassend getestet. In einem weiteren Schritt wurde analysiert, ob es mithilfe von gezielten Änderungen von Frequenz oder Intensität möglich sein könnte, Unterscheidungsschwellen, oder gar Hörschwellen von Versuchstieren zu bestimmen.
Die Experimente zur Modulation der ASR wurden mit weiblichen Sprague Dawley-Ratten durchgeführt. Dabei wurde eine Vielzahl von Verhaltensparadigmen untersucht. Dazu zählten Präpulse mit unterschiedlichem Frequenzgehalt und variabler Dauer. Zusätzlich wurden neuartige Paradigmen etabliert, um die Fähigkeit zur Frequenz- und Intensitätsdiskriminierung zu untersuchen. Hierbei wurde der Frequenzgehalt oder die Intensität einer kontinuierlichen Hintergrundstimulation verändert, um eine Präpulswirkung zu erzeugen. Um die Möglichkeiten der Bestimmung von Hörschwellen mittels der Präpulsinhibition (PPI) zu ergründen, wurde die Intensität von Präpulsen systematisch verändert. Die so generierten Schwellenwerte wurden durch die Messung früher akustisch evozierter Hirnstammpotenziale verifiziert. Schließlich sollten, unter Zuhilfenahme der Signaldetektionstheorie, aus den erhobenen Daten diverse Schwellen bestimmt werden: Für die Intensitätsänderungen der Präpulse in Stille wurden Hörschwellen bestimmt, während bei Änderungen der Frequenz und Intensität Unterscheidungsschwellen bestimmt werden sollten.
Mit steigender Größe eines Frequenzsprungs in einer kontinuierlichen Hintergrundstimulation war eine stärkere Inhibition der ASR feststellbar; ein Effekt, der stark von der Hintergrundfrequenz abhängig war. Bei einer Stimulation mit 8 kHz konnten signifikant höhere Inhibitionswerte erzielt werden als mit 16 kHz. Bei der Untersuchung des Zeitablaufs der Stimulation ergab sich, dass eine abgesetzte Stimulation mit einer Abweichung von 80 ms Dauer bis 50 ms vor dem Schreckreiz für die höchsten Inhibitionen sorgte.
Die durch eine Intensitätsänderung einer kontinuierlichen Hintergrundstimulation ausgelöste PPI hing primär von der Größe und Richtung des Intensitätssprungs ab. Mit zunehmender Sprunggröße stiegen die Inhibitionswerte an. Eine Erhöhung der Hintergrundintensität um 10 dB hatte einen signifikanten Einfluss auf die Inhibitionswerte. Auch hier zeigte sich eine höhere Sensitivität in Form von höheren Inhibitionen für Stimuli mit einer Hintergrundfrequenz von 8 kHz als für alle anderen getesteten Hintergrundfrequenzen.
Die Bestimmung von Hörschwellen mittels intensitätsabhängiger PPI wies im Vergleich mit den elektrophysiologisch bestimmten Hörschwellen ein heterogenes Bild mit starken individuellen Schwankungen auf: Bei etwa der Hälfte der Tiere waren die Hörschwellen beider Messungen sehr vergleichbar, bei den übrigen Tieren konnten mittels PPI für eine oder mehrere Frequenzen keine aussagekräftigen Hörschwellen erzielt werden. Die elektrophysiologisch bestimmten Hörschwellen waren am sensitivsten, während PPI-Stimulationen signifikant höher waren. Außerdem bewirkten PPI-Stimulationen mit Reintönen signifikant sensitivere Hörschwellen im Vergleich zu einem Schmalbandrauschen.
Für die Bestimmung der Unterscheidungsschwellen von Frequenzänderungen konnte beobachtet werden, dass die Tiere auf Frequenzsprünge hin zu niedrigeren Frequenzen signifikant sensibler reagierten, als hin zu Aufwärtssprüngen (-1.2 bzw. +4.5%). Bei der Intensitätsunterscheidung hingegen konnte beobachtet werden, dass die Tiere signifikant sensitiver auf Intensitätserhöhungen als auf Erniedrigungen reagierten (-5.9 bzw. +2.7 dB).
Zusammenfassend konnte in der vorliegenden Arbeit festgestellt werden, dass die PPI zur Bestimmung von absoluten Hörschwellen starken Schwankungen unterlag, sodass diese Methode nur eingeschränkt als Alternative zu operanter Konditionierung oder elektrophysiologischen Ableitungen in Frage kommt. Des Weiteren erzeugten bereits kleine Änderungen des Frequenzgehalts oder der Intensität einer Hintergrundstimulation eine robuste PPI. Somit können reflexbasierte Messungen mit überschwelligen Stimuli genutzt werden, um Unterscheidungsschwellen in Versuchstieren zu bestimmen. Diese Herangehensweise stellt also eine vielversprechende Methode dar, um Hörstörungen zu untersuchen, die nach einem Schalltrauma auftreten können. In einem nächsten Schritt könnte sie zur weiteren Charakterisierung von verstecktem Hörverlust beitragen.
In times of a growing world population and the associated demand for high crop yield, the understanding and improvement of plant reproduction is of central importance. One key step of plant reproduction is the development of the male gametophyte, which is better known as pollen. In addition, the development of pollen was shown to be very sensitive to abiotic stresses, such as heat, which can cause crop damage and yield loss. To obtain new insights in the development and heat stress response of pollen, a combined transcriptome and proteome analysis was performed for three pollen developmental stages of non- and heat-stressed tomato plants.
The analysis of the transcriptomes of non-stressed pollen developmental stages enabled the determination of mRNAs accumulated in certain developmental stages. The functional analysis of these mRNAs led to the identification of protein families and functional processes that are important at different times of pollen development. A subsequent comparison of the transcriptomes of non- and heat-stressed pollen revealed a core set of 49 mRNAs, which are upregulated in all three developmental stages. The encoded proteins include among other things different heat stress transcription factors and heat shock proteins, which are known key players of the plant heat stress response.
Furthermore, 793 potential miRNAs could be identified in the transcriptome of non- and heat-stressed pollen. Interestingly, 38 out of the 793 miRNAs have already been identified in plants. For more than half of these miRNAs potential target mRNAs were identified and the interactions between miRNAs and mRNAs linked to the development and heat stress response of pollen. In total, 207 developmentally relevant interactions could be determined, out of which 34 have an effect on transcriptional-networks. In addition, 24 of the interactions contribute the heat stress response of pollen, whereby this mainly affects post-meiotic pollen.
An initial correlation of the proteome and transcriptome of the developmental stages revealed that transcriptome analyses are not sufficient to draw exact conclusions about the state of the proteome. A closer look on the relationship of the transcriptome and proteome during pollen development revealed two translational modes that are active during the development of pollen. One mode leads to a direct translation of mRNAs, while the second mode leads a delayed translation at a later point in time. Regarding the delayed translation, it could be shown that this is likely due to a short-term storage of mRNAs in so-called EPPs. The comparison of the proteome and transcriptome response to heat stress revealed that the proteome reacts much stronger and that the reaction is mainly independent from the transcriptome. Finally, the comparison of the proteome of non- and heat-stressed pollen provided first indications for changes in the ribosome composition in response to heat stress, as 57 ribosomal proteins are differentially regulated in at least one developmental stage.
Autophagy, meaning “self-eating”, is an important cellular waste disposal mechanism. Thereby, damaged proteins, lipids and organelles are enclosed by autophagosomes and subsequently transported to the lysosomes for degradation into basic, cellular building blocks. Under basal conditions autophagy prevents the accumulation of defective and harmful material and generally promotes cell survival. However, several studies reported that hyperactivated autophagy, e.g. during developmental processes in lower eukaryotes, or during chemotherapeutic treatment of cancer cells, can also trigger cell death.
In recent years, autophagic cell death (ACD) has been considered as an alternative cell death pathway for tumor therapy, especially for solid tumors with high apoptosis resistance such as glioblastoma. Glioblastoma (GBM) is a very aggressive, malignant primary brain tumor with a median survival of ~ 15 months despite surgery and chemoradiotherapy. Accordingly, there is a great interest in improving GBM therapy through alternative cell death mechanisms. Interestingly, it has been shown that various substances, e.g. AT 101, cannabinoids and the combination of imipramine and ticlopidine (IM+TIC), induce ACD in GBM cells.
The aim of this project was to identify the underlying mechanisms of stress- and drug-induced ACD and its therapeutic potential for glioblastoma treatment. For detailed investigation of ACD, a CRISPR/Cas9-based approach was used to generate ATG5 and ATG7 knockouts as genetic models of autophagy deficiency. In a previous study of our lab it was demonstrated that administration of AT 101 triggers ACD in glioblastoma cells, which was associated with early mitochondrial fragmentation but no signs of apoptosis. Since mitochondrial fragmentation often precedes mitophagy, the first part of this thesis explored the potential role of mitophagy in AT 101-induced cell death.
ATG5-depleted cells confirmed that AT 101 induces ACD. In addition, treatment with AT 101 resulted in a pronounced mitochondrial depolarization, which was at least partly caused by the opening of the mitochondrial permeability pore. Global proteome analysis of AT 101-treated GBM cells revealed a robust decrease in mitochondrial protein clusters as well as a strong increase in the enzyme heme oxygenase-1 (HMOX1). Subsequent experiments for detailed investigation of mitophagy following AT 101 treatment (western blot, flow cytometric MTG and mt-mKeima, qRT-PCR of mitochondrial vs nuclear DNA) consistently indicated strong mitophagy induction by AT 101, which could be reduced by genetic or pharmacological inhibition of autophagy. Furthermore, siRNA-mediated knockdown experiments revealed that the selective mitophagy receptors BNIP3 and BNIP3L and the HMOX1 enzyme play an essential role in AT 101-induced mitophagy and subsequent cell death. Taken together, these data demonstrate that AT 101-induced mitochondrial dysfunction and HMOX1 induction synergize to promote excessive mitophagy with a lethal outcome in glioma cells.
The second part of this thesis focused on the identification of new substances that cause ACD and the investigation of the underlying cell death pathways. Using a cell death screen of the ENZO Screen-Well™ autophagy library in MZ-54 wild-type vs ATG5 and ATG7-depleted cells, loperamide, pimozide, and STF-62247 were identified as ACD-inducing agents. The increase of the autophagic flux and the induction of ACD by these substances was confirmed by using different ATG5 and ATG7 knockout cell lines and the already established positive control IM+TIC.
In contrast to AT 101, IM+TIC, STF-62247, loperamide and pimozide produced neither mitochondrial dysfunction nor mitophagy. Interestingly, it has been described that imipramine, loperamide and pimozide inhibit the lysosomal enzyme acid sphingomyelinase, which is associated with impaired lipid transport. Global proteome analysis and cholesterol staining confirmed that all four substances, but especially loperamide and pimozide, inhibit cellular lipid transport, leading to massive lipid accumulation in the lysosomes. In the further course of the experiments, the connection between defective lipid transport and autophagy was investigated in more detail. On the one hand, the defective lipid transport contributed to the induction of autophagy, on the other hand the massive accumulation of lipids led to lysosomal membrane damage, inhibition of lysosomal degradation at later time points and finally to a lysosomal cell death. Remarkably, it has been shown that hyperactivated autophagy by IM+TIC, loperamide and pimozide massively promotes lysosomal membrane damage. This result highlights the difficulties of a clear distinction between autophagic and lysosomal cell death.
In summary, two new signaling pathways that induce autophagic cell death in GBM cells and may be relevant for glioblastoma therapy were investigated in this study.
Die rheumatoide Arthritis (RA) ist eine idiopathische chronisch-entzündliche Systemerkrankung, mit primärer Gelenkmanifestation. Die fortschreitende Gelenkentzündung ist die Folge einer immunologischen Fehlerkennung von Gelenkstrukturen durch dysregulierte B- und T-Lymphozyten. So lassen sich in bis zu 70% der entzündeten Gelenke von RA-Patienten IgG-Autoantikörper gegen das knorpelspezifische Kollagen Typ II (CII) nachweisen.
In dieser Arbeit wurde die CII-Epitop-spezifische humorale Autoimmunantwort in der Pathogenese der RA auf molekularer Ebene analysiert. Im Mittelpunkt stehen hierbei bereits gut charakterisierte B-Zell-Epitope auf dem CII, die über die Speziesbarrieren hinweg evolutionär konserviert sind und sowohl in der humanen RA als auch in der murinen Experimentalerkrankung des CIA-Modell (Collagen-Induced-Arthritis) immundominante Strukturen der humoralen arthritogenen Autoimmunität darstellen.
Ein Teilaspekt der Arbeit war die Aufklärung des molekularen Mechanismus, der den katabolen Effekten des murinen arthritogenen CII-Autoantikörper (UL-1) auf den chondrozytären Matrixmetabolismus zugrunde liegt, gewidmet. Der gegen ein immundominantes Epitop (U1-Epitop) auf dem CII gerichtete monoklonale Antikörper kann unabhängig von seinen Fc-vermittelten inflammatorischen Effektorfunktionen, eine direkte Schädigung der Knorpelmatrix über eine Modulation des Chondrozytenmetabolismus im CIA-Modell bewirken. Basierend auf der Analyse von Sequenzhomologien des U1-Epitopes konnte eine immunologische Kreuzreaktivität mit dem LIF (Leukemia-Inhibitory-Factor)-Rezeptor auf Chondrozyten nachgewiesen werden. Weitergehende funktionelle Studien haben jedoch gezeigt, dass die Rezeptorbindung durch den Antikörper keine intrazellulären Signalwege aktiviert, die an der aus der Literatur bekannten Proteoglykan-depletierenden Wirkung des Zytokins LIF beteiligt sind. Während somit eine UL-1 abhängige Aktivierung des LIF-Rezeptors als Erklärungsmodell der katabolen Antikörperwirkung ausscheidet, konnten die funktionellen in vitro Studien eine spezifische UL-1 Antikörper abhängige Src-Kinaseaktivierung in den humanen Chondrozyten als Ansatzpunkt für zukünftige Studien nachweisen.
In der RA-Pathogenese wird die Bedeutung posttranslationaler Modifikationen, insbesondere der Deiminierung von Argininresten unter Bildung von Citrullin für die Neoepitopgenerierung diskutiert. Autoantikörper gegen citrullinierte Peptide (ACPA, anti-citrullinated-peptides-antibody) gelten als diagnostische und verlaufsprädiktive Marker der RA. Zielstrukturen für ACPAs sind nicht nur einige ubiquitär exprimierte Proteine, sondern auch das knorpelspezifische CII. In dieser Arbeit konnte erstmals die in vitro Bindung CII-spezifischer ACPAs an Knorpelgewebe von RA-Patienten, das als asserviertes Biomaterial aus Synovektomie- bzw. Gelenkersatzoperationen zur Verfügung stand, nachgewiesen werden. Darüber hinaus gelang der erstmalige Nachweis einer chondrozytären Expression der für die posttranslationale Modifikation verantwortlichen Peptidylarginin-Deiminasen (PAD) PAD2 und PAD4 im Knorpelgewebe und ihre Hochregulation in den Chondrozyten unter oxidativem und genotoxischem Stress. Diese Stressoren sind an degenerativen Knorpel-veränderungen in der Pathogenese der Osteoarthrose (OA) beteiligt, sodass die Ergebnisse dieser Arbeit die Hypothese stützen, dass Degenerationsprozesse des alternden Knorpels zur Expression kollagenmodifiziernder PAD-Enzyme führen und damit die immunologische Selbsttoleranz des Knorpelgewebes durch Neoepitop-Generation in der Knorpelmatrix schwächen können.
Ein zentraler Aspekt der Arbeit galt der Analyse der CII-spezifischen humoralen Immunantwort im Blut und in der entzündlich veränderten Synovialmembran von RA-Patienten über die vergleichenden Analyse der rearrangierten Immunglobulingene in epitopspezifisch über biotinylierte CII-Peptide markierten B- und Plasmazellen. Die Isolation der markierten Zellen erfolgte mittels Laser-Mikrodissektion aus dem Gewebe und durchflusszytometrisch aus dem peripheren Blut. Die anschließende Sequenzanalyse der mittels semi-nested Einzelzell-PCR amplifizierten, für die variable Region der leichten und schweren Antikörperkette kodierenden V-Gene, ergab für die Erkennung des immundominanten CIIC1-Epitopes eine präferentielle V-Genverwendung. Darüber hinaus spricht der Nachweis höherer Mutationsraten in synovialen Plasmazellen im Vergleich zu CII-spezifischen B-Zellen im Blut für eine lokale synoviale Affinitätsreifung der Antikörperantwort. Die Klonierung der amplifizierten V-Gene in einen eukaryotischen Expressionsvektor ermöglicht die Expression rekombinanter Antikörper und deren Validierung im ELISA. Zukünftige Affinitätsbestimmungen und Kristallstrukturanalysen dienen dem verbesserten molekularen Verständnis der CII-Antikörpererkennung und murine Antikörper-transferexperimente der Evaluation der Arthritogenität der humanen CII-Antikörperantwort. Fernziel ist die Entwicklung einer auf der CII-Antigenspezifität beruhenden immunmodularischen Therapie der RA.
Die nicht-konventionelle Hefe P. ciferrii produziert große Mengen der tetra-acetylierten Sphingoidbase Phytosphingosin (TAPS). Sphingoidbasen sind essentielle Komponenten des stratum corneums, der multilamellaren Barriere der menschlichen Haut, und daher in der Kosmetik-Industrie von großem Interesse. Im Rahmen dieser Arbeit sollte die biotechnologische Produktion der Sphingoidbasen Phytosphingosin, Sphinganin und Sphingosin auf molekularbiologischer Ebene in P. ciferrii charakterisiert und optimiert werden. Die Hefe P. ciferrii konnte durch Etablierung einer einfachen und hoch-effizienten Transformations-Methode auf genetischer Ebene leicht zugänglich gemacht werden. Durch Inaktivierung des für NHEJ essentiellen PcLIG4 Gens konnte die Effizienz zielgerichteter genomischer Integrationen von transformierten DNA-Konstrukten von 1 % auf 87 % erhöht werden. Die Etablierung des Cre-loxP Systems erlaubte das mehrfache Verwenden eines Selektions-Markers wodurch sukzessiv mehrere genomische Integrationen in einem Stamm ermöglicht wurden. Durch diese Errungenschaften konnte das Ziel „Optimierung der Sphingoidbasen-Produktion der nicht-konventionellen Hefe P. ciferrii“ im Folgenden erfolgreich verfolgt werden. Der initiale Schritt der Sphingoidbasen-Biosynthese ist die von der Serin-Palmitoyl-Transferase katalysierte Kondensation von L-Serin und Palmitoyl-CoA. Durch die Deletion von Genen, die am L-Serin-Katabolismus von P. ciferrii beteiligt sind (PcSHM1, PcSHM2und PcCHA1), konnte die de novo Sphingoidbasen-Biosynthese optimiert werden und führte in einem lig4? Stamm zu einer etwa dreifachen Erhöhung der TAPS-Produktion. Weitere Ansätze den (vermutlich durch L-Serin feed back regulierten) L-Serin-Biosyntheseweg bzw. die in vivo L-Serin-Verfügbarkeit zu optimieren, führten nicht zu einer gesteigerten TAPS-Produktion. Durch weitere Deletion und Überexpression von Genen des Sphingolipid-Stoffwechsels konnte die TAPS-Produktion jedoch um ein Vielfaches verbessert werden. So konnte ein Stamm konstruiert werden, der die Gene PcLCB1, PcLCB2 und PcSYR2 überexprimiert und Deletionen der Gene PcSHM1, PcSHM2, PcCHA1, PcLCB4 und PcORM12 trägt. Dieser Stamm (CSS.L4.O.L2.L1.S2) wies eine mehr als fünffach erhöhte maximale spezifische TAPS-Produktbildungsrate (q Pmax ) auf und produzierte mit 2 g * L rund siebenmal mehr TAPS als der lig4? Ausgangsstamm, weshalb ein Einsatz dieses Stammes für die industrielle TAPS-Produktion denkbar wäre. Ausgehend von einem für die TAPS- (und somit Sphingoidbasen-) Produktion optimierten Stamm sollten Stämme mit optimierter TriASa- oder TriASo-Produktion für industrielle Zwecke generiert werden. Es stellte sich allerding heraus, dass erhöhte Mengen dieser Sphingoidbasen wahrscheinlich wachstumshemmend für P. ciferrii sind, weshalb eine weitere Produktions-Optimierung nicht ohne Weiteres möglich ist. In einem Laborstamm gelang es jedoch, durch Konstruktion und anschließende Transformation eines optimierten integrativen Plasmids (trägt die Gene, die für die Produktion von Sphingosin bzw. TriASo nötig sind) eine TriASo-Produktion von bis zu 30 mg * g (BTM) zu erzielen, wobei gleichzeitig die Bildung des Nebenprodukts TriASa auf weniger als 4 mg * g (BTM)reduziert wurde. Weiterhin konnte durch Deletion von PcSCS7 in einem TriASo-Produktionsstamm die TriASa-Produktion mehr als vierfach reduziert werden. Die Bildung eines weiteren von P. ciferrii gebildeten Nebenproduktes [Tri-Acetyl-Sphingadienin (TriASd)] konnte durch Deletion des PcSLD1 Gens unterbunden werden. Nach Inaktivierung von PcSCH9 konnte eine fast 20 %ige Verbesserung der TriASo-Produktion erreicht werden. Es konnten zwei putative Acetyl-Transferasen identifiziert werden (PcAft2 und PcSli1), die an der Acetylierung von Phytosphingosin (zu TAPS), Sphinganin (zu TriASa) und Sphingosin (zu TriASo) beteiligt sind. Die Aufklärung und Optimierung dieser von PcAtf2 und PcSli1 katalysierten Schritte sind vielversprechende Ansatzpunkte die Sphingoidbasen-Produktion in P. ciferrii weiter zu optimieren.
Monoterpenes and their monoterpenoid derivatives form a subclass of terpene(oid)s. They are widely used in medicines/pharmaceuticals, as flavor and fragrance compounds, or in agriculture and are also considered as future biofuels. However, for many of these substances, the extraction from natural sources poses challenges such as occurring at low concentrations in their raw material or because the natural sources are diminishing. Furthermore, many of the structurally more complex terpenoids cannot be chemically synthesized in an economic way. Therefore, microbial production provides an attractive alternative, taking advantage of the often distinct regio- and stereoselectivity of enzymatic reactions. However, monoterpenes and monoterpenoids are challenging products for industrial biotechnology processes due to their pronounced cytotoxicity, which complicates the production in microorganisms compared to longer-chain terpenes (sesquiterpenes, diterpenes, etc.).
The aim of this thesis was to generate a biotechnological complement to fossil-resources-based chemical processes for industrial monoterpenoid production. Therefore, a starting point for the further development of a microbial cell factory based on the microbe Pseudomonas putida KT2440 was aimed to be created. This production organism should be able to conduct a whole- cell biocatalysis to selectively oxyfunctionalize monoterpene hydrocarbons using renewable industrial by-products and waste streams as raw material for monoterpenoid production (Figure 1). As a model substance, the production of (-)-menthol should be addressed due to its industrial significance. (-)-Menthol is one of the world’s most widely-used flavor and fragrance compounds by volume as well as a medical component, having an annual production volume of over 30,000 tons. An approach for (-)-menthol production from renewable resources could be a biotechnological(-chemical) two-step conversion (Figure 1), starting from (+)-limonene, a by-product of the citrus fruit processing industry.
The thesis project was divided into three parts. In the first part, enzymes (limonene-3- hydroxylases) were to be identified that can convert (+)-limonene into the precursor of (-)-menthol, (+)-trans-isopiperitenol. To counteract product toxicity, in the second part, the tolerance of the intended production organism P. putida KT2440 towards monoterpenes and their monoterpenoid derivatives should be increased. Finally, in the third part, the identified hydroxylase enzymes would be expressed in the improved P. putida KT2440 strain to create a whole-cell biocatalyst for the first reaction step of a two-step (-)-menthol production, starting from (+)-limonene.
To achieve these objectives, different genetic/molecular biology and analytical methods were applied. In this way, two cytochrome P450 monooxygenase enzymes from the fungi Aureobasidium pullulans and Hormonema carpetanum could be identified and functionally expressed in Pichia pastoris, which can catalyze the intended hydroxylation reaction on (+) limonene with high stereo- and regioselectivity. A further characterization of the enzyme from A. pullulans showed that apart from (+) limonene the protein can also hydroxylate ( ) limonene, - and -pinene, as well as 3-carene.
Furthermore, within this thesis, mechanisms of microbial monoterpenoid resistance of P. putida could be identified. It was shown that the different monoterpenes and monoterpenoids tested have very different toxicity levels and that mainly the Ttg efflux pumps of P. putida GS1 are responsible for the tolerance to many of these compounds. Based on these results, a P. putida KT2440 strain with increased resistance to various monoterpenoids, including isopiperitenol, could then be generated, which can be used as a host organism for the further development of monoterpenoid-producing cell factories.
While within the scope of this work the heterologous expression of the fungal gene in prokaryotic cells in a functional form could not be realized despite different approaches, the identified enzymes, the monoterpenoid-tolerant P. putida strain and a plasmid developed for heterologous gene expression in P. putida provide a starting point for the further design of a microbial cell factory for biotechnological monoterpenoid production.
Generally speaking, protein import into mitochondria and chloroplasts is a post-translational process during which the precursor proteins destined for mitochondria or chloroplasts are translated with cytosolic ribosomes and targeted. The previous results showed that the isolated chloroplasts can import in vitro synthesized proteins and the absence of ribosomes in the immediate area around chloroplasts in electron microscopy (EM) images. However, none of the EM images were recorded in the presence of a translation elongation inhibitor. Also, the observation showed that ribosomes stably bind to purified liver mitochondria in vitro, and the first indication of chloroplast localization of mRNAs encoding plastid proteins in Chlamydomonas rheinhardtii, which challenge the post-translational import and support the co-translational process. Therefore, in this study, the association of the ribosomes to the isolated chloroplasts were analyzed, a binding assay was established and showed that naked ribosomes are not considerably bound to chloroplasts. Additionally, mRNA localize in close vicinity to mitochondria also challenged post-translation protein import. Global analysis of transcripts bound to mitochondria in yeast or human revealed that around half of the transcripts of mitochondrial proteins displayed a high mitochondrial localization. The observed association of mRNAs with chloroplast fractions and the in vivo analysis of the distribution of mRNAs was used as base to formulate the hypothesis that mRNA can bind to chloroplast surface. Therefore, in this study, the mRNA binding assay was established and revealed that mRNAs coding for the mitochondrial cytochrome c oxidase copper chaperone COX17 showed unspecific binding to the chloroplasts. The mRNA coding for chloroplast outer envelope transport protein OEP24 and mRNA coding for the essential nuclear protein 1 (ENP1) showed specific binding, and OEP24 has a 3-fold higher affinity than ENP1 mRNA. Moreover, the BY2-L (Nicotiana tabacum non-green cell culture) could confer the highest enhancement of OEP24 mRNA binding efficiency than the COX17 and ENP1 mRNA and the preparation of the BY2-L was optimized. Afterwards, the feasibility to fix the interaction between mRNA and the proteins on the surface of chloroplasts was confirmed. OEP24 mRNA showed more efficiency in the UV-crosslinking. Following, the pull-down with antisense locked nucleic acid (LNA)/DNA oligonucleotides was established which could be used for the further investigation of the proteins involved in the mRNA binding to the chloroplasts.
Mutational analysis of ribosomal DNA and maturation-scheme analysis of ribosomal RNA in A. thaliana
(2022)
Ribosome biogenesis is a fundamental cellular process beginning with long precursor rRNA transcription from multi-copies of repetitive 45S ribosomal DNAs. At the subunit level, the primary pre-rRNA transcript encapsuled in 90S protein-RNA complex undergoes decisive splitting in two chief ways for further maturation into large (LSU) and small (SSU) ribosomal subunit. The usage of specific rDNA copies from defined chromosomes and their selective role during growth and development have been a topic of interest owing to its contribution to specialized ribosome theory which proposes non-monolithic functions for ribosomes and thereby their mRNA translation potential. Dual-guide CRISPR/Cas9 mediated disruption of rDNA regions resulted in stable disruption of up to 2.5% and 5% of all rDNA copies in hetero- and homozygous (ploop KD) conditions, respectively. At the RNA level, the mutation excised a critical structural element, P-loop on the LSU 25S rRNA. Mutation caused a dosage dependent defect with homozygosity leading to severe developmental defects through vegetative and reproductive growth phases which is manifested in their proteome by means of disregulation through both increase and decrease of several gene ontological categories of proteins in mutants. Interestingly, the mutation on chromosome 4 triggered dosage compensation through rRNA expression from chromosome 2 further compounded by ectopic rRNA biogenesis defects. The mutated copies however are not incorporated in the translating ribosomes and as a direct or indirect consequence led to elevated basal autophagic levels in the mutants.
The primary 35S transcript is known to undergo two modes of initial cleavages at the pre-rRNA level that aid in their subsequent maturation. Root cell culture (RCC) studies shows that these cells contain a novel ITS2-first cleaved precursor even under control growth conditions, P-C2 adding a third maturation means for the 35S pre-rRNA. This maturation path is further known to be triggered under elevated growth temperature forming a novel adaptive response in Arabidopsis and two other crop plants, tomato, and rice. Taken together, the pulse-chase labeling analysis of control and stressed tissues uncovers the fine-tuned pre-rRNA schematics with crossovers between multiple maturation paths.
Nematophilic bacteria as a source of novel macrocyclised antimicrobial non-ribosomal peptides
(2020)
A solution to ineffective clinical antimicrobials is the discovery of new ones from under-explored sources such as macrocyclic non-ribosomal peptides (NRP) from nematophilic bacteria. In this dissertation an antimicrobial discovery process –from soil sample to inhibitory peptide– is demonstrated through investigations on six nematophilic bacteria: Xenorhabdus griffiniae XN45, X. griffiniae VH1, Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BG5, Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BMMCB, X. ishibashii and Photorhabdus temperata. To demonstrate the first step of bacterium isolation and species delineation, endosymbionts were isolated from Steinernema sp. strains BG5 and VH1 that were isolated directly from soil samples in Western Kenya. After genome sequencing and assembly of novel Xenorhabdus isolates VH1 and BG5, species delineation was done via three overall genome relatedness indices. VH1 was identified as X. griffiniae VH1, BG5 as Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BG5 and X. griffiniae BMMCB was emended to Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BMMCB. The nematode host of X. griffiniae XN45, Steinernema sp. scarpo was highlighted as a putative novel species. To demonstrate the second step of genome mining and macrocyclic non-ribosomal peptide structure elucidation, chemosynthesis and biosynthesis, the non-ribosomal peptide whose production is encoded by the ishA-B genes in X. ishibashii was investigated. Through a combination of refactoring the ishA-B operon by a promoter exchange mechanism, isotope labelling experiments, high resolution tandem mass spectrometry analysis, bioinformatic protein domain analysis and chemoinformatic comparisons of actual to hypothetical mass spectrometry spectra, the structures of Ishipeptides were elucidated and confirmed by chemical synthesis. Ishipeptide A was a branch cyclic depsidodecapeptide macrocyclised via an ester bond between serine and the terminal glutamate. It chemosynthesis route was via a late stage macrolactamation and linearised Ishipeptide B was synthesised via solid phase iterative synthesis. Ishipeptides were not N-terminally acylated despite being biosynthesised from the IshA protein that had a C-starter domain. It was highlighted that more than restoration of the histidine active site of this domain is required to restore N-terminal acylation activity.
To demonstrate the final step of determination of antimicrobial activity, minimum inhibitory concentrations of Ishipeptides and Photoditritide from Photorhabdus temperata against fungi and bacteria were determined. None were antifungal while only the macrocyclic compounds were inhibitory, with Ishipeptide A inhibitory to Gram-positive bacteria at 37 µM. The cationic Photoditritide, a cyclic hexapeptide macrocyclised via a lactam bond between homoarginine and tryptophan, was 12 times more inhibitory (3.0 µM), even more effective than a current clinical compound, Ampicillin (4.2 µM). For both, macrocyclisation was hypothesised to contribute to antimicrobial activity. Ultimately, this dissertation demonstrated not only nematophilic bacteria as a source of novel macrocyclic antimicrobial non-ribosomal peptides but also a process of antimicrobial discovery–from soil sample to inhibitory peptide– from these useful bacteria genera. This is significant for the fight against antimicrobial resistance.
Nematophilic bacteria as a source of novel macrocyclised antimicrobial non-ribosomal peptides
(2020)
A solution to ineffective clinical antimicrobials is the discovery of new ones from under-explored sources such as macrocyclic non-ribosomal peptides (NRP) from nematophilic bacteria. In this dissertation an antimicrobial discovery process –from soil sample to inhibitory peptide– is demonstrated through investigations on six nematophilic bacteria: Xenorhabdus griffiniae XN45, X. griffiniae VH1, Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BG5, Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BMMCB, X. ishibashii and Photorhabdus temperata. To demonstrate the first step of bacterium isolation and species delineation, endosymbionts were isolated from Steinernema sp. strains BG5 and VH1 that were isolated directly from soil samples in Western Kenya. After genome sequencing and assembly of novel Xenorhabdus isolates VH1 and BG5, species delineation was done via three overall genome relatedness indices. VH1 was identified as X. griffiniae VH1, BG5 as Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BG5 and X. griffiniae BMMCB was emended to Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BMMCB. The nematode host of X. griffiniae XN45, Steinernema sp. scarpo was highlighted as a putative novel species. To demonstrate the second step of genome mining and macrocyclic non-ribosomal peptide structure elucidation, chemosynthesis and biosynthesis, the non-ribosomal peptide whose production is encoded by the ishA-B genes in X. ishibashii was investigated. Through a combination of refactoring the ishA-B operon by a promoter exchange mechanism, isotope labelling experiments, high resolution tandem mass spectrometry analysis, bioinformatic protein domain analysis and chemoinformatic comparisons of actual to hypothetical mass spectrometry spectra, the structures of Ishipeptides were elucidated and confirmed by chemical synthesis. Ishipeptide A was a branch cyclic depsidodecapeptide macrocyclised via an ester bond between serine and the terminal glutamate. It chemosynthesis route was via a late stage macrolactamation and linearised Ishipeptide B was synthesised via solid phase iterative synthesis. Ishipeptides were not N-terminally acylated despite being biosynthesised from the IshA protein that had a C-starter domain. It was highlighted that more than restoration of the histidine active site of this domain is required to restore N-terminal acylation activity.
To demonstrate the final step of determination of antimicrobial activity, minimum inhibitory concentrations of Ishipeptides and Photoditritide from Photorhabdus temperata against fungi and bacteria were determined. None were antifungal while only the macrocyclic compounds were inhibitory, with Ishipeptide A inhibitory to Gram-positive bacteria at 37 µM. The cationic Photoditritide, a cyclic hexapeptide macrocyclised via a lactam bond between homoarginine and tryptophan, was 12 times more inhibitory (3.0 µM), even more effective than a current clinical compound, Ampicillin (4.2 µM). For both, macrocyclisation was hypothesised to contribute to antimicrobial activity. Ultimately, this dissertation demonstrated not only nematophilic bacteria as a source of novel macrocyclic antimicrobial non-ribosomal peptides but also a process of antimicrobial discovery–from soil sample to inhibitory peptide– from these useful bacteria genera. This is significant for the fight against antimicrobial resistance.
It has been estimated that about 1% of live births carry severe congenital heart defects and 20-30% among them have valve malformations. Despite its medical importance the underlying cause of many valvular diseases remains undiscovered. Thus, it is important to identify genes that play a crucial role in cardiac valve formation and maturation.
A temporal RNA expression analysis of heart development suggested that the extracellular matrix protein Nephronectin might be a novel regulator of valve development and/or trabeculation. Nephronectin is transiently expressed during rat heart development at the time of heart valve morphogenesis and trabeculation. Moreover, the extracellular matrix is known to be crucial for organogenesis. It is a complex, dynamic and critical component that regulates cell behavior by modulating the activity, bioavailability, or presentation of growth factors to cell surface receptors.
In order to verify the hypothesis that Nephronectin is a novel regulator of valve formation and/or trabeculation the zebrafish was chosen as model system. Females are able to spawn at intervals of 5 days laying hundreds of eggs in each clutch. Development progresses rapidly with precursors to all major organs appearing within 36 hours post fertilization. Zebrafish embryos develop externally, are translucent and continue to grow for several days despite developing severely malformed, non functional hearts. In addition, gene expression can be easily modulated. During the present study it has been shown that Nephronectin expression is correlated to valve development and trabeculation. Morpholinomediated knockdown of Nephronectin in zebrafish caused failure of valve formation and trabeculation resulting in > 85% lethality at 7 days post fertilization.
Cardiac valve formation is initiated at the junction of atrium and ventricle and is characterized by extracellular matrix deposition and endocardial cell differentiation. In accordance with the above-described phenotype the earliest observed abnormality in Nephronectin morphants was an extended tube like structure at the atrio-ventricular boundary. In addition, the expression of myocardial genes involved in cardiac valve formation (cspg2, fibulin1, tbx2b, bmp4) was expanded and endocardial cells along the extended tube like structure exhibited characteristics of atrio-ventricular cells (has2, notch1b and Alcam expression, cuboidal cell shape). Inhibition of has2 in Nephronectin morphants rescued the endocardial but not the myocardial expansion. In contrast, diminishment of BMP signaling in npnt morphants resulted in reduced ectopic expression of myocardial and endocardial atrio-ventricular markers. Taken together, these results identify Nephronectin as a novel upstream regulator of BMP4-HAS2 signaling playing a crucial role in atrio-ventricular canal differentiation.
Durch natürliche Selektion werden Funktionen, die dem Überleben und dem Fortpflanzungserfolg eines Organismus dienen, optimiert. Da die Struktur eines Organs dessen Funktion und umgekehrt die Funktion eines Organs dessen Struktur bestimmt, kann durch das Studium der Morphologie die Funktionsweise von Organen verstanden werden. Trotz des umfangreichen Wissens über die Struktur von Nervensystemen sowohl auf mikro- als auch auf makroskopischer Ebene, ist es weiterhin unklar, wie Bewusstsein und ein kohärentes Abbild der Umwelt im Gehirn erzeugt werden. Der Grund hierfür ist vor allem die gewaltige Komplexität neuronaler Netzwerke, die unmöglich geistig erfasst werden können. Eine Möglichkeit, das Gehirn ohne das detaillierte Wissen über all seine Bestandteile zu verstehen, bietet das Studium von Optimierungsprinzipien und deren Anwendung in theoretischen Modellen. So wie eingangs erwähnt die Funktion von Organen durch natürliche Selektion optimiert wird, sollte auch die Funktion neuronaler Netzwerke optimiert werden und neuronale Netzwerke sollten entsprechend solcher Optimierungsprinzipien aufgebaut sein. Ein wichtiges Prinzip, das essenziell für die Effizienz neuronaler Netzwerke ist, ist die Minimierung der Verbindungslänge zwischen Neuronen. Basierend auf diesem Prinzip wurde im Rahmen dieser Dissertation eine algorithmische Methode etabliert, die es ermöglicht Vorhersagen der relativen Position von Neuronen anhand ihrer Verbindungen zu treffen. Diese neuronale Platzierungsmethode beruht darauf, dass Neuronen mit ähnlicher Verbindungsnachbarschaft näher zueinander platziert werden als zu Neuronen mit weniger ähnlichen Verbindungsnachbarn, wodurch die durchschnittliche Verbindungslänge minimiert wird. Nach der Etablierung dieser Methode, wurde diese benutzt um Modelle zu erstellen, die es ermöglichen die Entstehung neuronaler Karten und kortikaler Faltungen im Zusammenhang mit der Konnektivität und der Anzahl der Neuronen zu untersuchen.
Neuronale Karten sind geordnete Muster auf der Oberfläche des Kortex, die durch die präferierte Aktivität einzelner Neuronen in Antwort auf Stimuli einer Modalität beobachtet werden können. Im visuellen Kortex existieren sogar mehrere Karten, je nachdem welche Qualität visueller Stimuli man betrachtet. Abhängig von der Präferenz für einen Sehwinkel, ein stimuliertes Auge oder der Orientierung eines Balken-Stimulus, können retinotopische Karten, Karten mit streifenartigen Mustern oder Karten mit sogenannten „Pinwheel“-Strukturen beobachtet werden. Pinwheels sind periodische Strukturen, die sichtbar werden indem man die Orientierungspräferenz von Neuronen für die spezifische Orientierung eines Balken-Stimulus mit der entsprechenden Farbe des Farbkreises visualisiert. Da diese Strukturen eine Ähnlichkeit mit bunten Windrädern haben, werde sie als Pinwheels bezeichnet. Die in dieser Dissertation erstellten Modelle sagen vorher, dass die Entstehung strukturierter neuronaler Karten im Allgemeinen von der Anzahl der Neuronen abhängt. In der Tat könnte diese Abhängigkeit auch für neuronale Karten im Kortex gelten. Während strukturierte Karten im visuellen Kortex in verschiedenen Säugerordnungen wie Primaten, Karnivoren und Huftieren existieren, sind sie in kleinen Nagern mit weniger Neuronen nicht vorhanden, trotz ähnlicher Verbindungsspezifizität. Folglich müssen Unterschiede in der Struktur neuronaler Karten im Kortex nicht zwangsläufig mit einer unterschiedlichen Funktionsweise zusammenhängen, sondern könnten auch durch allgemeine Optimierungsprinzipien beim Aufbau neuronaler Netzwerke bedingt werden. Eine weitere Gemeinsamkeit zwischen verschiedenen Säugetierordnungen ist, dass die relative Dichte der Pinwheels ziemlich genau bei der Zahl Pi liegt. Entsprechend der Ergebnisse dieser Dissertation könnte dies dadurch erklärt werden, dass für neuronale Karten ähnlicher Struktur die Anzahl der Neuronen pro Pinwheel relativ konstant ist. Unterschiede in der räumlichen Dichte der Pinwheels könnten dann einfach durch Unterschiede in der Dichte der Neuronen erklärt werden.
Neben den Modellen für neuronale Karten wurde im Rahmen dieser Dissertation auch ein Modell kortikaler Faltungen mit derselben neuronalen Platzierungsmethode erstellt. Die Existenz kortikaler Faltungen wird gemeinhin damit erklärt, dass der Kortex ohne Faltungen wegen seiner verhältnismäßig großen Oberfläche nicht in den Schädel gepackt werden könnte. Allerdings haben Experimente gezeigt, dass die Faltungen nicht durch eine Restriktion des wachsenden Kortex an der Schädeloberfläche entstehen, da auch mit mehr Platz für die Expansion des Kortex die gleichen Faltungsmuster exprimiert werden. Interessanterweise entstehen die kortikalen Faltungen erst, wenn die Proliferation der Neuronen während der Entwicklung größtenteils abgeschlossen ist und die Neuronen anfangen ihre Verbindungen auszubilden. Um kortikale Faltungen basierend auf der Konnektivität zwischen Neuronen im Modell vorherzusagen, genügt es das allgemeine Muster einer starken lokalen, aber schwachen globalen Konnektivität zwischen Neuronen nachzubilden. Abhängig von Variationen dieser Konnektivität, der Anzahl der kortikalen Kolumnen und der Neuronenanzahl innerhalb dieser Kolumnen, können im Modell viele Eigenschaften kortikaler Faltungsmuster in Säugetieren vorhergesagt werden. Ähnlich wie in Säugetieren ist der Faltungsgrad der vom Modell vorhergesagt wird von dem Verhältnis zwischen Parametern, die die Größe und Dicke des Kortex beschreiben, abhängig. Dementsprechend werden mehr und mehr Faltungen mit steigender Anzahl der Kolumnen, aber gleicher Anzahl von Neuronen pro Kolumne vorhergesagt. Wie in Säugetieren entstehen dabei auch die größeren primären Faltungen zuerst bevor es innerhalb der größeren Faltungen zu kleineren Faltungen höherer Ordnung kommt. Neben der Abhängigkeit des Faltungsgrads von der Größe des Kortex können Variationen in der Konnektivität erklären, wie es einerseits zu stereotypischen Faltungsmustern kommen kann, aber andererseits auch warum der Faltungsgrad zwischen verschiedenen Säugerordnungen unterschiedlich mit der Größe des Kortex skaliert. Letztlich könnten pathologische Veränderungen der Konnektivität zu den entsprechenden Änderungen im Faltungsmuster führen.
Insgesamt wurde in dieser Arbeit gezeigt, dass mittels einfacher Prinzipien, die die Verbindung zwischen Neuronen und deren relative Position zueinander beschreiben, komplexe neuroanatomische Strukturen vorhergesagt werden können. Da mit derselben Methode zur neuronalen Platzierung sowohl neuronale Karten als auch kortikalen Faltungen, also sehr unterschiedliche Strukturen vorhergesagt werden konnten, stellt sich die Frage, ob diese Strukturen durch einen gemeinsamen biologischen Mechanismus entstehen. Neuronale Zugkräfte sind ein möglicher Mechanismus, der die Entstehung kortikaler Faltungen erklären könnte. Auch wenn es eher unwahrscheinlich ist, dass die Entstehung neuronaler Karten von Zugkräften zwischen Neuronen abhängt, kann es nicht vollständig ausgeschlossen werden. Ob solche Kräfte an der Selbstorganisation neuronaler Netzwerke beteiligt sein könnten, ist eine interessante Fragestellung für zukünftige empirische Studien.
Eine große Gruppe von Aptameren sind die Guanosintriphosphat (GTP) Aptamere. Diese zeigt sehr eindrücklich, wie RNA unterschiedliche Strategien nutzt, um denselben Liganden zu erkennen. Die komplette Struktur des GTP Klasse II Aptamers wird in der ersten Publikation gezeigt. Interessanterweise zeichnet die Struktur ein stabil protoniertes Adenine unterhalb der GTP-Bindestelle aus. Dieses wurde durch eine Kombination aus weiterführenden NMR- und ITC-Experimente untersucht und charakterisiert. Es zeigte sich, dass die protonierte Base einen pKs-Wert hat, der weit von der Neutralität verschoben ist. Die Protonierung ist auch noch bei sehr basischen Puffern stabil.
Eine Art der funktionellen Protonierung wird von den zyklischen di-Nukleotiden (CDN) bindenden Riboswitches genutzt, um zwei CDN mit ähnlicher Affinität zu binden. c-di-GMP Riboswitches wurden als regulatorische Einheit beschrieben und deren Kristallstruktur aufgeklärt. Mutationsexperimente führten dazu, dass bei einer G-zu-A Mutation an der Gα-Bindestelle die Selektivität des Riboswitches verändert wurde. Die Mutante bindet sowohl c-di-GMP als auch cGAMP mit ähnlichen Bindungsaffinitäten. Riboswitche, die cGAMP binden wurden auch in der bakteriellen Genomen gefunden. Hierbei ist die Promiskuität unterschiedlich stark ausgeprägt. Die Untersuchung des Bindungsmodus und der damit verbundenen Promiskuität ist in der zweiten Publikation beschrieben. Hier wurde gezeigt, dass die Riboswitche beide Liganden nur binden können, wenn zur Bindung von c-di-GMP das Ligand bindende A protoniert vorliegt. Auch diese Protonierung konnte mit weiterführenden NMR- und ITC-Experimenten charakterisiert werden. Die Untersuchungen einer solch großen RNA sind mit NMR Spektroskopie herausfordernd. Hierbei wurde ausgenutzt, dass die Kristallstruktur bereits bekannt war, welche allerdings die Protonierung nicht zeigte. Auch diese Protonierung zeigt einen pKs-Wert, der weit von der Neutralität verschoben ist und außerdem bei unterschiedlichen pH stabil ist.
In den beiden untersuchten Beispielen wurden zwei verschiedene Arten von Protonierung gezeigt: eine strukturelle und eine funktionelle. Das GTP Klasse II Aptamer benutzt die Protonierung als strukturelle Basis für die Basis der Ligandenbindungsstelle. Hierbei werden durch die Protonierung des Adenines mehr nutzbare Wasserstoffbrücken ausgebildet und damit die Tertiärstruktur stabilisiert. Im Unterschied dazu nutzen die promiskuitiven CDN Ribsowicthes die Protonierung, um verschiedene Liganden binden zu können und es kommt damit zu einer Verschiebung der Funktionalität. Der regulatorische Nutzen dafür ist allerdings noch unbekannt.
Auch bei den SAM Riboswitches wurde ein promiskuitiver Vertreter beschrieben. SAM Riboswitches gehören zu den am längsten bekannten Klassen der Riboswitches. Bis heute sind hier die meisten unterschiedlichen Klassen bekannt. SAM wird häufig als Donor für funktionelle Gruppen benutzt, besonders häufig als Methlygruppendonor für die Methylierung einer Reihe unterschiedlicher Substrate (z.B. DNA, Proteine, Metabolite etc.). Bei dieser Reaktion entsteht SAH als Nebenprodukt. Zusätzlich ist SAH zelltoxisch, da es affin an Methyltransferasen bindet und damit diese essenzielle Reaktion inhibiert. Eine enge Kontrolle der SAH-Konzentration ist daher kritisch. SAM bindende Riboswitches haben zu SAM eine bis zu 1000-fach höhere Bindungsaffinität im Vergleich zu SAH. Die Beschreibung eines translationalen OFF-Riboswitches, der SAM und SAH mit ähnlicher Affinität bindet, ist daher überraschend. Zumal seine Genassoziation fast ausschließlich zu SAM Synthetasen ist, deren Regulation durch SAH wenig sinnvoll erscheint. Um ein besseres Verständnis für die Funktion des SAM/SAH Riboswitches zu erhalten, wurde seine 3D-Struktur mittels NMR-Spektroskopie aufgeklärt, wie in der vierten Publikation beschrieben. Dafür mussten zunächst alle Resonanzen der Sequenz und dem Liganden zugeordnet werden, wie in der dritten Publikation beschrieben. Dabei wurde als Ligand SAH gewählt, da dieser chemisch stabiler und damit für die teils tagelangen NMR-Messungen besser geeignet ist. Zusätzlich wurden Mutanten bzw. verwandte Liganden mittels ITC Experimente auf ihre Bindungseigenschaften untersucht, um die Bedeutung der Linkerlänge, einzelner Basenpaare und funktionelle Gruppen des Liganden zu untersuchen. Bei anderen bekannten SAM Riboswitches umschließt die RNA den Liganden fast komplett. Dabei wird zum einem das Sulfoniumion spezifisch durch die Carboxylgruppen verschiedener Uracil-Nukleotide erkennt und koordiniert. Außerdem bildet sich eine Bindetasche aus, die genug Platz für die stabile Bindung der Methylgruppe hat. Beim SAH Riboswitch wird die Selektivität für SAH dadurch erreicht, dass die Bindetasche sterisch keinen Platz für die Methylgruppe von SAM bereitstellt.
Zusammenfassend wurden in dieser Arbeit drei verschiedene Ligand bindende RNA-Strukturen untersucht, die alle sehr unterschiedliche Strategien zur Bindung der Liganden nutzen. Obwohl Portionierungen bei Aptameren und Riboswitches selten beschrieben wurden, haben sie eine maßgebliche Funktion in den beiden zuerst untersuchten Strukturen. Obwohl bisher im Hinblick auf alle bekannten RNA Strukturen eher selten beschrieben, gibt es doch neben den genannten zwei, einige Beispiele für strukturelle oder funktionelle Protonierungen. Auch in Hinblick auf zukünftige bzw. Verbesserung bestehender RNA-Strukturvorhersage-Programme ähnlich wie sie für Proteine schon lange nutzt werden, müssen protonierte Nukleobasen ernsthaft in Betracht gezogen werden. Außerdem konnte gezeigt werden, dass zwei der untersuchten Riboswitches zwei Liganden mit ähnlicher Affinität binden. Die genutzte Strategie ist hierbei unterschiedlich. Während bei den promiskuitiven CDN Riboswitches der regulatorische Nutzen noch unbekannt ist, konnte für den SAM/SAH Ribsowitch gezeigt werden, dass SAH nur zufällig aufgrund der wahrscheinlich sehr niedrigen intrazellulären Konzentration gebunden wird und dieser daher wahrscheinlich später in der evolutionären Entwicklung entstanden ist. Riboswitches halten es weiterhin spannend.
Non-ribosomal peptide synthetase docking domains : structure, function and engineering strategies
(2021)
Non-ribosomal peptide synthetases (NRPSs) are known for their capability to produce a wide range of natural compounds and some of them possess interesting bioactivities relevant for clinical application like antibiotics, anticancer, and immunosuppressive drugs. The diverse bioactivity of non-ribosomal peptides (NRPs) originates from their structural diversity, which results not only from the incorporation of non-proteinogenic amino acids into the growing peptide chain, but also the formation of heterocycles or further peptide modifications like methylation, hydroxylation and acetylation.
The biosynthesis of NRPs is achieved via the orchestrated interplay of distinct catalytic domains, which are grouped to modules that are located on one or more polypeptide chains. Each cycle starts with the selection and activation of a specific amino acid by the adenylation (A) domain, which catalyzes the aminoacyl adenylate formation under ATP consumption. This activated amino acid is then bound via a thioester bond to the 4’-phosphopantetheine cofactor (PPant-arm) of the following thiolation (T) domain. Before substrate loading, the PPant-arm is post-translationally added to the T domain by a phosphopantetheinyl transferase (PPTase), which converts the inactive apo-T domain in its active holo-form. In the last step of the catalytic cycle, two T domain bound peptide building blocks are connected by the condensation (C) domain, resulting in peptide bond formation and transfer of the nascent peptide chain to the following module. Each catalytic cycle is performed by a C-A-T elongation module until the termination module with a C-terminal thioesterase (TE) domain is reached. Here, the peptide product is released by hydrolysis or intramolecular cyclisation.
In comparison to single-protein NRPSs, where all modules are encoded on a single polypeptide chain, multi-protein NRPS systems must also maintain a specific module order during the peptide biosynthesis. Therefore, small C-terminal and N-terminal communication-mediating (COM) domains/docking domains (DD) were identified in the C- and N-terminal regions of multi-protein NRPSs. It was shown that these domains mediate specific and selective non-covalent protein-protein interaction, even though DD interactions are generally characterized by low affinities.
The first publication of this work focuses on the Peptide-Antimicrobial-Xenorhabdus peptide-producing NRPS called PaxS, which consists of the three proteins PaxA, PaxB and PaxC. Here, in particular the trans DD interface between the C-terminal attached DD of PaxB and N-terminal attached DD of PaxC was structurally investigated and thermodynamically characterized by isothermal titration calorimetry (ITC), yielding a dissociation constant (KD) of ~25 µM, which is a DD typical affinity known from further characterized DD pairs. The artificial linking of the PaxB/C C/NDD pair via a glycine-serine (GS) linker facilitated the structure determination of the DD complex by solution nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In comparison to known docking domain structures, this DD complex assembles in a completely new fold which is characterized by a central α-helix of PaxC NDD wrapped in two V-shaped α-helices of PaxB CDD.
The first manuscript of this work focuses on the application of synthetic zippers (SZ) to mimic natural docking domains, enabling the easy assembly of NRPS building blocks encoded on different plasmids in a functional way. Here, the high-affinity interaction of SZs unambiguously defines the order of the synthetases derived from single-protein NRPSs in the engineered NRPS system and allows the recombination in a plug-and-play manner. Notably, the SZ engineering strategy even facilitates the functional assembly of NRPSs derived from Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. Furthermore, the functional incorporation of SZs into NRPS modules is not limited to a specific linker region, so we could introduce them within all native NRPS linker regions (A-T, T-C, C-A).
The second publication and the second manuscript of this thesis again focus on the multi-protein PaxS, in particular on the trans interface between the proteins PaxA and PaxB on a molecular level by solution NMR. Therefore, the PaxA CDD adjacent T domain was included into the structural investigation besides the native interaction partner PaxB NDD. Before a three-dimensional structure could be obtained from NMR data, the NH groups located in the peptide bonds had to be assigned to the respective amino acids of the proteins (backbone assignment). Based on these backbone assignments, the secondary structure of PaxA T1-CDD and PaxB NDD in the absence and presence of the respective interaction partner were predicted.
The structural and functional characterization of the PaxA T1-CDD:PaxB NDD complex is summarized in manuscript two. The thermodynamic analysis of this complex by ITC determined a KD value of ~250 nM, whereas the discrete DDs did not interact at all. The high-affinity interaction allowed to determine the solution NMR structure of the PaxA T1-CDD:PaxB NDD complex without the covalent linkage of the interaction partners and an extended docking domain interface could be determined. This interface comprises on the one hand α-helix 4 of the PaxA T1 domain together with the α-helical CDD, and on the other hand the PaxB NDD, which is composed of two α-helices separated by a sharp bend.
...
A promising strategy to reduce the dependency from fossil fuels is to use the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae to bioconvert renewable non-food feedstocks or waste streams, like lignocellulosic biomass, into bioethanol and other valuable molecule blocks. Lignocellulosic feedstocks contain glucose and significant fractions of the pentoses xylose and arabinose in varying proportions depending on the biomass type. S. cerevisiae is an efficient glucose consumer, but it cannot metabolize xylose and arabinose naturally. Therefore, extensive research using recombinant DNA techniques has been conducted to introduce and improve the biochemical pathways necessary to utilize these non-physiological substrates. However, any functional pathway capable of metabolizing D xylose and L arabinose in S. cerevisiae requires the transport of these sugars across the plasma membrane. The endogenous sugar transport system of S. cerevisiae can conduct a limited uptake of D-xylose and L-arabinose; this uptake enables only basal growth when the enzymatic pathways are provided. For this reason, the uptake of D xylose and L-arabinose has been recognized as a limiting step for the efficient utilization of these non-physiological substrates.
Gal2, a member of the major facilitator superfamily, is one of the most studied hexose transporters in S. cerevisiae. Although its expression is repressed in the presence of glucose, it also transports this sugar with high affinity when constitutively expressed. Recent efforts to engineer yeast strains for the utilization of plant biomass have unraveled the ability of Gal2 to transport non-physiological substrates like xylose and arabinose, among others. Improving Gal2 kinetic and substrate specificity, particularly for pentoses, has become a crucial target in strain engineering. The main goal of this study is to improve the utilization of xylose and arabinose by increasing the cell permeability of these non physiological substrates through the engineering of the galactose permease Gal2.
GAL2 gene expression depends on galactose, which acts as an inducer; nevertheless, even in the presence of galactose, glucose act as a strict repressor; consequently, GAL2 gene is usually placed under the control of a constitutive promoter. However, the presence of glucose additionally triggers the Gal2 degradation, which is mediated by the covalent attachment of the small 76 amino acid protein ubiquitin (Ub) to the targeted transporter; in a multi-step process called ubiquitination.
Ubiquitination of hexose permeases involves the activation of the Ub molecule by the E1 Ub-activating enzyme using ATP; then, the activated Ub is transferred to a specific Ub-conjugating enzyme E2, which donates the Ub indirectly through a specific HECT E3 enzyme (Rsp5) to a lysine residue of the substrate, with the aid of an adaptor protein which recognizes the target (Rsp5-adaptor). Ubiquitinated permeases are sent by membrane invagination to early endosomes, where they encounter ESCRTs (endosomal sorting complex required for transport). The targeted permeases are sorted in intralumenal vesicles (ILV) inside of the endosome, which after several cycles, turns into a multivesicular body (MVB) that subsequently fuses with the vacuole to expose the protein content of the ILVs to lumenal hydrolases for degradation.
Gal2 contains 30 lysine residues that may accept the ubiquitin molecule, which targets its degradation. It is known that mono-ubiquitination by Rsp5 on multiple lysine residues is necessary to internalize Gal2 (Horak & Wolf, 2001). However, the authors did not identify the specific lysine residues involved in the ubiquitination processes. This study screened several Gal2 variants where lysine residues were mutated or removed from the protein sequence to discover which lysine residues are likely involved in ubiquitination and consequent turnover of the transporter. The results of the screening showed that mutation of the N terminal lysine residues 27, 37, and 44 to arginine (Gal23KR) produced a functional transporter that, when fused with GFP (Gal23KR_GFP), showed an exclusive localization at the plasma membrane in cells growing in galactose or glucose as a sole carbon source (Tamayo Rojas et al., 2021b).
This study furthermore evaluated upstream signals caused by phosphorylation which triggers ubiquitination and consequent turnover of the targeted protein; using similar screening approaches to assess the stabilization of Gal2 by lysine residue modifications, it was possible to identify that N terminal serine residues 32, 35, 39, 48, 53, and 55 are likely involved in the internalization of Gal2, since a Gal2 construct where all these serines were mutated to alanine residues and tagged with GFP (Gal26SA_GFP) exhibited practically complete localization at the plasma membrane in cells growing in galactose or glucose as a sole carbon source (Tamayo Rojas et al., 2021b)...
In view of a growing world population and the finite nature of fossil resources, the development of eco-friendly production processes is essential for the transition towards a sustainable industry. Methanol, which can be produced both petrochemically and from renewable resources, offers itself as bridging technology and attractive alternative raw material for biotechnological processes. This work describes developments for the progress of the well-studied methylotrophic α proteobacterium Methylorubrum extorquens AM1 towards an efficient methylotrophic cell factory. Although many homologous and heterologous production routes have already been described and realized for M. extorquens in a laboratory scale, no industrial process has yet been realized. Three major reasons can be identified for this: (1) A limited choice of tools for genetic modifications, (2) a lack of understanding of carbon fluxes and side reactions occurring in modified strains, such as product reimports, and (3) the lack of tailored production strains for profitable target products and optimized bioprocessing protocols. The aim of the present work was to achieve developments for the mentioned areas. As a model application, the high-level production of chiral dicarboxylic acids from the substrate methanol was chosen. Enantiomerically pure chiral compounds are of great interest, e.g., as building blocks for chiral drugs. The ethylmalonyl CoA metabolic pathway (EMCP) which is part of the primary metabolism of M. extorquens, harbors unique chiral CoA-ester intermediates. Their acid derivatives can be released by cleavage of the CoA-moiety using heterologous enzymes. The dicarboxylic acids 2 methylsuccinic acid and mesaconic acid were produced in a previous study by introducing the heterologous thioesterase YciA into M. extorquens. In the said study, a combined product titer of 0.65 g/L was obtained in shake flask experiments. These results serve as the basis for the developments in the present work.
First, the previously described reuptake of products was thoroughly investigated and dctA2, a gene encoding for an acid transporter, was identified as target for reducing the product reuptake. In addition, reuptake of mesaconic acid was prevented by converting it to (S)-citramalic acid, a product not metabolizable by M. extorquens, by the introduction of a heterologous mesaconase. Together with 2-methylsuccinic acid, for which a high enantiomeric excess of (S)-2-methylsuccinic acid was determined, a second chiral molecule was thus added to the product spectrum. For the release of dicarboxylic acid products, YciA, a broad-range thioesterase that accepts a variety of CoA-esters with different chain lengths as substrates, was chosen. The enzyme should theoretically be able to hydrolyze all CoA-esters of interest present in the EMCP. However, in culture supernatants of M. extorquens strains that were overexpressing the corresponding yciA gene, only mesaconic acid and 2 methylsuccinic acid could be detected. To expand the substrate spectrum of YciA thioesterase with respect to other EMCP intermediates, semi-rational enzyme engineering was attempted. Screening of the corresponding strains carrying the respective YciA variants did not result in strains capable of producing new dicarboxylic acid products. However, the experiments revealed an amino acid position that strongly affected the production of mesaconic acid and 2-methylsuccinic acid in vivo. By substituting the according amino acid in YciA, the maximum titers of mesaconic acid and 2-methylsuccinic acid could be increased substantially. Application of an improved thioesterase variant in a second E. coli-based process confirmed the enhanced activity of the enzyme. The desired extension of the product spectrum by another chiral molecule (2-hydroxy-3-methylsuccinic acid, presumably the (2S,3R)-form) was finally achieved by using an alternative thioesterase. Tailored fermentation strategies were developed for the high-level production of the above-mentioned products.
As second part of the work, two novel genetic tools for M. extorquens were developed and characterized. The pBBR1-derived plasmid pMis1_1B was shown to be stably maintained in M. extorquens cells. In addition, its suitability for co-transformations with other plasmids was demonstrated. The second tool, the cumate-inducible promoter Ps6, is tailored for expression of pathways with toxic products, as the transcription of genes controlled by Ps6 is strongly repressed in the absence of an inducer.
Overall, the present work demonstrates the enormous potential of using M. extorquens as a methylotrophic cell factory. In the applications shown, the biotechnological production of high-priced chiral molecules is combined with the use of an attractive alternative substrate. In addition, new achievements and approaches are presented to facilitate the development of future M. extorquens production strains.
In conclusion, I described for the first time the in vivo functions of PAK2 during cardiac development and its requirement for heart contractility
AIM1 – Characterization of Pak2a and Pak2b functions during cardiovascular system development: description of the phenotype triggered by the loss of expression of pak2b in the pak2a mutant Firstly, in addition to the confirmation of the published data regarding the pak2a mutant and morphant phenotype, I showed that pak2bbns159 mutant does not exhibit morphological defects, neither in the ISV formation nor in the brain vascular patterning. More importantly, I analyzed in more details the phenotypic consequences of pak2a and pak2b loss of expression in the trunk and brain vasculatures. Indeed, the lack of blood flow in the embryos, was associated with central arteries migration defects and reduced lumen in these central arteries and the ISVs. Moreover, pak2a and pak2b loss of expression resulted in cardiac failure.
AIM2 – Role of Pak2 on cardiac contractility From 40 -46 hpf, I found a weaker heart contractility in the pak2ami149/mi149;pak2bbns159/bns159. Although, the PAK proteins have been shown to impact the actin cytoskeleton organization, the heart morphological defects associated with the altered contractility, were not associated with acto-myosin filament reorganization. However, by analyzing in more details the structure of the sarcomeres, I was able to demonstrate that the proteins constituting the sarcomeres were strongly affected and showed an altered spatial organization. Then, I also described the effects of the loss of expression of both paralogs on the junctional protein localization. I demonstrated the loss of Pak2 function resulted in junction protein rearrangement in the cardiomyocytes in the pak2ami149/mi149;pak2bbns159/bns159 mutants at 40 and 46 hpf.
Thus, I was able for the first time to demonstrate in vivo PAK2 functions during cardiac development and its requirement for proper cardiac contractility activity.
AIM3 – Decipher mechanism of Pak2 signaling cascade involved during cardiac development Both pak2a and pak2b WT mRNAs were able to rescue the pak2ami149/mi149;pak2bbns159/bns159 mutant heart defects and the results indicated that these paralogs share overlapping function during cardiac development. Moreover, although I was not able to examine the control transgenic lines, myocardial and endothelial specific pak2a overexpression did not ameliorate the mutant cardiac deficiency. Thus,the absence of rescue by reactivating pak2a in cardiomyocytes indicates a non-cell autonomous function of Pak2a on cardiomyocytes.
For the first time, this study allowed to follow PAK2 in vivo functions during cardiovascular development. More importantly, its role on heart contractility regulation would enable further investigations to generate new tools for the treatment of cardiomyopathies.
The intensive use of the North Sea area through offshore activities, sand mining, and the spreading of dredged material is leading to increasing pollution of the ecosystem by chemicals such as hydrophobic organic contaminants (HOCs). Due to their toxicological properties and their ability to accumulate in the environment, HOCs are of particular concern. The contaminants partition between aqueous (pore water, overlying water) and solid phases (sediment, suspended particulate matter, and biota) within these systems. The accumulated contaminants in the sediment are of major concern for benthic organisms, who are in close contact with sediment and interstitial water. It is thus particularly important to better understand how contaminants interact with biota, as these animals may contribute to trophic transfer through the food web. Furthermore, sediments are a crucial factor for the water quality of aquatic systems. They not only represent a sink for contaminants but also determine environmental fate, bioavailability, and toxicity. The Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) was introduced to protect our marine environment across Europe and includes the assessment of pollutant concentrations in the total sediment, which, however, rarely reflects the actual exposure situation. The consideration of the pollutant concentrations in the pore water is not implemented, although this is needed for the evaluation of bioavailability and risk assessment. For this reason, special attention is given to further development, implementation, and validation of pollutant monitoring methods that can determine the bioavailable fraction in sediment pore water. For risk assessment purposes, it is furthermore important to use biological indicators in addition to classical analytics to determine the effect of pollutants on organisms. The main objective of this thesis was to gain insight into the pollution load and the potential risk of hydrophobic organic chemicals (HOCs) in the sediment of the North Sea and to evaluate these results with regard to possible risks for benthic organisms and the ecosystem. The following five aims are covered within these studies to gain a holistic assessment of sediment contamination:
1. Assessment of the pore water concentrations of PAHs and PCBs
2. Determination of the bioturbation potential by macrofauna analysis
3. Application of the SPME method on biological tissue
4. Assessment of recreated environmental mixtures in passive dosing bioassays
5. Development of SPME method for DDT in sediments
The thesis is comprised of three main studies supported by three additional studies ...
Phenology is the study of periodic life cycle events of living organisms and how these are influenced by environmental factors. Late phenological phases such as the timing of seed release and subsequent seed dispersal considerably affect ecology and evolution in plants. Since plants are mostly sessile organisms, seed dispersal is a crucial life cycle event for the ecology and evolution of plants. In fact, long-distance seed dispersal (LDD) is a very complex process in plant biology and significantly shapes the spatial and temporal dynamics of plant populations. For example, wind dispersal in plants is influenced by a variety of factors such as plant traits, habitat type and environmental conditions (e.g. wind speed). Considering the variability of wind conditions throughout the year, the timing of seed release and dispersal is known to have considerable effects on LDD. Even though late phenologies such as ripening duration and timing of seed release and subsequent dispersal are vital in estimating ecologically highly relevant LDD, these phenologies are not appropriately addressed in ecological research. The aim of this thesis is to gain insights into the factors that shape late plant phenologies. In particular, we address the following questions: which ecologically or evolutionary parameters drive the ripening process of plant species? How does the seasonal variability of wind affect the seed release phenology of plant species? How do these factors interact for plant species in different habitat types?
In order to address these questions, we applied different methodological approaches, ranging from fieldwork and monitoring phenology to computational simulation studies and statistical modeling. To study the ripening process of species, we monitored the flowering, ripening and seed release phenology of more than 100 Central European plant species. We conducted computational simulation studies for estimating LDD by wind to study the phenology of seed release and the parameters determining LDD by wind. In conjunction with phenological data from literature, we used the obtained simulation results to investigate evidence for the existence of phenological adaptations towards LDD in 165 plant species. Further, we used the results from simulation studies of LDD by wind to disentangle the effects of species, habitat types and meteorological conditions and their interactions on the spatial spread of plant species.
The results of the relationship between plant traits, phylogeny, the ripening process and climatic factors provide insights into the basic understanding of the ripening process of plants. We identified ecological factors that shape species’ ripening phenology and seed release timing. In particular, we suggest that the species’ seed weight, life form and phylogeny shapes ripening and seed release phenology. With the statistical models on species’ temperature demands for reproduction, we introduce data that that are well suitable for parametrization and further development of plant dispersal models. The results from the simulation study based on a seasonal perspective showed that heavier seeded tree species with medium wind dispersal potential (including genera Abies, Acer, Fraxinus and Larix) have a clear synchronisation of seed abscission with periods favouring LDD. These species, which are both ecologically and economically important, showed significant synchronisation of the highest rate of seed release with high wind-speed that promoted LDD by wind in wintertime. For the tree species mentioned, we suggest strong seasonal synchronisation as evidence for phenological adaptations in order to match favourable conditions during seed release. With a closer look at the wind conditions that promote LDD by wind, our results showed considerable differences in how specific wind conditions affect LDD in different species and habitat types. We suggest that LDD by wind in species from open habitats with high wind dispersal potential is likely to be driven by thermal updrafts that are mainly driven by the sun providing energy to the ground. By contrast, LDD of heavier-seeded species from open and forested habitats is more likely to be driven by storms that produce shear-driven turbulence. The results from this thesis contribute to an increased understanding of the complete dispersal process of plants and to making more realistic projections of (future) plant distribution.
The results obtained on factors driving ripening and release phenology provide valuable insights into their ecological and phylogenetic factor constraints. The implementation of more realistic assumptions in assessing species’ dispersal potential throughout the year could help considerably in improving landscape management (e.g. timing of mowing) and in the conservation of plant populations. The evidence found for phenological adaptations towards LDD in plants is an important step in understanding the evolutionary basis of LDD in these species.
Freshwater is one of the most fundamental resources for life and is the habitat for a wide diversity of species. One of the most diverse aquatic insect taxa is Trichoptera Kirby, 1813, caddisflies. These semi-aquatic insects have aquatic larvae and terrestrial adults and are found all around the globe in freshwater habitats. Water is also one of the most important natural resources for the human population, but alarmingly, freshwaters are among the most threatened natural habitats. Thus, the monitoring and preservation of the quality of freshwater habitats should have a high priority. In order to track changes in the biota a baseline reference is necessary, but freshwater biodiversity is under-studied in many parts of the Earth such as the biodiversity hotspots of the Himalaya and the Hengduan Mountains. This thesis treats the trichopteran genus Himalopsyche Banks, 1940 (Rhyacophilidae) which has its diversity center in the Himalayas and the Hengduan Mountains. Himalopsyche larvae are large and conspicuous and only occur in clean, unpolluted streams. This makes Himalopsyche potentially suited as indicator organisms for freshwater quality monitoring, but taxonomic knowledge is yet insufficient. Based on samples from a field survey in the Hengduan Mountains targeting both larvae and adults I uncovered three new Himalopsyche species which are described in this thesis (Chapter II), and with the aid of molecular data I associated larvae of Himalopsyche to adult species (Chapter I). The molecular association enabled the first comparative morphological study of Himalopsyche species in the larval stage, and the morphological study in Chapter II revealed that there are four distinct larval types of Himalopsyche. However, no diagnostic characters to identify Himalopsyche larvae to species level were found. To understand Himalopsyche larval morphology from an evolutionary perspective, I reconstructed the first molecular phylogeny of the genus (Chapter III). This demonstrated that each larval type corresponds to a deep phylogenetic split, indicating that larval types evolved early in Himalopsyche evolution and remained constant since. Based on the phylogenetic results as well as larval and adult morphology, I re-defined five species groups of Himalopsyche: H. kuldschensis Group, H. lepcha Group, H. navasi Group, H. phryganea Group, and H. tibetana Group. The species groups differ with respect to their diversity centers. The monotypic H. lepcha Group resides in the Himalayas, and the monotypic H. phryganea Group inhabits Western Nearctic. The H. kuldschensis and H. tibetana Groups are geographically overlapping with distributions in the Himalayas, but the distribution of H. kuldschensis Group stretches more to the west to include the Tian Shan, and the H. tibetana Group is more concentrated around the eastern Himalayas and the Hengduan Mountains. The H. navasi Group has a more eastern distribution than most Himalopsyche including isolated areas such as Japan and Indonesia. The earliest split in Himalopsyche divides the H. navasi Group from remaining Himalopsyche, suggesting a more eastern area of origin of Himalopsyche than its current diversity center, with subsequent radiations in the Himalayas and Hengduan Mountains. In addition to the three chapters, in this thesis I discuss further aspects of Himalopsyche biology including genital evolution, species complexes, and Himalopsyche ecology.
Taxa under scrutiny in this thesis are Halophytophthora-like oomycetes. The genus Halophytophthora, proposed in 1990, is an assemblage of unrelated species grouped together on the basis habitat preference, i.e. the mangrove or saltmarsh biome, and morphological similarity to Phytophthora. The premise “Phytophthora-like species from the mangrove environment” became the genus concept for Halophytophthora and lasted for almost 2 decades which resulted to the addition of several species (i.e. H. elongata, H. exoprolifera, H. porrigovesica, H. kandeliae, H. masteri, and H. tartarea). At the onset of molecular phylogenetics, Halophytophthora was inferred as a highly polyphyletic taxon and the genus concept was found to be unsuitable. This thesis adds to this, since six Phytophthora spp. were isolated from the mangrove environment, two of which were found in the Philippines (Phytophthora elongata and Phytophthora insolita). After a thorough assessment of the morphologic and phylogenetic data of taxa included in this thesis, several taxonomic novelties were introduced – a new family (Salispinaceae), a new genus (Calycofera), new species (Calycofera cryptica, Phytopythium dogmae, Phytopythium leanoi, Salisapilia coffeyi, and Salispina hoi), and new combinations (Calycofera operculata, Salisapilia bahamensis, S. elongata, S. epistomia, S. masteri, S. mycoparasitica). In addition, Salisapiliaceae and Salisapilia were emended.
Seed dispersal is a key ecosystem function for plant regeneration, as it involves the movement of seeds away from the parental plants to particular habitats where they can germinate and transition to seedlings and ultimately adult plants. Seed dispersal is shaped by a diversity of abiotic and biotic factors, particularly by associations between plants and climate and between plants and other species. Due to the ongoing loss of biodiversity and changing global conditions, such interactions are prone to change and pose a severe threat to plant regeneration. One way to address this challenge is to study associations between plant traits and abiotic and biotic factors to understand the potential impacts of global change on plant regeneration. Plant communities have long been analyzed through the lens of vegetative traits, mainly ignoring how other traits interact and respond to the environment. For instance, while associations between vegetative traits (e.g., specific leaf area, leaf nitrogen content) and climate are well studied, there are few case studies of reproductive traits in relation to trait-environment associations in the context of global change.
Thus, the overarching aim of this dissertation is to explore how trait-environment associations, with a special focus on reproductive traits, can improve our understanding of the effect that global change may have on seed dispersal, and ultimately on plant regeneration. To this end, my research focuses on studying associations between plant traits and abiotic and biotic factors along an elevational gradient in both forests and deforested areas of tropical mountains. This dissertation addresses three principal research objectives.
First, I investigate the extent to which reproductive (seed and fruit traits) and vegetative traits (leaf traits) are related to abiotic and biotic factors for communities of fleshy-fruited plants in the Ecuadorian Andes. I used multivariate analyses to test associations between four (a)biotic factors and seven reproductive traits and five vegetative traits measured on 18 and 33 fleshy fruited plant species respectively. My analyses demonstrate that climate and soil conditions are strongly associated with the distribution of both reproductive and vegetative traits in tropical tree communities. The production of “costly” vs. “cheap” seeds, fruits and leaves, i.e., the production of few rewarding fruits and acquisitive leaves versus the production of many less-rewarding fruits and conservative leaves, is primarily limited by temperature, whereas the size of plant organs is more related to variation in precipitation and soil conditions. My findings suggest that associations between reproductive and vegetative traits and the abiotic environment follow similar principles in tropical tree communities.
Second, I assess how climate and microhabitat conditions affect the prevalence of endozoochorous plant species in the seed rain of tropical montane forests in southern Ecuador. I analyzed seed rain data for an entire year from 162 traps located across an elevational gradient spanning of 2000 m. I documented the microhabitat conditions (leaf area index and soil moisture next to each seed trap) at small spatial scale as well as the climatic conditions (mean annual temperature and rainfall in each plot) at large spatial scale. After a one-year of sampling, I counted 331,838 seeds of 323 species/morphospecies. My analyses demonstrate that the prevalence of endozoochorous plant species in the seed rain increases with temperature across elevations and with leaf area index within elevations. These results show that the prevalence of endozoochory is shaped by the interplay of both abiotic and biotic factors at large and small spatial scales.
Third, I examine the potential of seed rain to restore deforested tropical areas along an elevational gradient in southern Ecuador. For this chapter, I collected seed rain using 324 seed traps installed in 18 1-ha plots in forests (nine forest plots) and in pastures (nine deforested plots) along an elevational gradient of 2000 m. After a sampling period of three months, I collected a total of 123,039 seeds of 255 species/morphospecies from both forests and pastures along the elevational gradient. I did not find a consistent decrease in the amount and richness of seed rain between forests and pastures, but I detected a systematic change in the type of dispersed seeds, as heavier seeds and a higher proportion of endozoochorous species were found in forests compared to pastures at all elevations. This finding suggests that deforestation acts as a strong filter selecting seed traits that are vital for plant regeneration.
Understanding the role that trait-environment associations play in how plant communities regenerate today could serve as a basis for predicting changes in regeneration processes of plant communities under changing global conditions in the near future. Here, I show how informative the measurement of reproductive traits and trait environment associations are in facilitating the conservation of forest habitats and the restoration of deforested areas in the context of global change.
The production of ribosomes is a complicated multistep, that is susceptible to changes occurring within the cell and its environment. The process itself requires many proteins, known as ribosome biogenesis factors (RBFs) and many non-coding RNAs like the small nucleolar RNAs (snoRNAs). While RBFs are required for the accurate processing of the pre-rRNA into mature rRNAs, the snoRNAs act to coordinate and guide enzymes for post-transcriptional modifications, chiefly 2´-O-ribose methylation and pseudouridylation. While ribosome biogenesis is mostly described in human and yeast model eucaryotes, similar detailed studies in the model plant Arabidopsis thaliana are far less explored and understood. Furthermore, for many experimentally confirmed modification sites the according snoRNAs and for many pre-rRNA processing steps the responsible RBFs are missing. Therefore, it is expected that a high number of snoRNAs and RBFs are not identified till yet. For this reason, RNA-deep sequencing was performed in order to identify novel snoRNAs and MS analysis data of nucleoli and nuclei of A. thaliana from a former PhD student were used in order to find new proteins involved in pre-rRNA processing.
In here, it is shown that with RNA deep-sequencing still new snoRNAs and snRNAs can be identified and that detection of predicted snoRNAs can be fulfilled with a) antisense oligonucleotides tagged with fluorescence dyes and b) with radioactive labeled antisense probes. Furthermore, a secondary structure map of the 60S and 40S subunit highlighting the predicted and moreover verified modification sites in 5.8S, 25S and 18S rRNA was created. Especially, the correlation between the modification sites and the guiding snoRNA is highlighted further shedding light on overview about current pre-rRNA modification sites and corresponding guiding snoRNAs. The next chapter reveals the complex and multi-layered existence of the 5.8S rRNA and its numerous precursors. The mutant prp24 (also known as seap1) encoding AtPRP24, is recognized as factor being important for splicing as it is promoting the recruitment of the U4 and U6 snRNAs to the spliceosome. In here, it was found that AtPRP24 is involved in processing of 5.8S rRNA precursors, recognizable by precursors that are over accumulating in the mutant. Moreover, it could be shown for the first time that the plant-specific precursor 5´-5.8S is exported to the cytoplasm, where final cleavage steps of 5.8S rRNA takes place. In the prp24.2 mutant, this precursor is exported at an increased rate to the cytoplasm, where it can be detected in the actively translating ribosomes (polysomes). A lower sensitivity of the mutant seeds to cycloheximide (CHX) suggests that due to the extension at the 5´-end of 5.8S, the structure of the 60S subunit has altered CHX binding. In conclusion, this work highlights the importance and complexity of 5.8S rRNA and its precursors for ribosome biogenesis and displays new insights into pre-rRNA processing in A. thaliana.
Polyploidie in Prokaryoten
(2018)
Diese Arbeit teilt sich in drei Teile auf, die sich mit der Regulation der Polyploidie sowie mit der Genkonversion als evolutionären Vorteil von Polyploidie in Haloferax volcanii beschäftigen.
Im ersten Teil dieser Arbeit, wurde der Einfluss der DNA-Replikationsinitiatorproteine Orc1/Cdc6 auf das Ploidielevel untersucht. Hierbei konnte anhand von Deletionsmutanten zunächst gezeigt werden, dass lediglich drei der 16 Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine in H. volcanii essentiell sind. Bestimmung des Ploidielevels mittels qPCR-Analyse ergab, dass jedes der 12 untersuchten Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine das Ploidielevel mindestens eines Replikons beeinflusst und dementsprechend sowohl die mit einem Replikationsursprung assoziierten als auch die „verwaisten“ Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine eine Funktion haben. Die mit einem Replikationsursprung assoziierten Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine hatten hierbei keinen größeren Einfluss auf das Ploidielevel als die „verwaisten“. Zusätzlich konnte durch Wachstumsanalysen in Mikrotiterplatten gezeigt werden, dass die meisten Deletionsmutanten unter allen getesteten Bedingungen ein mit dem Wildtyp vergleichbares oder besseres Wachstum zeigen. Eine Deletionsmutante eines Orc1/Cdc6-Proteins hingegen zeigte nur verbessertes Wachstum bei Glukose als Kohlenstoffquelle, was ein Hinweis auf die Verwendung verschiedener Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine unter verschiedenen Bedingungen sein könnte. Zusätzlich wurden zwei mit dem Replikationsursprung assoziierte Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine überexprimiert und via ihres N-terminalen His-Tag im Western-Blot nachgewiesen, sodass diese nun für Co-Affinitätsaufreinigungen zur weiteren Charakterisierung des komplexen Zusammenspiels der Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine zur Verfügung stehen.
Im Rahme des zweiten Teils der Arbeit wurde der Einfluss der in der 5‘-Region der der Replikationsursprünge ori1 und ori2 kodierten Proteine auf Wachstum und die Kopienzahl des Hauptchromosoms bestimmt. Zunächst wurde die Expression der drei in Haloarchaea hoch-konservierten oap-Gene upstream von ori1 mittels Nothern-Blot untersucht und es konnte gezeigt werden, dass das oap-Operon tatsächlich als Operon abgelesen wird. Um alle Gene in den 5‘-Regionen von ori1 und ori2 genauer zu charakterisieren, wurden induzierbare Überexpressionsmutanten im Wildtyp-Hintergrund angefertigt. Es konnte mittels Wachstumsversuchen in Mikrotiterplatten gezeigt werden, dass bei Induktion von Beginn an die Überexpression der Hef-Helikase und des oapB-Proteins zu einem starken Wachstumsdefekt führen, die von oapC und HVO_1724 zu einem moderaten Wachstumsdefekt, wohingegen für die Überexpressionsmutante von oapA vergleichbares Wachstum zum Wildtyp und für die Überexpression der Rad25d-Helikase verbessertes Wachstum beobachtet werden konnte. Es konnte darüber hinaus gezeigt werden, dass sowohl die Deletion als auch die Überexpression der Helikasen keinen Einfluss auf das Ploidielevel hat; die Deletion von oapC führt jedoch zu einer Reduktion der Genomkopienzahl in exponentieller und stationärer Phase, was ein erster Hinweis darauf ist, dass das oap-Operon eine Rolle bei der Regulation des Ploidielevels spielen könnte.
Im dritten Teil der Arbeit wurde eine Methode entwickelt, um Genkonversion farblich sichtbar zu machen. Hierbei wurde sich H. volcaniis Carotinoidbiosynthese zu Nutze gemacht. Es wurden zwei verschiedene, auxotrophe Elternstämme mittels Protoplastenfusion verschmolzen, um eine heterozygote Tochterzelle zu erzeugen. Ein Genkonversionsereignis wurde durch einen roten Keil angezeigt, der aus einer weißen Kolonie wuchs und durch die erfolgreiche Reparatur des Carotinoidbiosynthesegens entstand. Es wurden insgesamt 8525 Klone ausgestrichen und 0,14 % der Kolonien zeigten eine entsprechende rote Färbung. Das Proof-of-Principle dieser Methode ist in damit in dieser Arbeit gelungen. Um die Genkonversion in den weißen Kolonien auf genetischer Ebene genauer zu untersuchen, wurde PCR verwendet. Es konnte gezeigt werden, dass in den Zellen aller 135 untersuchten Kolonien Genkonversion stattgefunden hatte und zwar so effizient, dass nur in seltenen Fällen Heterozygotie vorlag. Unter Selektionsdruck stehende Loci hatten in beiden untersuchten Fällen eine starke Präferenz in Richtung Homozygotie und Erhalt der Prototrophie. Für nicht unter Selektionsdruck stehende Loci konnte gezeigt werden, dass die Hälfte der untersuchten Kolonien dem Elternstamm 1 glich, während die andere Hälfte dem Elternstamm 2 glich. Auch hier waren die Zellen nur in seltenen Fällen homozygot.
By far not all genetic information is expressed by mRNA coding regions of the DNA. 98% of the human genome is not encoding for proteins. Therefore, these non-coding regions have been considered as “junk DNA” for a long time [1, 2]. The last years, new high throughput sequencing techniques have allowed the elucidation of the heterogeneous population of non-coding RNAs (ncRNAs, Table 1). RNAs longer than 200 nucleotides (nt) belong to the family of long non-coding RNAs (lncRNAs). They can exhibit numerous functions: The biggest family of RNAs is represented by the ribosomal RNAs (rRNAs). Together with the transfer RNAs (tRNAs) they are essential for the translation of mRNA into an amino acid sequence.
In welchen Situationen steht ein Tier unter Stress und wie beeinflusst Stress dessen Wohlbefinden? Dies sind die Kernfragen, mit denen Zoos konfrontiert sind, wenn es darum geht, den Bedürfnissen ihrer Tiere gerecht zu werden. Die Beantwortung dieser Fragen ist jedoch angesichts der großen individuellen Variabilität des Inputs, der Stress hervorrufen kann,und des Outputs, der das Wohlbefinden bestimmt, eine Herausforderung. Um diese Herausforderung zu meistern, brauchen Zoos Kenntnisse darüber, welche Haltungsbedingungen und Managementsituationen Verhaltens-, physiologische oder emotionale Veränderungen hervorrufen, sowohl positive als auch negative. Dies trifft insbesondere auf Arten zu, die aufgrund ihrer Biologie und des großen öffentlichen Interesses große Anforderungen an das Management in Menschenobhut stellen, wie den Afrikanischen Elefanten. Die vorliegende Arbeit hatte daher das Ziel, unter Berücksichtigung der individuellen Variation die Auswirkungen bestimmter Managementsituationen auf physiologischen Stress und das Wohlbefinden der Tiere zu evaluieren.
Für diese Arbeit wurden zehn Afrikanische Elefanten aus drei Zoos im Rahmen eines Experiments in 2016 und 2017 mehrmals untersucht. Dieses Experiment umfasste zum einen die Messung von physiologischem Stress auf der Basis der Konzentration des „Stresshormons“ Cortisol im Speichel der Elefanten. Zu diesem Zweck wurden an bestimmten Tagen und zu folgenden Zeitpunkten Speichelproben entnommen: morgens, nachmittags vor und mehrmals nach einer von zwei Managementsituationen (positives Verstärkungstraining [PRT] und neuartiges Enrichmentobjekt [NOV]). Zum anderen diente die Exposition gegenüber dem neuartigen Enrichmentobjekt als sogenannter Novel Object Test. Dieser Standardtest der Persönlichkeitsforschung bei Tieren deckte bei anderen Arten konsistente Verhaltensunterschiede zwischen Individuen auf. Um zu untersuchen, ob dies auch auf Afrikanische Elefanten zutrifft, wurden die individuellen Verhaltensreaktionen auf das neuartige Objekt aufgezeichnet. Darüber hinaus wurden unabhängig von dem Experiment vor und nach einem Transport jeweils morgens und nachmittags Speichelproben von dem transferierten Tier und von zwei Tieren im Bestimmungszoo gesammelt, um den Effekt dieses potenziellen Stressors auf die individuellen Cortisolspiegel zu untersuchen.
Publikation A zeigt, dass die Elefanten unter den Bedingungen des Routinemanagements (das heißt dem routinemäßigen Tagesablauf der Tierpflege) am Morgen signifikant höhere Cortisolwerte im Speichel aufwiesen als am Nachmittag. Diese diurnale Variation der Cortisolsekretion ist typisch für tagaktive Arten und wurde daher auch für die untersuchten Elefanten erwartet. Unter Stressbedingungen wurde weder ein signifikanter Unterschied zwischen den Cortisolspiegeln vor und nach dem Transport noch zwischen den Cortisolwerten am Morgen und am Nachmittag festgestellt. Der prozentuale Unterschied zwischen dem morgendlichen und nachmittäglichen Cortisolspiegel war jedoch beim transferierten Tier nach dem Transport wesentlich geringer als vor dem Transport, was möglicherweise auf eine Stressreaktion auf den Transport und die Eingewöhnung im neuen Zoo hindeutet. Darüber hinaus zeigten sich deutliche Cortisolanstiege unmittelbar nach der ersten Zusammenführung des transferierten Tiers mit dem Bullen im neuen Zoo. Dieses Ergebnis demonstriert zum einen, dass Cortisol physiologischen Stress widerspiegelt. Zum anderen zeigt es die Notwendigkeit, zeitnah nach einem Stressor Speichelproben zu entnehmen, was nach dem Transport nicht möglich war.
Die Studie in Manuskript B zeigt unterschiedliche durchschnittliche Zeitverläufe der Cortisolantworten im Speichel auf die Managementsituationen PRT und NOV. PRT könnte aufgrund des beobachteten cortisolsenkenden und damit potenziell stresspuffernden Effekts förderlich für das Wohlbefinden sein. NOV induzierte im Mittel eine moderate, kurzfristige Cortisolantwort. Dies deutet darauf hin, dass die Tiere geringem physiologischem Stress ausgesetzt waren, mit dem sie jedoch erfolgreich umgehen konnten. Außerdem bestand eine bemerkenswerte individuelle Variation in den Cortisolverläufen in derselben Situation. Die Unterschiede im Cortisolspiegel zwischen den Tieren hingen mit dem Alter (bei NOV) und dem Zoo (bei PRT) zusammen. Der Effekt des Geschlechts und des Haltungssystems auf den Cortisolspiegel war hingegen variabel. Die Ergebnisse der Studie zeigen, dass die individuelle Variation der Cortisolsekretion unbedingt berücksichtigt werden muss, um physiologischen Stress zuverlässig zu erkennen.
Die Studie in Manuskript C ergab, dass sich die untersuchten Tiere im Novel Object Test konsistent in ihrem Verhalten gegenüber einem neuartigen Objekt unterschieden. Dieses Ergebnis zeigt, dass der Novel Object Test auch bei Elefanten genutzt werden kann, um die Persönlichkeit der Tiere zu untersuchen...
Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus bacteria live in a highly specific symbiosis with nematodes that belong to the genus of Heterorhabditis and Steinernema, respectively. These cruiser type nematodes actively search for soil-dwelling insects and infect them via natural openings. Inside of the insect, the bacteria are released into the hemocoel where they start producing an array of secondary metabolites to bypass the insect immune system and kill the prey within 48 hours. Many of those natural products possess bioactivities against other bacteria, fungi, protozoa or insects, which makes them interesting candidates for pharmaceutical applications. Even though advanced molecular biological methods in combination with bioinformatics tools can now be used to predict biosynthetic gene clusters (BGCs) and their products, there are still many BGCs with unknown products. Even for the plethora of natural products that were successfully identified in the last couple of years, the exact ecological function often remains elusive, as laboratory conditions can vary considerably from the natural environment of the bacteria. Knowledge about the natural conditions that stimulate, or repress production of certain natural products and their underlying regulatory mechanisms yield new approaches for natural product research and enables possibilities for selective manipulations of the regulatory cascades.
The overarching goal of this work was to examine the regulatory networks in Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus strains. The first part of this work focused on the Hfq-dependent regulation of specialized metabolite production. In those genera, the RNA chaperone, Hfq, represses expression of hexA, which encodes for a global transcriptional regulator that acts as the master repressor for SM production. Multiple global approaches were used to identify the sRNA ArcZ, which targets a specific region in the 5’-untranslated region of the hexA mRNA and ultimately guides Hfq in order to repress its expression. It was shown that a deletion of arcZ led to a drastic reduction of SM production in Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus, consistent with the phenotype of their respective hfq deletion mutants. Transcriptomic profiling revealed far-reaching effects on the transcriptome, with up to 735 coding sequences significantly affected in the arcZ deletion strain. Finally, it was shown that the resulting chemical background, devoid of SMs, in combination with targeted promotor exchange can be used to exclusively overproduce a desired natural product, representing an alternative route of genetic manipulation.
The second part of this work focused on the influence and identification of insect related compounds that affect SM production in P. laumondii, X. szentirmaii and X. nematophila. Insect homogenate was generated from G. mellonella larvae, a model host for these bacteria. Supplementation of the cultivation medium with homogenate induced considerable shifts in the SM profiles of those bacteria. A global effect on the transcriptional output was determined by transcriptomic profiling. The core response to the simulation of an insect environment consisted of ten CDS, eight of which are involved in the degradation of fatty acids or the import of maltose and maltodextrin into the cells. Two abundant components in the insect homogenate, trehalose and putrescin, were added to the cultivation medium of those strains and subsequent HPLC-MS analysis revealed a direct correlation of their concentration in the medium and the production titres of certain SMs. These results indicated that the bacteria sense the insect environment via different insect specific components in order to initiate a metabolic adjustment, which is probably required for adaptation to the insect host.
The last part of this work examined the influence of other, so far not directly related genes on SM production, based on the isolation of P. laumondii transposon-insertion mutants with clear phenotypic alterations. Re-sequencing and SM profiling of the mutant strains revealed that a transposon-insertion in the gene encoding for a putative DNA-adenine methyltransferase affected SM production. The phenotype was confirmed by deleting this gene. Based on Single-Molecule Real-Time sequencing, the complete methylome of the WT, deletion- and complementation mutant were analysed (experimental work performed by Sacha J. Pidot, Melbourne, Australia). No obvious alterations were detected in the methylation patterns of the strains, indicating that the dam gene product does not methylate the adenine in GATC-motifs, as it was described in literature for E. coli. This data raises the question what the function of the putative DNA-adenine methyltransferase is in P. laumondii and how it can influence the secondary metabolism. Even though there is currently no clear evidence, the potential role of epigenetic gene regulation mechanisms should be considered in further work.
Heat stress transcription factors (Hsfs) are required for transcriptional changes during heat stress (HS) thereby playing a crucial role in the heat stress response (HSR). The target genes of Hsfs include heat shock proteins (Hsps), other Hsfs and genes involved in protection of the cell from irreversible damages due to exposure to elevated temperatures. Among 27 Hsfs in Solanum lycopersicum, HsfA1a, HsfA2 and HsfB1 constitute a functional triad which regulates important aspects of the HSR. HsfA1a is constitutively expressed and described as the master regulator of stress response and thermotolerance. Activation of HsfA1a under elevated temperatures leads to the induction of HsfA2 and HsfB1 which further stimulate the transcription of HS-responsive genes by forming highly active complexes with HsfA1a. Despite the well-established role of these three Hsfs in tomato HSR, information about functional relevance of other Hsfs is currently missing.
The heat stress inducible HsfA7 belongs alongside with HsfA2 to a phylogenetically distinct clade. Thereby the two proteins share high homology and a functional redundancy has been assumed. However, HsfA7 function and contribution to stress responses have not been investigated into detail in any plant species.
Tomato HsfA7 protein accumulates already at moderately elevated temperatures (~35°C) while HsfA2 becomes dominant at higher temperatures (>40°C). HsfA7 pre-mRNA undergoes complex and temperature-dependent alternative splicing resulting in several transcripts that encode for three protein isoforms. HsfA7-I contains a functional nuclear export signal (NES) and shows nucleocytoplasmic shuttling while HsfA7-II and HsfA7-III have a truncated NES which leads to the strong nuclear retention of the protein. Differences in the nucleocytoplasmic equilibrium have a major impact on the stability of protein isoforms, as nuclear retention is associated with increased protein turnover. Consequently, HsfA7-I shows a higher stability and can be detected even after 24 hours of stress attenuation, while HsfA7-II is rapidly degraded. The degradation of these factors is mediated by the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway.
HsfA7 can physically interact with HsfA1a and HsfA3 and form co-activator (“superactivator”) complexes with a very high transcriptional activity as shown on different HS-inducible promoters. In order for the complex to be successfully transferred to the nucleus and confer its activity it needs a functional nuclear localization signal (NLS) of HsfA7. In contrast, the activator (AHA) motif of HsfA7 is not essential for its co-activator function. Interestingly, while interaction of HsfA7 with either HsfA3 or HsfA1a stabilizes HsfA7 isoforms, concomitantly this leads to an increased turnover of HsfA1a and HsfA3. In contrast, HsfA2 has a stabilizing effect on the master regulator HsfA1a.
Thus, HsfA7 knockout mutants generated by CRISPR/Cas9 gene editing, show increased HsfA1a levels and a stronger induction of HS-related genes at 35°C compared to wild-type plants and HsfA2 knockout mutants. Consequently, HsfA7 knockout seedlings exhibit increased thermotolerance as shown by the enhanced hypocotyl elongation under a prolonged mild stress treatment at 35°C. In summary, these results highlight the importance of HsfA7 in regulation of cellular responses at elevated temperatures. Under moderately elevated temperatures, the accumulation of HsfA7 and its subsequent interaction with HsfA1a, leads to increased turnover of the latter, thereby ensuring a milder transcriptional activation of temperature-responsive genes like Hsps. In turn, in response to further elevated temperatures, HsfA2 becomes the dominant stress-induced Hsf. HsfA2 forms co-activator complexes with HsfA1a which in contrast to HsfA7, allows the stabilization of the master regulator, leading to the stronger expression of HS-responsive genes required for survival. Thereby, this study uncovers a new regulatory mechanism, where the temperature-dependent competitive interaction of HsfA2 and HsfA7 with HsfA1a control the fate of the master regulator and consequently the activity of temperature-responsive networks.
Cancer is a disease characterized by uncontrolled cell growth and the capacity to disseminate to distant organs. The properties of cancers are caused by genetic and epigenetic alterations when compared to their normal counterparts. Genetic mutations occur in oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes and are the initial drivers of cellular transformation (Lengauer et al., 1998; Vogelstein and Kinzler, 2004). In addition, epigenetic alterations, which influence the expression of oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes independently from sequence alterations, are also involved in the transformation process (Esteller and Herman, 2001; Sharma et al., 2010). Genetic alterations and epigenetic regulatory signals cooperate in tumor etiology. Glioblastoma multiforme (GBM) is a frequent and aggressive malignant brain tumor in humans. The median survival of GBM patients is about 15 months after diagnosis. Like in other cancers, genetic and epigenetic alterations can be detected in GBM. Genetic alterations in GBM affect cell growth, apoptosis, angiogenesis, and invasion; however, epigenetic alterations in GBM also affect the expression of oncogenes or tumor suppresser genes that increase tumor malignancy (Nagarajan and Costello, 2009).
Reprogramming is a cellular process in which somatic cells can be induced to assume the properties of less differentiated stem cells. This process can be mediated through epigenetic modifications of the genome of somatic cells by the action of four defined transcription factors (Oct4, Sox2, Klf4 and Myc) or by the action of the miR 302/367 cluster (Anokye-Danso et al., 2011; Takahashi and Yamanaka, 2006; Takahashi et al., 2007) and result in the generation of induced pluripotent stem cells (iPS cells). Reprogramming of somatic cells by the miR 302/367 cluster can generate nontumorigenic iPS cells through the inhibition of the epithelial to mesenchymal transition (EMT), cell cycle regulatory genes and epigenetic modifiers (Lin and Ying, 2013).
Die vorliegende, publikationsbasierte Dissertation, bestehend aus den drei Einzelpublikationen Bayer (2011, 2012) und Bayer und Schönhofer (2012), verfolgte das Ziel, die Spinnenfamilie Psechridae zu revidieren. Weiterhin sollten die phylogenetische Position dieser Familie im System der höheren Webspinnen (Araneomorphae) sowie die phylogenetischen Beziehungen der einzelnen Arten innerhalb der beiden Gattungen der Psechridae untersucht werden. In Form von morphologisch-taxonomischen Bearbeitungen wurden die beiden die Psechridae bildenden Gattungen Psechrus und Fecenia revidiert, wobei sämtliches Typus-Material sowie reichhaltiges, weiteres Material eingehend beschrieben, illustriert und diagnostiziert wurde. Hierbei wurden auch intraspezifische Variabilität sowie die Prä-Epigynen subadulter Weibchen, die in taxonomischen Arbeiten bislang nur eine unwesentliche Rolle gespielt haben, beschrieben, illustriert und taxonomisch ausgewertet. Zudem wurden im Rahmen dieser Untersuchungen bereits Überlegungen über mögliche Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen innerhalb der beiden Gattungen angestellt. ...
Angiogenesis, the formation of new blood vessels from existing ones, is a fundamental biological process required for embryonic development; it also plays an important role during postnatal organ development and various physiological and pathological remodeling processes in the adult organism. Vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and its main receptor, VEGF receptor-2 (VEGFR-2), play a central role in angiogenesis. VEGFR-2 expression is strongly upregulated in angiogenic vessels, but the mechanisms regulating VEGFR-2 expression are not well understood. We found in this study that the G-protein α subunit Gα13 plays an important role in the regulation of VEGFR-2 expression. In vitro, we found that knockdown of Gα13 reduced VEGFR-2 expression in human umbilical vein endothelial cells and impaired responsiveness to VEGF-A. This phenotype was rescued by adenoviral normalization of VEGFR-2 expression. Gα13-dependent VEGFR-2 expression involved activation of the small GTPase RhoA and transcription factor NF-κB; it was abrogated by deletion of the NF-κB binding site at position -84 of the VEGFR-2 promoter. In vivo, endothelial cell-specific loss of Gα13 resulted in reduced VEGFR-2 expression, impaired responsiveness towards VEGF-A in Matrigel assays, and reduced retinal angiogenesis. Importantly, also tumor vascularization was diminished in the absence of endothelial Gα13, resulting in reduced tumor growth. Taken together, we identified Gα13-dependent NF-κB activation as a new pathway underlying the transcriptional regulation of VEGFR-2 during retinal and tumor angiogenesis.
Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a common neurodevelopmental disorder with a multifarious clinical presentation. Even though many genetic risk factors have been identified and studied in mouse models, the neurophysiological mechanisms underlying the autistic phenotype are still unclear. Based on the high rates of comorbidity with epilepsy, it was hypothesized that the balance between excitation and inhibition in neural circuits may be disrupted in autistic individuals.
In this dissertation, synaptic and network activity was measured in three different genetically modified mouse models that exhibit the characteristic behavioral abnormalities of the disorder: the Neurobeachin (Nbea) haploinsufficient mouse, the Neuroligin-3 (Nlgn3) knockout (KO) mouse, and the Neuroligin-4 (Nlgn4) KO mouse. Each of the affected proteins is involved in the formation and/or function of synapses in the central nervous system. Therefore, it was posited that the reduction or deletion of these proteins might alter the balance of excitatory to inhibitory synaptic transmission in individual neurons and in neural circuits. Extracellular recordings in the hippocampal dentate gyrus of anesthetized mice revealed that the excitation-inhibition (E-I) balance was reduced in Nbea haploinsufficient and Nlgn4 KO mice, but unchanged in Nlgn3 KO mice despite a reduction in excitatory synaptic transmission to dentate granule cells. Unexpectedly, the intrinsic excitability of dentate granule cells was altered in all three mouse models. These results imply that a homeostatic increase in the intrinsic excitability is able to compensate for the decreased excitatory transmission in Nlgn3 KO mice, whereas the decreased intrinsic excitability in the Nbea haploinsufficient and Nlgn4 KO mice leads to a reduction in the E-I balance. Taken together, these findings suggest that the influence of genetic factors on the E-I balance might be a potential common mechanism underlying the development of ASD.
In der vorliegenden dreiteiligen Studie werden Mongolische Wüstenrennmäuse untersucht, deren Hörspektren im tieffrequenten Bereich und deren Unterscheidungsfähigkeiten von Kommunikationsrufen denen des Menschen ähneln. Die extrazelluläre Aktivität im primären auditorischen Kortex (AI) der narkotisierten Versuchstiere, evoziert durch Reintöne und arteigene Kommunikationsrufe, wird in der linken (LH) und rechten Gehirnhemisphäre (RH) aufgenommen. Es werden Multikanalelektroden (16 Eingangskanäle) verwendet, welche eine simultane Aufnahme der neuronalen Aktivitäten aller kortikalen Schichten ermöglichen. Zur Analyse der neuronalen Mechanismen werden Wellenformen einzelner Elektrodenkanäle und Aktivitätsprofile, bestehend aus den Wellenformen aller Elektrodenkanäle in einem Zeitfenster von 600 ms, auf Ebene von Aktionspotentialen (MUA), lokalen Feldpotentialen (LFP) und Current-source-density (CSD) Analysen, untersucht. Während MUAs die neuronalen Aktionspotentiale im Nahfeld der Elektrode reflektieren, umfassen die LFPs die summierten Potentiale (inhibitorisch und exzitatorisch) von Neuronen eines größeren Areals. Die CSDs hingegen werden durch die Integration von LFP-Wellenformen benachbarter, linear angeordneter Elektrodenkanäle berechnet und ermöglichen so eine Lokalisation der Ursprünge geräuschspezifischer Aktivitätsflüsse.
Im ersten Teilprojekt werden CSD-Profile in Antwort auf unterschiedliche Reintöne untersucht, um die Aktivitätskomponenten, die so genannten Sinks, für weiterführende Analysen zu quantifizieren. Es können zwei primäre (s1 und s2), drei mittlere (s3-s5) und vier späte (s6-s9) Sinks in einem Zeitfenster von 600 ms definiert werden. Eine Veränderung der Stimulusfrequenz eine Oktave über und unter der charakteristischen Frequenz (CF), beziehungsweise des Lautstärkepegels = 24 dB über der minimalen Schwelle, führt zu qualitativen Veränderungen in der CSD-Profilstruktur. Die Sink s7 wird durch Stimuli mit niedrigem Lautstärkepegel weniger verlässlich evoziert, wohingegen die Sink s9 bei Stimuli eine Oktave über der CF verlässlicher evoziert wird. Die Ergebnisse weisen darauf hin, dass im AI die spektralen Informationen eine Oktave über und unter der CF asymmetrisch integriert werden.
Auf Einzelschichtebene konnte bereits gezeigt werden, dass spektrotemporale Eigenschaften von Stimuli durch MUAs schlechter reflektiert wurden als durch LFPs, was vermutlich eine direkte Konsequenz der unterschiedlichen Ursprünge der Signaltypen ist. Daher werden im zweiten Teilprojekt die spezifischen Unterschiede der MUA-, LFP- und CSD-Antworten auf Ebene kortikaler Schichten und kompletter laminarer Profile untersucht, um die Unterschiede und den Informationsgehalt der drei Signaltypen zu charakterisieren. Signifikante Unterschiede, welche durch zwei Reintöne und sieben Kommunikationssignale evoziert werden, können verstärkt im mittleren und späten Latenzbereich und in granulären und infragranulären Schichten vorgefunden werden. Der Grad der Rufspezifizität ist in LFP und CSD-Antworten im Vergleich zu demjenigen in MUA-Antworten größer. Die Segregationsleistung ist im Vergleich zu einzelnen kortikalen Schichten in den von kortikalen Kolumnen abgeleiteten laminaren Profilen um den Faktor 1,8-2,6 erhöht. Die Neuronenpopulationen einzelner kortikaler Kolumnen sind vermutlich wichtig für die Kodierung von Geräuschen, welche sich in ihren spektrotemporalen Eigenschaften unterscheiden.
Viele vorangegangene Studien konnten zeigen, dass die Gehirnhemisphären akustische Signale asymmetrisch verarbeiten. Daher werden im dritten Hauptteil die laminaren Profile der LH und RH quantitativ und statistisch verglichen. Die MUA-, CSD-Profile und im geringeren Maße auch die LFP-Profile zeigen systematische Unterschiede auf signifikantem Niveau in der Dauer, Onset Latenz und vertikalen Ausdehnung bestimmter Aktivitäten. Kommunikationsrufe evozieren in der LH, welche beim Menschen auf Sprachstimuli spezialisiert ist, im Vergleich zur RH komplexere CSD-Profile. Die neuronale MUA-, LFP- und CSD-Aktivitätsstärke ist in der RH für weniger komplexe Stimuli teilweise signifikant erhöht. Die Asymmetrie in der Auftrittsverlässlichkeit der Sink s6 lässt vermuten, dass sich die intrakolumnäre Vernetzung in Schicht VIa zwischen der LH und RH unterscheidet. Die wenigen, signifikanten und nicht systematischen Unterschiede zwischen den Sink-Parametern der LH und RH nach kortikaler Ausschaltung mit dem GABAA-Rezeptor Agonist Muscimol weisen darauf hin, dass die Hemisphärenasymmetrie durch Prozesse des ipsilateralen Kortex maßgeblich beeinflusst wird.